ML17179A562

2014-302 Exam Final Items for ADAMS 2B

ML17179A562
Person / Time
Site:	Oconee
Issue date:	06/28/2017
From:	Division of Reactor Safety II
To:
References
Download: ML17179A562 (388)

Text

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 ILT46 Facility: Oconee Scenario No.:

1 Op-Test No.:

1 Examiners: ________________________

Operators:

________________________SRO ________________________

________________________OATC ________________________

________________________BOP Initial Conditions:

Reactor Power

= 100% Unit 2: 100%

Unit 3: 100%

Turnover:

SASS in Manual for I&E testing AMSAC/DSS bypassed for I&E testing 1B FDWP T on Handjack for MGU repair, work is completed; AO on station at 1B FDWP T Event No. Malfunction No. Event Type*

Event Description 0a Pre-Insert SASS in Manual 0b Pre-Insert AMSAC/DSS bypassed for I&E testing 0c Pre-Insert Main Turbine fails to trip 0d Pre-Insert Override 1A and 1B LPI pump fail to start 1 N: BOP, SRO Restore 1B MFWP from Hand Jack 2 MCS004 I: OATC, SRO Controlling Tave Fails HIGH (596ºF) 3 N: OATC, SRO Return ICS to AUTO 4 MPS270 C: BOP, SRO (TS) High Oil Level on 1A2 RCP 5 MPS110 C: BOP, SRO (TS) (1HP-5 fails CLOSED) Restore Letdown 6 Override C: OATC, SRO (TS) Inadvertent DLPI A S actuation 7 MPI290 Override C: OATC, SRO Main Turbine Fails to trip (Lockout EHC Pumps)

(Occurs with event

8) 8 MPS400 M: ALL LBLOCA 1A and 1B LPI pumps fail to start Switch will not stop 1A1 RCP when securing RCP's per Rule 2

• (N)ormal, (R)eactivity, (I)nstrument, (C)omponent, (M)ajor

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 2 of 60 Op-Test No.:

_1_ Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 1 Page 1 of 3 Event Description

Restore 1B MFWP from Hand Jack Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO BOP

Crew Response:

Direct BOP to perform OP/1/A/1106/002 B (F DWPT Operation), Encl. 4.13, Taking the 1B FDWPT Off Handjack beginning at Step 2.1 Use the above procedure Encl. 4.13, and remove the 1B FDWPT from Handjack and restore speed control to the 1B MGU (motor gear unit)

2. Procedure 2.1 IF in Mode 1 OR Mode 2, perform the following:

(MODE 1) 2.1.1 WHILE enclosure is in progress monitor the following indications:

Appropriate ranged Ni s (Power Range) Neutron error

PT/1/A/0600/001)

OP/0/A/1108/001)

Examiner Note: The CRS will likely direct the RO to maintain FDW Valve p on scale during the evolution.

2.2 station. 2.3 stop). NOTE: Operator should locally verify Motor Gear Unit moves smoothly from low speed stop and back to high speed stop.

Booth Cue:

AO will report "Standing by the 1B FDWP Motor Gear Unit".

2.4 Perform

the following:

2.4.1 Establish

communication with Operator at 1B FDWPT.

2.4.2 Run 1B MAIN FDW PUMP (ICS) to low speed stop.

2.4.3 Run 1B MAIN FDW PUMP (ICS) to high speed stop.

This event is complete when the 1B MFDWPT is placed in AUTO and 2 to 3 minutes have elapsed , or as directed by the L ead Examiner.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 3 of 60 Op-Test No.:

_1_ Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 1 Page 2 of 3 Event Description

Restore 1B MFWP from Hand Jack Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior

Examiner Note: 1B FWP ICS Error and Module OAC alarms are expected to actuate when changing FWP speed demand. 2.4.4 operation.

Booth Cue:

AO will report "1B FDWP Motor Gear Unit operated smoothly through the entire operation

". 2.5 Crew Response:

NOTE: Changes in FDW valve P will cause swings in CTP. Decreases in FDW valve P will cause CTP to decrease.

2.6 IF Unit 1 is in Mode 1 or 2 AND both FDWPT ICS stations are in (Does not apply)

2.6.1 Ensure

FDW valve P > 40 psig.

2.6.2 Begin

monitoring CTP until Motor Gear Unit takes control.

NOTE: Motor Gear Unit control indicated by FDWPT speed and/or suction flow decreasing.

Two successful decreases verifies control with Motor Gear Unit..

2.7 Decrease

1B MAIN FDW PUMP (ICS) until 1B FDWPT controlled by 1B MAIN FDW PUMP (ICS) station.

Examiner Note: This will be indicated by two successful decreases of speed and/or suction flow.

2.8 Increase

1B FDWPT Motor Speed Changer.

2.9 NOT increase. 2.10 Position 1B FDWP MOTOR SPEED CHANGER to 'FR' under "RAISE" until 1B FDWP MOTOR SPEED CHANGER is at "HSS".

2.11 After 1B FDWPT MOTOR SPEED CHANGER switch in 'FR' for 3 to 5 seconds to make all contacts.

This event is complete when the 1B MFDWPT is placed in AUTO and 2 to 3 minutes have elapsed , or as directed by the L ead Examiner.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 4 of 60 Op-Test No.:

_1_ Scenario No.: 1 Event No.:

1 Page 3 of 3 Event

Description:

Restore 1B MFWP from Hand Jack Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP

Examiner Note: Steps 2.12

- 2.14 do not apply.

2.12 IF Unit 1 is in Mode 3:

(N/A) 2.13 IF Unit 1 is in Mode 1 or 2 with 1A FDWPT shutdown:

(N/A) 2.14 IF Unit 1 is in Mode 1 or 2 with 1A FDWPT operating but NOT in auto: (N/A) 2.15 IF Unit 1 is in Mode 1 or 2 with 1A FDWPT in auto:

2.15.1 2.15.2 2.15.3 2.16 IF required, remove Turnover Sheet note for control of 1B FDWPT with Motor Speed Changer. This event is complete when the 1B MFDWPT is placed in AUTO and 2 to 3 minutes have elapsed , or as directed by the L ead Examiner.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 5 of 60 Op-Test No.:

_1_ Scenario No.: 1 Event No.:

2 Page 1 of 2 Event

Description:

Controlling Tave Fails HIGH (596ºF) Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior

OATC CT-3 SRO Plant Response

Controlling 596.4 F Controlling Ta F 1SA-2/B4 (RC Average Temperature High/Low) 1SA-2/A12 ICS Tracking 1SA-2/C11 ICS Loss of OAC CTP Signal Controls will insert and FDW flow will increase RCS pressure will decrease Crew Response

When the Statalarms are received, the candidates should utilize the "Plant Transient Response" process to stabilize the plant. CRS reactor power level and direction of movement.

Place the Diamond and both FDW Masters in manual and position as necessary to stabilize the plant.

(decrease FDW)

Note: The OATC will have to reduce FDW in order to stabilize power below the pre-transient level.

The CRS should: Refer to AP/28, ICS Instrument Failures Ensure SPOC is contacted to repair the failed instrument. AP/28, ICS Instrument Failures

4.1 Provide

control bands as required.

(OMP 1-18 Att. I)

OMP 1-18 Attachment I:

1. Plant Conditions Stable or TPB

< Pre-transient Conditions NI Power + 1% not to exceed the pre

-transient or allowable power. If at the pre

-transient or allowable level, band is NI Power - 1%. Current Tave

+ 2 o F. Current SG Outlet Pressure

+ 10 PSIG (N/A) Delta Tc 0 o F + 2 o F. 4.2 Initiate notification of the following:

OSM to reference the following:

OMP 1-14 (Notifications)

Emergency Plan STA This event is complete when the CRS reaches step 6 (WHEN) in AP/28 Section 4A, or as directed by the L ead Examiner.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 6 of 60 Op-Test No.:

_1_ Scenario No.: 1 Event No.:

2 Page 2 of 2 Event

Description:

Controlling Tave Fails HIGH (596ºF) Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC Crew Response

AP/28, ICS Instrument Failures (Cont) 4.3 5% has occurred. RNO: GO TO Step 4.5. 4.4 Notify Rx Engineering and discuss the need for a maneuvering plan.

4.5 Use the following, as necessary, to determine the applicable section from table in Step 4.6:

OAC alarm video OAC display points Control Board indications SPOC assistance, as needed

4.6 GO TO the applicable section per the following table:

Section Failure 4A RCS Temperature AP/28 Section 4A RCS Temperature Failure 1 Ensure the following in HAND:

1A FDW MASTER 1B FDW MASTER 2 Ensure DIAMOND in MANUAL.

3 Notify SPOC to perform the following:

Select a valid RCS Tave and Delta Tc input to ICS per AM/1/A/0326/020 (Control of Unit 1 Star Module Signal Selection Function).

Investigate and repair the failed RCS temperature instrumentation.

4 PERFORM an instrumentation surveillance using applicable table in Encl 5.2 (ICS Instrument Surveillances) for the failed instrument.

5 Surveillances) was performed satisfactorily as written. 6 WHEN notified by SPOC that a valid RCS Tave and Delta Tc input have been restored to ICS, THEN GO TO OP/1/A/1102/004 A Encl. 4.4 (Placing ICS Stations To Auto).

Examiner Note: The Tave instrument will be repaired and ICS returned to AUTO. This event is complete when the CRS reaches step 6 (WHEN) in AP/28 Section 4A, or as directed by the L ead Examiner.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 7 of 60 Op-Test No.:

_1_ Scenario No.: 1 Event No.:

3 Page 1 of 3 Event

Description:

Return ICS to AUTO Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC OP/1/A/1102/004A Encl. 4.4 Placing ICS Stations in Auto

1. Initial Conditions 1.1 > 3% 1.2 Review PT/0/A/1103/020 (Power Maneuvering Predictions) to determine current mechanical maneuvering rates. (R.M.)

1.3 Ensure

dedicated operator assigned to monitor/operate ICS.

1.4 Perform

pre

-job brief including precautions from SOMP 1

-02 (Reactivity Management) and applicable Limits and Precautions of PT/0/A/1103/020 (Power Maneuvering Predictions). (R.M.)

1.5 Ensure

R2 reactivity management controls are established in Control Room per SOMP 1

-02 (Reactivity Management).

1.6 Review

Limits and Precautions.

NOTE: CTP will NOT change while placing ICS stations in Auto. All ICS stations must be in auto before adjusting setpoints back to normal values. (R.M.) Steps in Section 2 (Procedure) must be performed in sequence. (R.M.)

2. Procedure 2.1 Ensure "RATE SET" thumbwheels at 0.0.

2.2 IF TURBINE MASTER is in "HAND", perform Section 3 (Placing Turbine to Auto). (N/A) 2.3 Auto). (N/A) 2.4 IF REACTOR MASTER OR DIAMOND is in manual, perform Section 5 (Placing Rx to Auto). Page 8 2.5 IF DELTA Tc is in "HAND", perform Section 6 (Placing DELTA Tc to Auto). (N/A) 2.6 IF STM GENERATOR MASTER or either FDW MASTER is in "HAND", perform Section 7 (Placing FDW to Auto). Page 9 This event is complete when ICS is returned to AUTO, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 8 of 60 Op-Test No.:

_1_ Scenario No.: 1 Event No.:

3 Page 2 of 3 Event

Description:

Return ICS to AUTO Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC

OP/1/A/1102/004A Encl. 4.4 (Section 5, Placing Rx to Auto)

5. Placing Rx to Auto 5.1 IF Rx Master is in "HAND", perform the following:

(N/A) A. Ensure DIAMOND is in "MANUAL".

B. Place REACTOR MASTER in AUTO.

5.2 IF both SGs are off of Level Control, perform the following:

A. IF selected Tave (O1E2086) is different from Tave setpoint (O1A2087) by more than

+ 0.15°F, perform the following:

1. Simultaneously perform the following:

a) Ensure 1A FDW MASTER in "HAND" b) Ensure 1B FDW MASTER in "HAND"

2. On REACTOR MASTER, cycle Tave setpoint selector between 565°F and 585°F five times.

3. IF Star Module failed, perform the following: (N/A) a) Initiate Work Request to repair Star Module.

b) WHEN Star Module repaired, continue procedure.

4. On REACTOR MASTER adjust Tave setpoint (O1E2087) towards selected Tave (O1E2086).

B. + 0.15°F of Tave setpoint.

5.3 IF either SG is on Level Control, adjust Tave setpoint (O1E2087) to 579°F. (N/A) 5.4 Place DIAMOND in "AUTO".

5.5 Return

to Section 2 (Procedure).

This event is complete when ICS is returned to AUTO, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

NOTE: Cycling the setpoint selector may result in a STAR Module failure. This is expected for this condition and entry into AP/1/A/1700/028 (ICS Instrument Failures) is NOT required. The Star Module failure shall be cleared before the ICS is returned to Auto.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 9 of 60 Op-Test No.:

_1_ Scenario No.: 1 Event No.:

3 Page 3 of 3 Event

Description:

Return ICS to AUTO Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC

OP/1/A/1102/004A Encl. 4.4 (Section 7, Placing FDW to Auto)

7. Placing FDW to Auto 7.1 IF SG Master is in "HAND", perform the following: (N/A) 7.2 IF 1A OR 1B FDW Master is NOT in "AUTO", perform the following:

A. Perform the following:

1. 2. B. IF both 1A AND caret: 1. Select 1A FDW MASTER to "POS"

2. Select 1B FDW MASTER to "POS" C. Simultaneously perform the following:

1. Ensure 1A FDW MASTER in "AUTO"

2. Ensure 1B FDW MASTER in "AUTO" D. IF 1A OR NOT on the caret, perform the following: (N/A) 7.3 Return to Section 2 (Procedure).

This event is complete when ICS is returned to AUTO, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 10 of 60 Op-Test No.: 1 _ Scenario No.:

1 Event No.: 4 _ Page 1 of 7 Event

Description:

High Oil Level on 1A2 RCP Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP Plant Response:

OAC alarm O1A2035 ) Crew Response:

Refer to Alarm Response Guide for O1A2035 (RCP 1A2 MTR LOWER OIL POT ) (same guidance for HI and HIHI alarms)

1) If RCP operating: GO TO AP/1/A/1700/016 (Abnormal Reactor Coolant Pump Operation)

AP/1/A/1700/016, Abnormal RCP Operation Examiner Note: Because of the nature of this event, the procedure flow path may skip forward and /or return to previous steps not taken earlier. For this reason, the steps are listed in order. 4.1 IAAT any RCP meets immediate trip criteria of Encl 5.1 (RCP Immediate Trip Criteria), THEN perform Steps 4.2

- 4.11. RNO: GO TO Step 4.12 or 2. < 70% as indicated on all NIs.

affected RCP is tripped.

any SG on Low Level Limits.

RNO: GO TO Step 8. 4.9 Stop the affected RCP. -ratios feedwater to establish desired Tc. 4.11 GO TO Step 4.26.

Page 13 This event is complete when actions to secure the 1A2 RCP are completed and LPSW isolated, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 11 of 60 Op-Test No.: 1 _ Scenario No.:

1 Event No.: 4 _ Page 2 of 7 Event

Description:

High Oil Level on 1A2 RCP Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP AP/1/A/1700/016 (Cont) Examiner Note: In step 4.12, the crew may conservatively decide to secure the RCP because the oil pot level is threatening to go offscale high. If so, they will proceed to step 4.13 and will not end up in Section 4C. This path or the path below are both acceptable

. 4.12 IAAT either of the following apply:

Any RCP approaching immediate trip criteria of Encl 5.1 (RCP Immediate Trip Criteria)

It is desired to secure a RCP THEN perform Steps 4.13

- 4.15. RNO: GO TO Step 4.16 4.14 Initiate Encl 5.2 (Rapid Power Reduction). Page 15 4.15 WHEN Rx Power is < 70%, THEN GO TO Step 4.2.

4.16 Announce AP entry using the PA system.

4.17 Notify OSM to request evaluation by RCP Component Engineer.

4.18 IAAT the failure is identified, THEN GO TO the applicable section per the following table:

Section Failure 4A Seal Failure 4B 4C High or Low Oil Pot Level 4D Loss of Seal Return 4E Abnormal RCP Temperatures This event is complete when actions to secure the 1A2 RCP are completed and LPSW isolated, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 12 of 60 Op-Test No.: 1 _ Scenario No.:

1_ Event No.: 4 _ Page 3 of 7 Event

Description:

High Oil Level on 1A2 RCP Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP AP/1/A/1700/016, Section 4C 1 IAAT any RCP meets immediate trip criteria of Encl 5.1 (RCP Immediate Trip Criteria), THEN perform Steps 2

- 11. RNO: GO TO Step 12 12 Start trending RCP oil pot levels. (Turn

-on Code example 1A2RCPT3)

NOTE RCP oil pot level indication range is +1.5 to

-1.5 inches.

RCP motor oil pot temperatures and RCP motor guide bearing temperatures may be used to validate low oil pot level. {4}

13 IAAT oil pot level threatens to go off scale high or low for an operating RCP, THEN perform Steps 14

- 24. RNO: GO TO step 25 Examiner Note: 1 A2 RCP lower oil pot level will continue to increase until it goes off scale high.

14 2. 15 affected RCP is tripped.

16 RNO: 1. Direct an RO to initiate Encl 5.2 (Rapid Power Reduction) Page 15 2. WHEN Rx power is < 70% on all NIs, THEN continue with this procedure.

17 RNO: GO TO Step 20. Examiner Note: STATALARMS 1SA-07/D-8 (1A2 RCPMP Trip

), 1SA-02/A-3 (RC Loop A Flow Low), & 1SA

-02/A-5 (RC Total Flow Low) will alarm when the 1A2 RCP is stopped.

20 21 Stop the affected RCP. -ratios feedwater to establish desired Tc. Examiner Note: Feedwater will re

-ratio correctly to maintain This event is complete when actions to secure the 1A2 RCP are completed and LPSW isolated, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 13 of 60 Op-Test No.: 1 _ Scenario No.:

1_ Event No.: 4 _ Page 4 of 7 Event

Description:

High Oil Level on 1A2 RCP Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP AP/1/A/1700/016, Section 4C (Cont) 23 Initiate Encl 4.3 (Special Instructions for < 4 RCP Operation) of OP/1/A/1102/004 (Operation at Power). Page 5 3 24 Make the following notifications:

Notify OSM to make required notifications of OMP 1

-14 (Notifications).

Notify Rx Engineering and request a power maneuver plan, if needed.

Notify SOC if load reduction was required.

Notify Chemistry to take RCS boron samples on a 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> frequency.

25 IAAT an RB fire exists, THEN perform Steps 26

- 29. RNO: GO TO Step 30 30 IAAT either of the following conditions is met:

3 hours0.125 days <br />0.0179 weeks <br />0.00411 months <br />, a RCP with high oil level has been shut down THEN close the associated RCP motor cooler inlet/outlet valve:

1LPSW-7&8 (1A1 RCP) 1LPSW-9&10 (1B1 RCP) 1LPSW-13&14 (1A2 RCP) 1LPSW-11&12 (1B2 RCP) 31 IAAT a RCP has been tripped due to exceeding Immediate Trip Criteria on a RCP motor, THEN contact RCP engineer prior to restart.

32 WHEN conditions permit, THEN EXIT this procedure.

_______________________________________________________________

AP/1/A/1700/016, Continued at step 4.26 4.26 Initiate Encl 4.3 (Special Instructions for < 4 RCP Operation) of OP/1/A/1102/004 (Operation at Power).

Page 5 3 4.27 IAAT THEN close the associated RCP motor cooler inlet/outlet valve:

1LPSW-7&8 (1A1 RCP) 1LPSW-9&10 (1B1 RCP) 1LPSW-13&14 (1A2 RCP) 1LPSW-11&12 (1B2 RCP)

This event is complete when actions to secure the 1A2 RCP are completed and LPSW isolated, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 14 of 60 Op-Test No.: 1 _ Scenario No.:

1_ Event No.: 4 _ Page 5 of 7 Event

Description:

High Oil Level on 1A2 RCP Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP AP/1/A/1700/016, Section 4C (Cont) 4.28 IAAT either of the following has exceeded 260 oF including transient situations:

O1A1253 - O1A1256 (RCP UPPER SEAL HOUSING TEMP)

O1A1910 - O1A1913 (RCP SEAL RETURN TEMP)

THEN closely monitor seal parameters for degradation until an Engineering evaluation is completed due to potential for seal ring and elastomer damage.

4.29 IAAT a RCP has been tripped due to exceeding Immediate Trip Criteria on a RCP motor , THEN contact RCP engineer prior to restart.

4.30 WHEN conditions permit, THEN EXIT this procedure.

This event is complete when actions to secure the 1A2 RCP are completed and LPSW isolated, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 15 of 60 Op-Test No.: 1 _ Scenario No.: 1_ Event No.: 4 _ Page 6 of 7 Event

Description:

High Oil Level on 1A2 RCP Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP SRO AP/1/A/1700/016, Encl 5.2 NOTE This enclosure should be performed by an RO.

The step to verify ICS in AUTO means that the ICS is capable of responding to a M AXIMUM RUNBACK signal.

NOTE Maximum Runback can be stopped if necessary by deselecting the MAXIMUM RUNBACK pushbutton.

2 Initiate MAXIMUM RUNBACK to

< 70% as indicated by all NIs. Examiner Note:

The SRO should enter TS 3.10.1 Conditions A, B, C, D, and E once power decreases below 85% due to inadequate decay heat.

Page 16 3 WHEN Rx Power is < 70% as indicated by all NIs, THEN press MAXIMUM RUNBACK to stop runback.

4 Notify CR SRO that Rx Power is

< 70%. 5 Adjust CTPD SET to match CTP DEMAND.

6 Stop the following pumps:

1E1 HTR DRN PUMP 1E2 HTR DRN PUMP 7 8 Notify Primary Chemistry to perform Tech Spec SR 3.4.11.2 as required.

9 EXIT this enclosure.

This event is complete when actions to secure the 1A2 RCP are completed and LPSW isolated, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 16 of 60 Op-Test No.: 1 _ Scenario No.:

1_ Event No.: 4 _ Page 7 of 7 Event

Description:

High Oil Level on 1A2 RCP Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO T.S. 3.10.1 STANDBY SHUTDOWN FACILITY CONDITION A (7 days) Restore SSF Auxiliary Service Water System to OPERABLE status.

CONDITION B (7days) Restore SSF Portable Pumping System to OPERABLE status.

CONDITION C (7 days) Restore SSF Reactor Coolant Makeup System to OPERABLE status.

CONDITION D (7days) Restore SSF Power System to OPERABLE status.

CONDITION E (7days) Restore SSF Instrumentation to OPERABLE status. This event is complete when actions to secure the 1A2 RCP are completed and LPSW isolated, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 17 of 60 Op-Test No.:

_1_ Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 5 Page 1 of 4 Event Description

(1HP-5 fails CLOSED) Restore Letdown Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO BOP Plant Response:

OAC alarm: HPI LETDOWN FLOW Letdown flow = 0 gpm 1HP-5 indicates closed Crew Response:

SRO should enter AP/1/A/1700/032 (Loss of Letdown)

AP/32 Loss of Letdown NOTE This AP may be performed by an RO if the EOP is also in progress. The procedure Director should resume directing the actions of this AP as soon as EOP actions allow.

4.1 Place

1HP-120 in HAND and reduce demand to zero.

4.2 Position

the standby HPI pump switch to OFF

. CAUTION RCP individual seal return valves will close if seal injection is < 22 gpm with CC flow < 575 gpm.

4.3 Throttle

1HP

-31, preferably in AUTO, to establish SEAL INLET HDR FLOW to the appropriate value:

CC TOTAL FLOW Throttle HPI Seal flow to:

> 575 gpm 12-15 gpm < 575 gpm 24-25 gpm NOTE The running HPI pump may operate below 65 gpm for up to 4 hours0.167 days <br />0.0238 weeks <br />0.00548 months <br />. HPI pump time of operation below minimum flow is cumulative.

4.4 Note: Flow will be < 65 gpm.

30 gpm + ___ +___ = ___ gpm (Recirc SI MU ) RNO: Log beginning time for HPI pump flow below minimum.

4.5 Initiate

makeup to LDST as required.

This event is complete when the Standby HPI pump is placed in AUTO, or as directed by the L ead Examiner.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 18 of 60 Op-Test No.:

_1_ Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 5 Page 2 of 4 Event Description

(1HP-5 fails CLOSED) Restore Letdown Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/ BOP Crew Response:

AP/32 , Loss of Letdown (Cont)

4.6 Initiate

notification of the following :

OSM to reference the following:

o OMP 1-14 (Notifications) o Emergency Plan STA 4.7 1HP-5 closed.

4.8 Dispatch

an operator to 1HP

-5 (Letdown Isolation) (East Pen Rm) to establish communication with Control Room.

NOTE Tech Spec 3.4.9 applies w h en indicated Pzr level > 260" (corrected value for 285"). Conditions where it is known that letdown CANNOT be restored do not require waiting until 260" to begin a Rapid Shutdown. 4.9 IAAT either of the following exist:

Pzr level > 260", AND letdown CANNOT be established Plant conditions exist such that letdown will NOT be restored THEN initiate unit shutdown per AP/29 (Rapid Unit Shutdown).

4.10 IAAT Pzr level > 375

", THEN trip Rx.

4.11 Determine the cause of loss of letdown AND GO TO designated mitigation Step:

Reason for Loss of Letdown GO TO Step 1HP-5 failed closed 4.12 -Actual LD Temp high

-LD interlock failure

-LD line leak

-Both LD Coolers isolated

-Other 4.28 4.12 Close 1HP

-6. 4.13 Close 1HP

-7. This event is complete when the Standby HPI pump is placed in AUTO, or as directed by the L ead Examiner.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 19 of 60 Op-Test No.:

_1_ Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 5 Page 3 of 4 Event Description

(1HP-5 fails CLOSED) Restore Letdown Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/ BOP Crew Response:

AP/32, Loss of Letdown (Cont) 4.14 Open 1HP

-5 (Will NOT open from the control room

). RNO: 1 Notify operator dispatched to 1HP

-5 to: A Manually open 1HP

-5 (LETDOWN ISOLATION)(East Pen Rm).

1HP-5 DOES open locally B Maintain continuous communication with Control Room.

2 IF 1HP-5 is manually open, THEN enter TS 3.6.3.

Page 20 4.15 Place the CC system in operation.

o F. 4.17 Throttle open 1HP

-7 to establish ~ 20 gpm.

4.18 WHEN letdown temperature < 190 oF, THEN place LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch in NORMAL.

4.19 Open 1HP

-6 4.20 Adjust 1HP

-7 to control desired letdown flow. 4.21 Re-establish normal makeup through 1HP

-120. Note: Normal makeup may include placing 1HP

-120 in AUTO.

any purification IX in service.

4.23 Notify SPOC to initiate repairs on 1HP

-5. 4.24 Re-establish normal RCP seal injection flow.

4.25 Position the standby HPI pump switch to AUTO.

4.26 WHEN repairs are compete on 1HP

-5 (LETDOWN ISOLATION)

(East Pen Rm), THEN perform the following:

Locally turn 1HP

-5 handwheel fully clockwise.

EXIT TS 3.6.3. 4.27 EXIT. Examiner Note: 1HP-5 will not be repaired for this scenario.

This event is complete when the Standby HPI pump is placed in AUTO, or as directed by the L ead Examiner.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 20 of 60 Op-Test No.:

_1_ Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 5 Page 4 of 4 Event Description

(1HP-5 fails CLOSED) Restore Letdown Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP Crew Response:

T.S. 3.6.3 CONTANMENT ISOLATION VALVES Condition A (4 hours0.167 days <br />0.0238 weeks <br />0.00548 months <br />) Isolate the affected penetration flow path by use of at least one closed and de

-activated automatic valve, one closed and de

-activated non

-automatic power operated valve, closed manual valve, blind flange, or check valve with flow through the valve secured.

AND (Once per 31 days) verify the affected penetration flow path is isolated.

Note: Penetration flow paths except for 48 inch purge valve penetration flow paths may be un

-isolated intermittently under administrative controls. TS 3.6.3 Bases, Administrative Controls: The opening of locked or sealed closed containment isolation valves on an intermittent basis under administrative control includes the following: (1) stationing an operator, who is in constant communication with control room, at the valve controls, (2) instructing this operator to close these valves in an accident situation, and (3) assuring that environmental conditions will not preclude access to close the valves and that this action will prevent the release of radioactivity outside the containment (Ref. 5). Examiner Note: If pressurizer level exceeds 260 inches, TS 3.4.9 Condition A should be entered requiring level be restored within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> This event is complete when the Standby HPI pump is placed in AUTO, or as directed by the L ead Examiner.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 21 of 60 Op-Test No.:

_1_ Scenario No.: 1 Event No.:

6 Page 1 of 4 Event

Description:

Inadvertent DLPI AS actuation Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC Plant Response:

1SA-01/E-11, Diverse LPI Trip 1SA-07/D- 1SA-07/E- DLPIS red pushbutton Illuminated LPI Pumps start LPI injection aligned LPSW Pumps start Crew Response:

ARG: 1SA-01/E-11, Diverse LPI Trip

3.1 Determine

if DLPIAS condition exists (RCS pressure 462 psig).

3.2 IF RCS pressure is 462 psig, Go To EP/1/A/1800/001 (Emergency Operating Procedure).

3.3 IF ES condition does NOT exist, Initiate AP/1/A/1700/042 (Inadvertent ES Actuation).

3.4 Refer

to OP/1/A/1105/014 (Control Room Instrumentation Operation And Information).

AP/1/A/1700/042

, Inadvertent ES Actuation 4.1 any of the following have inadvertently actuated

Diverse HPI ES Channel 1 ES Channel 2 RNO: GO TO Step 4.4 4.4 any of the following have inadvertently actuated

ES Channel 5 ES Channel 6 RNO: 1. IF ES Channel 1, ES Channel 2, or Diverse HPI have inadvertently actuated, AND it is desired to restore letdown, THEN initiate AP/42 Encl 5.2 (Letdown Restoration).

2. GO TO Step 4.10.

4.10 Close the following:

1HP-24 1HP-25 This event is complete when Enclosure 5.1 is completed and TS/SLCs have been addressed IAW step 4.25, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 22 of 60 Op-Test No.:

_1_ Scenario No.: 1 Event No.:

6 Page 2 of 4 Event

Description:

Inadvertent DLPI AS actuation Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC AP/42 , Inadvertent ES Actuation (Cont) NOTE If personnel are available, progression should continue while Encl 5.1 (Required Operator Actions) is in progress.

4.11 Ensure AP/42 Encl 5.1 (Required Operator Actions) is in progress. Page 2 4 4.12 any of the following have inadvertently actuated

Diverse LPI ES Channel 3 ES Channel 4 4.13 inadvertently actuated

. Examiner Note: Placing Diverse LPI in BYPASS will give you 1SA

-01 E-10 statalarm. This is an expected alarm.

4.14 4.15 Perform the following on all inadvertently actuated system(s):

Ensure ES CH-3 is in MANUAL (does not apply

) Ensure ES CH

-4 is in MANUAL (does not apply

) 4.16 actuation.

RNO: 1. Stop the following:

1A LPI PUMP 1B LPI PUMP

2. Simulta neously close the following:

1LP-17 1LP-18 4.17 CAUTION Do NOT add demin water to counter the boration until RCS boron concentration stabilizes to prevent a positive reactivity event.

Note: The crew may initiate EOP Encl 5.5 for inventory control. These steps are included beginning on page 3 7 if necessary.

This event is complete when Enclosure 5.1 is completed and TS/SLCs have been addressed IAW step 4.25, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 23 of 60 Op-Test No.:

_1_ Scenario No.: 1 Event No.:

6 Page 3 of 4 Event

Description:

Inadvertent DLPI AS actuation Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC AP/42 , Inadvertent ES Actuation (Cont) NOTE ICS in Auto means ICS is in control of Tave and Rx power.

4.18 4.19 (they are not

) RNO: GO TO Step 4.21 4.21 any of the following have inadvertently actuated: ES Channel 1 Diverse HPI RNO: GO TO Step 4.24 4.24 Notify SPOC to investigate and repair the cause of the inadvertent ES actuation, as necessary.

4.25 Initiate logging TS/SLC Entry/Exit, as applicable, in accordance with Encl 5.4 (TS/SLC Requirements).

4.26 WHEN all the following exist:

Reason for inadvertent ES Channel or Diverse HPI/LPI actuation has been resolved ES Channel or Diverse HPI/LPI reset is desired OSM concurs THEN continue. SLC 16.7.6 DIVERSE ACTUATION SYSTEMS will apply due to the automatic actuation logic being blocked if any Diverse Actuation system in OVERRIDE or BYPASS. CONDITION A (7 days)

Restore DLPIAS to functional status.

Examiner Note: If OAC alarm is received for LPSW leakage accumulator level, TS 3.7.7 CONDITION B (7 days) will apply due to LPSW leakage accumulator alarm.

If the RB RIA's isolated during this event TS.3.4.15 Condition B (once per 24 hours1 days <br />0.143 weeks <br />0.0329 months <br />) would be entered until unisolated in AP/42 Encl 5.1 at step 9 This event is complete when Enclosure 5.1 is completed and TS/SLCs have been addressed IAW step 4.25, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 24 of 60 Op-Test No.:

_1_ Scenario No.: 1 Event No.:

6 Page 4 of 4 Event

Description:

Inadvertent DLPI AS actuation Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP AP/42 Enclosure 5.1, Required Operator Actions 1 Initiate announcement of AP Entry using the PA system.

NOTE If channels are bypassed or in override, 1SA

-1/A-10 (ES 1 Trip) and 1SA

-1/B-10 (ES 2 Trip) will be of f even though the channel may have actuated.

2 any of the following have inadvertently actuated

Diverse HPI ES Channel 1 ES Channel 2 RNO: GO TO Step 5 5 the following have inadvertently actuated:

ES Channel 7 ES Channel 8 RNO: GO TO Step 9 9 Perform the following:

A. Open the following to restore RB RIAs:

1PR-7 1PR-8 1PR-9 1PR-10 perform the following:

1) Select OFF for RB RIA sample pump.

2) Start the RB RIA sample pump.

10 any of the following have inadvertently actuated

Diverse HPI ES Channel 1 RNO: GO TO Step 12 12 EXIT this enclosure.

Examiner Note: If time permits, the BOP may refer to the ARGs for 1SA

-07/D-3 and 1SA-07/E-3. Both ARGs will lead him to go to the ES Cabinets to see if there are any abnormal indications.

Examiner Note: There are no flashing lights or abnormal indications on either the Even or Odd Voters.

(Both of those alarms have cleared by this point in the event)

This event is complete when Enclosure 5.1 is completed and TS/SLCs have been addressed IAW step 4.25, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 25 of 60 Op-Test No.:

_1_ Scenario No.: 1 Event No.:

7 Page 1 of 1 Event

Description:

Main Turbine fails to trip (lockout EHC Pumps)

(occurs with Event

8) Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO OATC OATC Plant Response:

1SA-9/A-6, RB Reactor Building Normal Sump Level High/Low 1SA-1/A-1, B-1, C-1, D-1, RP Channel Trip 1SA-2/D-3, RC Press High/Low ES 1-8 actuate SCM indicates 0, then superheat The LBLOCA will result in a reactor trip.

The Main Turbine should trip but does not. This will result in a reduction of steam pressure in both SGs until actions are taken to trip the turbine. This will result in RCS overcooling until the turbine is tripped.

Crew Response:

The SRO will direct the OATC to perform Immediate Manual Actions (IMAs):

3.1 Depress

REACTOR TRIP pushbutton.

3.3 Depress

turbine TRIP pushbutton.

Examiner Note

The turbine will fail to trip requiring the OATC to place EHC pumps in Pull To Lock (PTL). This will cause the turbine valves to close. RNO: Place both EHC Pumps in Pull to Lock This event is complete when the EHC pumps are in pull to lock and the turbine has tripped or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 26 of 60 Op-Test No.:

_1_ Scenario No.: 1 Event No.:

8 Page 1 of 11 Event

Description:

LBLOCA, 1A and 1B LPI pumps fail to start, 1A1 RCP will not trip with the switch, Main Turbine fails to trip Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO BOP The SRO will direct the BOP to perform a Symptoms Check (OMP 1-18) Reactivity Control Power Range NIs < 5% and decreasing ICC/Loss of Subcooling Margin (SCM)

If Examiner Note: SCM will decrease to 0°F requiring the performance of Rule 2. Page 3 4 Loss of Heat Transfer (LOHT)

Loss of Main and Emergency FDW (including unsuccessful manual initiation of EFDW)

Excessive Heat Transfer (EHT) Uncontrolled Main Steam Line(s) pressure decrease Steam Generator Tube Rupture CSAE off-gas alarms, process RIAs (RIA

-40, 59, 60), area RIAs (RIA-16/17) This event is complete when the SRO has transferred to the LOCA CD Tab or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 27 of 60 Op-Test No.:

_1_ Scenario No.: 1 Event No.:

8 Page 2 of 11 Event

Description:

LBLOCA, 1A and 1B LPI pumps fail to start, 1A1 RCP will not trip with the switch, Main Turbine fails to trip Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO SRO BOP/OATC Crew response:

After verifying IMAs, the SRO will transfer to the Subsequent Actions Tab and review the Parallel Action page.

Page 5 6 Examiner Note: Core SCM will indicate 0 oF or superheated

(- XX) during this transient depending on when CFTs inject or when the C LPI pump injects.

When the SRO reaches the decision point in the SA parallel action page, if superheated he should transfer to the Inadequate Core Cooling (ICC) tab (below) or if saturated, he should transfer to the Loss of Subcooling Margin (LOSCM) tab Page 30. The SRO will direct one of the ROs to perform Enclosure 5.1 (ES Actuation) Page 4 5 ICC Tab (Parallel Actions Page 5 7) CAUTION ICC conditions should not exist unless multiple equipment and system failures have occurred. Some of the equipment used in this section may be the same equipment that has failed. It is expected that attempts to restore equipment operations will continue throughout this section. It is also expected that transition to OSAG will occur whenever conditions requiring the transition exist.

. 1. IAAT CETCs > 1200 oF, AND TSC is ready to provide mitigation guidance, THEN: A. Notify TSC to enter the OSAG. B. EXIT this procedure.

2. Ensure full HPI and control per Rule 6 (HPI). Page 5 2 3. IAAT RCS pressure is

< 550 psig, OR RB pressure is

> 3 psig, THEN perform Steps 4

-8. 4. Open: 1LP-21 1LP-17 This event is complete when the SRO has transferred to the LOCA CD Tab or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 28 of 60 Op-Test No.:

_1_ Scenario No.: 1 Event No.:

8 Page 3 of 11 Event

Description:

LBLOCA, 1A and 1B LPI pumps fail to start, 1A1 RCP will not trip with the switch, Main Turbine fails to trip Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO BOP/OATC

Crew response:

ICC Tab (Cont)

5. Start 1A LPI pump.

(The 1A LPI pump will fail to start.

) RNO: 1. IF 1C LPI Pump is operating, THEN GO TO Step 8. 2. Close 1LP-17. 6. Open: 1LP-2 2 1LP-1 8 7. Start 1B LPI pump.

(The 1 B LPI pump will fail to start).

RNO: 1. IF 1C LPI Pump is operating, THEN GO TO Step 8. 2. Close 1LP-18 operating.

RNO: IF LPI/HPI piggyback is aligned, THEN maximize total LPI flow by throttling HPI flow as follows:

1C LPI pump only < 2900 gpm 1A or 1B LPI pump only < 3100 gpm

9. IAAT all exist:

1C LPI Pump off 1C LPI Pump available LPI required ECCS pump suction aligned to BWST 1A LPI Pump unavailable 1B LPI Pump unavailable THEN perform Steps 10

-13. RNO: GO TO step 14 10. Open: 1LP-9 1LP-10 1LP-6 1LP-7 1LP-17 1LP-18 1LP-21 1LP-22 This event is complete when the SRO has transferred to the LOCA CD Tab or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 29 of 60 Op-Test No.:

_1_ Scenario No.: 1 Event No.:

8 Page 4 of 11 Event

Description:

LBLOCA, 1A and 1B LPI pumps fail to start, 1A1 RCP will not trip with the switch, Main Turbine fails to trip Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO CT-1 BOP/OATC

Crew response:

ICC Tab (Cont)

11. Start 1C LPI Pump (should already be started in Encl. 5.1 Page 4 5) suction through piggyback alignment.

RNO: GO TO Step 14. 13. Maximize total LPI flow < 2900 gpm by throttling HPI flow. 14. Open:

1CF-1 1CF-2 15. IAAT core SCM is

> 0 oF, THEN GO TO LOCA CD tab.

Note: Core SCM will return to 0 oF shortly after LPI flow has been established

.

HPI LPI CFTs 17. Open: 1RC-4

18. Locally close breakers:

1SKJ-08 (1RC-155/1RC-156) 1SKK-08 (1RC-157/1RC-158) 1SKL-08 (1RC-159/1RC-160) 19. Open: 1RC-155 1RC-156 1RC-157 1RC-158 1RC-159 1RC-160 This event is complete when the SRO has transferred to the LOCA CD Tab or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 30 of 60 Op-Test No.:

_1_ Scenario No.: 1 Event No.:

8 Page 5 of 11 Event

Description:

LBLOCA, 1A and 1B LPI pumps fail to start, 1A1 RCP will not trip with the switch, Main Turbine fails to trip Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO BOP/OATC Crew response:

LOSCM Tab 1. Ensure R ule 2 (Loss of SCM) is in progress or complete.

any SG. RNO: GO TO Step 4.

4. RNO: GO TO Step 6.

6. IAAT either exists: LPI FLOW TRA I N A plus LPI FLOW TRAIN B

> 3400 gpm Only one LPI header in operation with header flow

> 2900 gpm. THEN GO TO LOCA CD tab.

RNO: GO TO Step 9.

all exist: NO RCPs operating HPI flow in both HPI headers Adequate total HPI flow per Figure 1 (Total Required HPI Flow).

Figure 1 Total Required HPI Flow

10. GO TO Step 89. This event is complete when the SRO has transferred to the LOCA CD Tab or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 31 of 60 Op-Test No.:

_1_ Scenario No.: 1 Event No.:

8 Page 6 of 11 Event

Description:

LBLOCA, 1A and 1B LPI pumps fail to start, 1A1 RCP will not trip with the switch, Main Turbine fails to trip Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO BOP/OATC Crew response:

LOSCM Tab (Cont) 89. Open 1AS-40 while closing 1MS

-47 RNO: Close 1RC-4.

91. Close:

1GWD-17 1HP-1 1HP-2 1RC-3 either: Core superheated Rx vessel head level at 0".

RNO: GO TO Step 94. 93. GO TO ICC tab. Page 2 7 94. IAAT BWST level is

< 19', THEN initiate Encl 5.12 (ECCS Suction Swap to RBES).

CAUTION If TDEFDWP is being used for SG feed, reducing SG pressure below ~ 250 psig can result in reduced pumping capability.

95. Maintain SG pressure < RCS pressure utilizing either: any SG available for feeding/steaming.

97. Initiate Encl 5.16 (SG Tube to Shell T Control).

RNO: GO TO Step 101. This event is complete when the SRO has transferred to the LOCA CD Tab or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 32 of 60 Op-Test No.:

_1_ Scenario No.: 1 Event No.:

8 Page 7 of 11 Event

Description:

LBLOCA, 1A and 1B LPI pumps fail to start, 1A1 RCP will not trip with the switch, Main Turbine fails to trip Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO BOP/OATC

Crew response:

LOSCM Tab (Cont) RNO: GO TO Step 103. NOTE If in boiler condenser cooling, the CETCs may have a saw tooth pattern, sometimes increasing and sometimes decreasing. The overall trend should be used to make this determination.

RNO: GO TO LOHT tab. RNO: GO TO Step 106. 10 6. > 25 gpm. RNO: GO TO Step 108.

capability.

RNO: GO TO LOCA CD tab. Page 3 3 This event is complete when the SRO has transferred to the LOCA CD Tab or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 33 of 60 Op-Test No.:

_1_ Scenario No.: 1 Event No.:

8 Page 8 of 11 Event

Description:

LBLOCA, 1A and 1B LPI pumps fail to start, 1A1 RCP will not trip with the switch, Main Turbine fails to trip Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO BOP/OATC CT-2 Crew response:

LOCA COOLDOWN Tab 1. IAAT BWST level is

< 19', THEN initiate Encl 5.12 (ECCS Suction Swap to RBES).

3. GO TO Step 7. RNO: IF any HPI pump is operating, AND LPI/HPI piggyback is aligned, TH EN maximize total LPI flow < 3100 gpm by throttling HPI flow.

5. Notify Unit 3 to start the following:

3A Outside Air Booster Fan 3B Outside Air Booster Fan

6. Start the following:

(should already be started in Encl. 5.1) Page 4 5 A Outside Air Booster Fan B Outside Air Booster Fan

7. Perform the following:

Ensure all RBCUs in low speed.

Open 1LPSW

-18 Open 1LPSW

-21 Open 1LPSW

-24

8. Initiate Encl 5.35 (Containment Isolation).

9. Start all RB Aux fans.

10. IAAT either of the following exists:

LPI FLOW TRAIN A plus LPI FLOW TRAIN B

> 3400gpm Only one LPI header in operation with header flow

> 2900 gpm THEN GO TO Step 11. This event is complete when the SRO has transferred to the LOCA CD Tab or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 34 of 60 Op-Test No.:

_1_ Scenario No.: 1 Event No.:

8 Page 9 of 11 Event

Description:

LBLOCA, 1A and 1B LPI pumps fail to start, 1A1 RCP will not trip with the switch, Main Turbine fails to trip Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO BOP/OATC Crew response:

Rule 2 LOSCM

1. IAAT all exist: Any SCM < 0 o F Rx power < 1% < 2 minutes elapsed since loss of SCM THEN perform Steps 2 and 3.

2. Stop all RCPs. 1A1 RCP will not trip using the handswitch RNO: 1. Place 1TA AUTO/MAN switch in MAN.

2. Place 1TB AUTO/MAN switch in MAN.

3. 4. 3. Notify CR SRO of RCP status.

RNO: GO TO Step 6. 6. Open: 1HP-24 1HP-25

7. Start all available HPI umps. 8. GO TO Step 13. 13. Open:

1HP-26 1HP-27 indications.

15. IAAT > 2 HPI pumps operating, AND HPI flow in any header is in the Unacceptable Region of Figure 1 THEN perform Steps16

-21. RNO: GO TO Step 17 This event is complete when the SRO has transferred to the LOCA CD Tab or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 35 of 60 Op-Test No.:

_1_ Scenario No.: 1 Event No.:

8 Page 10 of 11 Event

Description:

LBLOCA, 1A and 1B LPI pumps fail to start, 1A1 RCP will not trip with the switch, Main Turbine fails to trip Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO BOP/OATC

Crew response: Rule 2 LOSCM (Cont) 16. Open in the affected header: 1A Header 1B Header 1HP-410 1HP-409 17. IAAT flow limits are exceeded, Pump Operation Limit 1HPI pump/hdr 475 gpm (incl. seal injection for A hdr) 1A & 1B HPI pumps operating with 1HP-409 open Total flow of 950 gpm (incl. seal injection)

THEN perform Steps 18

-20. RNO: GO TO Step 21. 18. Place Diverse HPI in BYPASS.

This event is complete when the SRO has transferred to the LOCA CD Tab or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 36 of 60 Op-Test No.:

_1_ Scenario No.: 1 Event No.:

8 Page 11 of 11 Event

Description:

LBLOCA, 1A and 1B LPI pumps fail to start, 1A1 RCP will not trip with the switch, Main Turbine fails to trip Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO BOP/OATC Crew response:

Rule 2 LOSCM (Cont) 19. Perform both: Place ES CH 1 in MANUAL

. Place ES CH 2 in MANUAL

. 20. Throttle HPI to maximize flow

< flow limit.

21. Notify CR SRO of HPI status.

22. 23. IAAT either exists:

LPI FLOW TRAIN A plus LPI FLOW TRAIN B

> 3400 gpm Only one LPI header in operations with header flow

> 2900 gpm THEN GO TO Step 24. RNO: GO TO Step 35. 24. Perform the following:

Place 1FDW

-315 in MANUAL and close.

Place 1FDW

-316 in MANUAL and close.

Place 1FDW

-35 in HAND and close.

Place 1FDW

-44 in HAND and close.

25. Notify crew that performance of Rule 3 is NOT required due to LBLOCA.

26. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT. This event is complete when the SRO has transferred to the LOCA CD Tab or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 37 of 60 EXAMINER NOTE At any time during this scenario the operator may choose to use Enclosure 5.5 to maintain RCS inventory control. See excerpt below.

ENCLOSURE 5.5 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE Maintaining Pzr level >100 [180 acc] will ensure Pzr heater bundles remain covered.

1. Utilize the following as necessary to maintain desired Pzr level:

1A HPI Pump 1B HPI Pump 1HP-26 1HP-7 1HP-120 setpoint or valve demand 1HP-5 __ IF 1HP-26 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP

-410 to maintain desired Pzr level.

2. IAAT makeup to the LDST is desired, THEN makeup from 1A BHUT.

3. IAAT it is desired to secure makeup to LDST, THEN secure makeup from 1A BHUT.

4. IAAT it is desired to bleed letdown flow to 1A BHUT, THEN perform the following:

A. Open: __ 1CS-26 __ 1CS-41 B. Position 1HP

-14 to BLEED.

C. Notify SRO.

5. IAAT letdown bleed is NO longer desired, THEN position 1HP

-14 to NORMAL.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 38 of 60 Page 2 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

6. IAAT 1C HPI PUMP is required, THEN perform Steps 7 - 9. __ GO TO Step 10. 7. Open: 1HP-24 1HP-25 1. __ IF both BWST suction valves (1HP-24 and 1HP

-25) are closed, THEN perform the following:

A. __ Start 1A LPI PUMP.

B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.

C. Open: __ 1LP-15 __ 1LP-16 __ 1LP-9 __ 1LP-10 __ 1LP-6 __ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.

E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A 119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end).

F. __ GO TO Step 8. 2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, THEN perform the following:

A. __ IF three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.

B. __ IF < 2 HPI pumps are operating, THEN start HPI pumps to obtain two HPI pump operation, preferably in opposite headers.

C. __ GO TO Step 9.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 39 of 60 Page 3 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

8. Start 1C HPI PUMP.

__ IF at least two HPI pumps are operating, THEN throttle 1HP

-409 to maintain desired Pzr level.

9. Throttle the following as required to maintain desired Pzr level:

1HP-26 1HP-27 1. __ IF at least two HPI pumps are operating, AND 1HP-26 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP

-410 to maintain desired Pzr level.

2. __ IF 1A HPI PUMP and 1B HPI PUMP are operating, AND 1HP-27 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP

-409 to maintain desired Pzr level.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 40 of 60 Page 4 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

10. IAAT LDST level CANNOT be maintained, THEN perform Step

11. __ GO TO Step 13 2. 11. Perform the following:

Open 1HP-24. Open 1HP-25. Close 1HP-16. 1. __ IF both BWST suction valves (1HP-24 and 1HP

-25) are closed, THEN perform the following:

A. __ Start 1A LPI PUMP.

B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.

C. Open: __ 1LP-15 __ 1LP-16 __ 1LP-9 __ 1LP-10 __ 1LP-6 __ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.

E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A-1-119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end).

F. __ GO TO Step 13. 2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, AND three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.

NOTE Maintaining Pzr level >100 [180 acc] will ensure Pzr heater bundles remain covered.

12. Operate PZR heaters as required to maintain heater bundle integrity.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 41 of 60 Page 5 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

13. IAAT additional makeup flow to LDST is desired, AND 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP is operating, THEN dispatch an operator to close 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) (A 107, Unit 1 RC Bleed Transfer Pump Rm.).

14. IAAT two Letdown Filters are desired, THEN perform the following:

Open 1HP-17. Open 1HP-18 15. IAAT all of the following exist:

Letdown isolated LPSW available Letdown restoration desired THEN perform Steps 16 - 34. {41} __ GO TO Step 35. 16. Open: 1CC-7 1CC-8 1. __ Notify CR SRO that letdown CANNOT be restored due to inability to restart the CC system. 2. __ GO TO Step 35. 17. Ensure only one CC pump running.

18. Place the non

-running CC pump in AUTO. 19. both are open: 1HP-1 1HP-2 1. __ IF 1HP-1 is closed due to 1HP

-3 failing to close, THEN GO TO Step 21. 2. __ IF 1HP-2 is closed due to 1HP

-4 failing to close, THEN GO TO Step 21. 20. GO TO Step 23. NOTE 21. Penetration Room has occurred.

__ GO TO Step 23. 22. GO TO Step 35.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 42 of 60 Page 6 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

23. Monitor for unexpected conditions while restoring letdown.

24. both letdown coolers to be placed in service.

1. __ IF 1A letdown cooler is to be placed in service, THEN open: __1HP-1 __1HP-3 2. __ IF 1B letdown cooler is to be placed in service, THEN open: __1HP-2 __1HP-4 3. __ GO TO Step 26. 25. Open: 1HP-1 1HP-2 1HP-3 1HP-4 26. at least one letdown cooler is aligned. Perform the following:

A. __ Notify CR SRO of problem.

B. __ GO TO Step 35. 27. Close 1HP-6. 28. Close 1HP-7. 29. F. 1. __ Open 1HP-13. 2. Close: __1HP-8 __1HP-9&11 3. __ IF any deborating IX is in service, THEN perform the following:

A. __Select 1HP

-14 to NORMAL.

B. __Close 1HP

-16. 4. __ Select LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to BYPASS.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 43 of 60 Page 7 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

30. Open 1HP-5. 31. Adjust 1HP

-7 for 20 gpm letdown.

32. WHEN letdown temperature is < 125 F, THEN place LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to NORMAL.

33. Open 1HP-6. 34. Adjust 1HP

-7 to control desired letdown flow. NOTE AP/32 (Loss of Letdown) provides direction to cool down the RCS to offset increasing pressurizer level. 35. IAAT it is determined that letdown is unavailable due to equipment failures or letdown system leakage, THEN notify CR SRO to initiate AP/32 (Loss of Letdown).

36. IAAT > 1 HPI pump is operating, AND additional HPI pumps are NO longer needed, THEN perform the following:

A. Obtain SRO concurrence to reduce running HPI pumps.

B. Secure the desired HPI pumps.

C. Place secured HPI pump switch in AUTO, if desired.

37. IAAT all the following conditions exist:

Makeup from BWST NOT required LDST level > 55 All control rods inserted Cooldown Plateau NOT being used THEN close: 1HP-24 1HP-25 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 44 of 60 Page 8 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

38. -48 (1A BHUT Recirc) has been closed to provide additional makeup flow to LDST.

__ GO TO Step 40. 39. WHEN 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) is NO longer needed to provide additional makeup flow to LDST, THEN perform the following:

A. Stop 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP. B. Locally position 1CS

-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) one turn open (A 107, Unit 1 RC Bleed Transfer Pump Rm.).

C. Close 1CS-46. D. Start 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP. E. Locally throttle 1CS

-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) to obtain 90

- 110 psig discharge pressure.

F. Stop 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP. 40. AND only one Letdown filter is desired.

__ GO TO Step 42. 41. Perform one of the following:

Place 1HP-17 switch to CLOSE.

Place 1HP-18 switch to CLOSE.

42. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this enclosure.

END Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 45 of 60 Enclosure 5.1 ES Actuation AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 1. D e t ermine a ll ES c h a nn els th a t should h a ve ac tu a t e d b a s e d on RC S p re ssu re a nd R B p re ssu r e: Actuation Setpoint (psig) Associated ES Channel 1600 (RCS) 1 & 2 550 (RCS) 3 & 4 3 (RB) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

& 6 10 (RB) 7 & 8 2. V er i f y a ll ES c h a nn els a sso c i a t ed with ac tu ation s etpoints h a ve ac tu a t e d. NO T E Vot e r OVE RR IDE e x tin guish es the T R I PPED li ght on the a sso c i a t e d c h a nn els th a t h a ve auto ac tu a t e d. P ressing T R I P on c h a nn els p reviously ac tu a t ed will reposition compon ents th a t m a y h a ve b een th rottl e d or s ec u red by this En closu re. D e p re ss T R I P on affec t e d ES lo gic c h a nn els th a t h a ve NOT p reviously b ee n ac tu a t e d. 3. IAAT addition a l ES ac tu ation s etpoints ar e e x cee d e d, T H E N perf o r m S t eps 1 - 2. 4. P l ac e Div er se H P I in B Y P ASS. P l ac e Div er se H P I in OVE RR IDE. 5. Perf o r m both: P l ac e ES CH 1 in MANUA L. P l ac e ES CH 2 in MANUA L. NO T E Vot e r OVE RR IDE affects a ll c h a nn els of the affec t e d ODD and/or EVEN c h a nn els. In OVE RR IDE, a ll compon ents on the affec t e d ODD and/or EVEN c h a nn els can be m a nu ally opera t e d from the compon ent swit c h. 1. IF ES CH 1 fails to go to MANUA L , T H E N pl ac e ODD vot e r in OVE RR IDE. 2. IF ES CH 2 fails to go to MANUA L , T H E N pl ac e EVEN vot e r in OVE RR IDE.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 46 of 60 Enclosure 5.1 ES Actuation AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 6. IAAT a ll e xist: Vot e r a sso c i a t ed with ES c h a nn el is in OVE RR I DE An ES c h a nn el is m a nu ally ac tu a t ed Compon ents on th a t c h a nn e l re qui r e m anipul ation T H E N d e p re ss R E SET on the re qui re d c h a nn e l. 7. V er i f y Rule 2 in p r o g re ss or compl e t e. G O T O S t e p 73. 8. V er i f y a ny RC P opera tin g. G O T O S t e p 10. 9. Op e n: 1H P-20 1H P-21 10. IAAT a ny RC P is opera tin g , AND ES C h a nn els 5 and 6 ac tu a t e , T H E N perf o r m S t eps 11 - 14. G O T O S t e p 15. 11. Perf o r m a ll: P l ac e ES CH 5 in MANUA L. P l ac e ES CH 6 in MANUA L. NO T E Vot e r OVE RR IDE affects a ll c h a nn els of the affec t e d ODD and/or EVEN c h a nn els. In OVE RR IDE, a ll compon ents on the affec t e d ODD and/or EVEN c h a nn els can be m a nu ally opera t e d from the compon ent swit c h. 1. IF ES CH 5 fails to go to MANUA L , T H E N pl ac e ODD vot e r in OVE RR IDE. 2. IF ES CH 6 fails to go to MANUA L , T H E N pl ac e EVEN vot e r in OVE RR IDE. 12. Op e n: 1 CC-7 1 CC-8 1 L PSW-15 1 L PSW-6 13. Ensu r e only one C C pump opera tin g. 14. Ensu r e S t andby C C pump in AUTO.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 47 of 60 Enclosure 5.1 ES Actuation AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 15. IAAT ES C h a nn els 3 & 4 ar e ac tu a t e d, T H E N G O T O S t e p 16. G O T O S t e p 53. 16. P l ac e Div er se L P I in B Y P A SS. P l ac e Div er se L P I in OVE RR IDE. 17. Perf o r m both: P l ac e ES CH 3 in MANUA L. P l ac e ES CH 4 in MANUA L. NO T E Vot e r OVE RR IDE affects a ll c h a nn els of the affec t e d ODD and/or EVEN c h a nn els. In OVE RR IDE, a ll compon ents on the affec t e d ODD and/or EVEN c h a nn els can be m a nu ally opera t e d from the compon ent swit c h. 1. IF ES CH 3 fails to go to MANUA L , T H E N pl ac e ODD vot e r in OVE RR IDE. 2. IF ES CH 4 fails to go to MANUA L , T H E N pl ac e EVEN vot e r in OVE RR IDE. CAU TION L P I pump d a m a g e m a y o cc ur if opera t ed in e x cess of 30 minut e s a g ainst a shuto f f h ea d. {6} 18. IAAT a ny L P I pump is operating a g ainst a shuto f f h ea d, T H E N at the C R SR O's discretion, stop affec t e d L P I pumps. {6 , 22} 19. IAAT RC S p re ssu r e is < L P I pump shuto f f h ea d, T H E N perf o r m S t eps 20 - 21. G O T O S t e p 22. 20. Perf o rm the followin g: Op e n 1 L P-17. S t art 1A L P I P UM P. 1. Stop 1A L P I P UM P. 2. Close 1 L P-17. 21. Perf o rm the followin g: Op e n 1 L P-18. S t art 1B L P I P UM P. 1. Stop 1B L P I P UM P. 2. Close 1 L P-18.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 48 of 60 Enclosure 5.1 ES Actuation AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 22. IAAT 1A a nd 1B L P I P UM P s ar e o f f / t ripp e d, AND a ll e xist: RC S p re ssu r e < L P I pump shuto f f h ead 1 L P-19 clos e d 1 L P-20 clos e d T H E N perf o r m S t eps 23 - 24. G O T O S t e p 25. 23. Op e n: 1 L P-9 1 L P-10 1 L P-6 1 L P-7 1 L P-17 1 L P-18 1 L P-21 1 L P-22 24. S t art 1C L P I P UM P. CT-1 25. IAAT 1A L P I PUMP fails while opera tin g , AND 1B L P I PUMP is opera tin g , T H E N close 1 L P-17. 26. IAAT 1B L P I PUMP fails while opera tin g , AND 1A L P I PUMP is opera tin g , T H E N close 1 L P-18. 27. S t ar t: A OUT S IDE A I R B OO S TER F AN B OUT S IDE A I R B OO S TER F AN CT-2 28. Noti f y Unit 3 to st ar t: 3A OUT S IDE A I R B OO S TER F AN 3B OUT S IDE A I R B OO S TER F AN Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 49 of 60 Enclosure 5.1 ES Actuation AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 29. V er i f y op e n: 1 C F-1 1 C F-2 IF C R SR O d e si re s 1 C F-1 a nd 1 C F-2 op e n, T H E N op e n: 1 C F-1 1 C F-2 30. V er i f y 1H P-410 clos e d. 1. P l ac e 1H P-120 in HAND.

2. Close 1H P-120. 31. S ec u r e m a k eup to the L D S T. 32. V er i f y a ll ES c h a nn el 1 - 4 compon ents ar e in the ES position. 1. IF 1H P-3 fails to clos e , T H E N close 1H P-1. 2. IF 1H P-4 fails to clos e , T H E N close 1H P-2. 3. IF 1H P-20 fails to clos e , AND NO RCPs opera tin g , T H E N clos e: 1H P-228 1H P-226 1H P-232 1H P-230 4. Noti f y SRO to e v a lu a te compon ents NOT in ES position a nd initi a te action to pl ac e in ES position if d e si re d. 33. V er i f y Unit 2 tu rbine t ripp e d. G O T O S t e p 36. 34. Close 2 L PSW-139. 35. V er i f y tot a l L PS W flow to Unit 2 L P I c ool ergpm. R e du c e L PS W to Unit 2 L P I c ool ers to obt ain tot a l L PS W fgpm. 36. Close 1 L PSW-139. 37. P l ac e in F A I L O PEN: 1 L PSW-251 F A I L SW I T C H 1 L PSW-252 F A I L SW I T C H 38. S t ar t a ll a v a il able L PS W pumps.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 50 of 60 Enclosure 5.1 ES Actuation AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 39. V er i f y e ith er: Th re e L PS W pumps operating Two L PS W pumps operating wh e n T ec h S p ecs only re qui res two operable G O T O S t e p 41. 40. Op e n: 1 L PSW-4 1 L PSW-5 IF both ar e clos e d: 1 L PSW-4 1 L PSW-5 T H E N noti f y SRO to initi a te action to op e n at l east one v alve p rior to B WS T l e v e'. 41. IAAT B WS T l e v e', T H E N initi a te En cl 5.12 (E CC S S u ction S w ap to R B E S). 1. Displ a y B WS T l e v el using OAC Tu r n-on C ode " S HO W D IG O1 P1600". 2. Noti f y crew of B WS T l e v e l IAAT st e p. 42. Disp a t c h a n operator to perf o r m En cl 5.2 (P l acing R B H y d r o g e n An a l y z er s I n S er vi ce). (P S) 43. S e l ect DE CAY HEAT L OW F LOW A L A R M S E L E CT swit ch to ON. 44. IAAT ES c h a nn els 5 & 6 h ave ac tu a t e d, T H E N perf o r m S t e p 45. G O T O S t e p 46. NOTE RBCU transfer to low speed will NOT occur until 3 minute time delay is satisfied.

45. Verify all ES channel 5 & 6 components are in the ES position. Notify SRO to evaluate components NOT in ES position and initiate action to place in ES position if desired.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 51 of 60 Enclosure 5.1 ES Actuation AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 46. IAAT ES c h a nn els 7 & 8 h a ve ac tu a t e d, T H E N perf o r m S t eps 47 - 48. G O T O S t e p 49. 47. Perf o r m a ll: P l ac e ES CH 7 in MANUA L. P l ac e ES CH 8 in MANUA L. NO T E Vot e r OVE RR IDE affects a ll c h a nn els of the affec t e d ODD and/or EVEN c h a nn els. In OVE RR IDE, a ll compon ents on the affec t e d ODD and/or EVEN c h a nn els ca n be m a nu ally opera t e d from the compon ent swit c h. 1. IF ES CH 7 fails to go to MANUA L , T H E N pl ac e ODD vot e r in OVE RR IDE. 2. IF ES CH 8 fails to go to MANUA L , T H E N pl ac e EVEN vot e r in OVE RR IDE. 48. V er i f y a ll ES c h a nn el 7 & 8 compon ents ar e in the ES position. Noti f y SRO to e v a lu a te compon ents NOT in ES position a nd initi a te action to pl ac e in ES position if d e si re d. 49. Noti f y U2 C R SRO th a t SS F is inoperable due to OT S 1-1 op e n. 50. Ensu r e a ny tu r nov e r sh ee t comp e ns a to r y m ea su re s f or ES ac tu ation ar e compl e te a s n ece ss ar y. 51. IAAT conditions causing ES ac tu ation h a ve c leare d, T H E N initi a te En cl 5.41 (ES R ec ov er y). 52. WH E N C R SR O a pp r ov e s, T H E N E XI T.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 52 of 60 Rule 6 HPI H P I P u m p Th r o tt li n g L i m i t s H P I must be th rottl ed to p re v ent viol ating the R V-P/T limit. H P I pump operation must be limit ed to two H P I Ps wh en only one B WST su ction v alve (1H P-24 or 1H P-25) is op e n. H P I must be th rottl egpm/pump (in cluding s ea l inj ection f or A h ea d er) wh e n only one H P I pump is operating in a h ea d er. Tot a l H P I flow must be th rottl egpm in cluding s eal inj ection wh en 1A a nd 1B H P I pumps ar e operating with 1H P-409 op e n. Tot a l H P I flow must be th rottl e d < 750 gpm wh e n a ll the following e xist: - L P I su ction is from the R B ES - pi gg y b ack is a li g n ed - e ith e r of the following e xist: only one pi gg y b ac k v alve is op e n (1 L P-15 or 1 L P-16) only one L P I pump operating H P I m a y be th rottl e d und e r the following conditions:

H P I F o rce d Cooli ng in P r og re ss: H P I F o rce d Cooli ng NOT in P r og re ss: All the following conditions must e xist: C o r e SC M > 0 C ET C s decreasing All the following conditions must e xist: All W R N I C o r e SC M > 0 Pz r l e v e l increasing SR O c on c u rre n c e re qui red if th rottling following e m er g e n c y bo ration H P I P u m p M i n i m u m Flow L i m it M aint agpm indi ca t ed/pump. This is an inst r um ent err or adjust e d v alue th a t ensu res a rea l v alue of gpm/pump is m aint a in e d. H P I pump flow l ess th a n minimum is allow e d for up to 4 hou r s.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 53 of 60 OP/1/A/1102/004 Page 1 of 3 Enclosure 4.3

1. Initia l Conditions 1.1 Review Limits and Precautions.

2. P rocedu r e 2.1 IF conditions p ermit, log the curr ent qu a dr ant pow e r tilt and the position of the T C controller prior to securing a RCP during power operations.

NOTE: Instructions for performing OAC trends are located in Working With Trends enclosure of OP/0/A/1103/020 A (Operator Aid Computer Use).

Only the first 6 points will be displ a y ed initi a ll y; pr e ss " P a g e Down" k e y to s ee second 6 points.

2.2 Using

turn-on code T6 3RCP, d i g it ally tr end the following d a ta at one minute int e rv als: Point I D D e s cription - O1P0889 CORE THERMAL PO WER BEST - O1P0877 INCORE I M B A LANCE - O1E3335 API GROUP AVE FOR GROUP 7

- O1E3336 API GROUP AVE FOR GROUP 8

- O1P0737 INCORE T I LT QUADRANT W-X - O1P0738 INCORE T I LT QUADRANT X

-Y - O1P0739 INCORE T I LT QUADRANT Y

-Z - O1P0740 I NCORE T I LT QUADRANT Z-W - O1 I 0828 RC CO L D LEG A1 TEMP

- O1 I 0829 RC CO L D LEG A2 TEMP

- O1 I 0830 RC CO L D LEG B1 TEMP - O1 I 0831 RC CO L D LEG B2 TEMP Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 54 of 60 OP/1/A/1102/004 Page 2 of 3 Enclosure 4.3 2.3 Aft er st ea dy st a te conditions ar e a tt a in e d, p erform the followin g: 2.3.1 Check NI calibration.

2.3.2 IF NI calibr ation is NOT within requirements of Limit and Precaution Step 2.2.6, calibr a te N Is to Th er m al Pow e r B est. (R.M.)

NOTE: Imbalance curves also apply for runs at reduced power.

2.4 M aint ain Control Rod position and Pow e r I mb a l a n c e within CO L R limits. NOTE: The M a ximum Allow ed Pow e r S etpoint (P m a x) is reduced when operating for e xtended periods with a 3 RC Pump Confi guration as a conservative action.

2.5 P erform the followin g: 2.5.1 IF e x p ec t ed to op e r a te for a n e x t e nd e d p eriod of time with only 3 RCPs op e r a tin g, notify I&E to adjust F lu x/ I mb a l a n c e /Flow trip setpoints for 3 RCP operation per AM/1/A/0315/017 (TXS RPS Channels A, B, C, And D Parameter Chan g e s For Abnormal/Normal Operating Conditions).

(R.M.) Person Notified Date 2.5.2 IF AT ANY TIME Qu a dr ant Pow er Tilt probl ems e xist, notify I&E to adjust F lu x/Imbalance/Flow trip setpoints as required to comply with TS 3.2.3 per AM/1/A/0315/017 (TXS RPS Channels A, B, C, And D Parameter Chan g e s For Abnormal/Normal Operating Conditions).

(R.M.)

Person Notified Date NOTE: Operations Mana g ement/Reactor En gineering Group should be consulted for value to use for hi gh flux alarm setpoint.

Instructions for Adjusting Alarm Setpoin ts On The NI Recorder are in OP/0/A/1108/001 (Curves And Gener a l Information).

2.6 Adjust

hi gh flux alarm setpoint per Operations Mana g ement/Reactor En gineering Group recommendations. (Alarm setpoint is adjusted on the NI Recorder). (R.M.)

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 55 of 60 OP/1/A/1102/004 Page 3 of 3 Enclosure 4.3 NOTE: 'D' bleed pressure may NOT be hi gh enou gh to run the F D W P turbines. 2.7 M aint ain Au x ili a ry St ea m a v a il able to the FDWP turbin e s. 2.8 IF 1SS H-9 (SS H D I SC H CTR L B Y P A SS) i s being used to control Steam Seal H ea d e r pr essur e, throttle 1SSH-9 a s r equir ed to m aint ain d esir ed SSH pr essure during the load reduction to secure an RCP.

NOTE: RCS pressure decrease in the loop with two RCPs running is e xpected. This may cause acceptance criteria of PT/1/A/0600/001 (Periodic Instrument Surveillance)

NOT to be m e t. 2.9 Place note on CR turnover sheet indicating the followin g: "B e awar e o f the effec t o f the i nd i ca t e d pr essure on the m a r gin to trip s etpoint for the Reactor P rotective S ystem t rips associated with RC S pressure."

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 56 of 60 Sub s e qu e n t A ct io n s E P/1/A/1800/001 P a rall e l A ct io n s P a g e 1 of 1 CONDI TION AC TIONS 1. P R N I FP OR N I s NOT decreasing G O T O UN P P t a b. UN P P 2. All 4160V SW GR d e-e n er g i z ed {13} G O T O B l ackout t a b. BL AC KOUT 3. C o r e SCM indi ca t es sup er h eat G O T O I C C t a b. ICC 4. Any SC M = 0°F G O T O L O SC M t a b. L O S CM 5. Both SGs intentionally isolated to stop excessive heat transfer G O T O EHT t a b. L OHT 6. Loss of h ea t t ra ns fe r (in cluding loss of a ll M ain and Em er g e ncy F D W) G O T O LOHT t a b. 7. H ea t t ra ns fe r is or h a s been e x cessive G O T O EHT t a b. E HT 8. Indi cations of SGTR g pm G O T O SGTR t a b. S G T R 9. Tu rbine Building flooding NOT ca us ed by ra in fa ll e v e nt G O T O T B F t a b. TBF 10. I n a dv er t ent ES ac tu ation o cc urred Initi a te A P/1/A/1700/042 (I n a dv er t e nt ES A c tu ation). ES 11. V alid ES ac tu ation h a s o cc urred or should h a ve d Initi a te En cl 5.1 (ES A c tu ation). ES 12. P ow e r lost to a ll 4160V SW GR a nd a ny 4160V SW GR re-e n er g i z ed Initi a te A P/11 (R ec ov er y from Loss of P ower). IF En cl 5.1 (ES A c tu ation) h a s b ee n initi a t e d, T H E N reiniti a te En cl 5.1. ROP 13. RC S l ea k a g e > 160 gpm with l etdown isol a t e d Noti f y pl ant st af f th at Em er g e n c y Dose Limits ar e in affect using P A s y st e m. E DL 14. Individu a l a v a il able to m ake noti f i cations Announ c e pl ant conditions using P A s y st e m. Noti f y O SM to refere n c e the Em er g e n c y P l a n a nd N SD 202 (R e po r t abilit y). NO T I FY Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 57 of 60 ICC E P/1/A/1800/001 P a rall e l A ct io n s P a g e 1 of 1 CONDI TION AC TIONS 1. All 4160V SW GR d e-e n er g i zed af t e r I C C t ab is e ntere d {13} G O T O Blackout t a b. BLACKOUT 2. I n a dv er t ent ES ac tu ation o cc urred Initi a te A P/1/A/1700/042 (I n a dv er t e nt ES A c tu ation). ES 3. V alid ES ac tu ation h a s o cc urred or should h a ve d Initi a te En cl 5.1 (ES A c tu ation). ES 4. P ow e r lost to a ll 4160V SW GR a nd a ny 4160V SW GR re-e n er g i z ed Initi a te A P/11 (R ec ov er y from Loss of P ower). IF En cl 5.1 (ES A c tu ation) h a s b ee n initi a t e d, T H E N reiniti a te En cl 5.1. ROP 5. Individu a l a v a il able to m ake noti f i cations Announ c e pl ant conditions using P A s y st e m. Noti f y O SM to refere n c e the Em er g e n c y P l a n a nd N SD 202 (R e po r t abilit y). Noti f y pl ant st af f th a t Em er g e n cy Dose Limits ar e in affect using P A s y st e m. NO T I FY and EDL Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 58 of 60 L O S CM E P/1/A/1800/001 P a rall e l A ct io n s P a g e 1 of 1 CONDI TION AC TIONS 1. P R N I FP N I s NOT decreasing G O T O UN P P t a b. UN P P 2. All 4160V SW GR d e-e n er g i z ed {13} G O T O B l ackout t a b. BL AC KOUT 3. C o r e SCM indi ca t es sup er h eat G O T O I C C t a b. ICC 4. I n a dv er t ent ES ac tu ation o cc urred Initi a te A P/1/A/1700/042 (I n a dv er t e nt ES A c tu ation). ES 5. V alid ES ac t ua tion has occu rred or shou l d ha v e Initi a te En cl 5.1 (ES A c tu ation). ES 6. P ow e r lost to a ll 4160V SW GR a nd a ny 4160V SW GR re-e n er g i z ed Initi a te A P/11 (R ec ov er y from Loss of P ower). IF En cl 5.1 (ES A c tu ation) h a s b ee n initi a t e d, T H E N reiniti a te En cl 5.1. ROP 7. RC S l ea k a g e > 160 gpm with l etdown isol a t e d OR SGTR > 25 g pm Noti f y pl ant st af f th at Em er g e n c y Dose Limits ar e in affect using P A s y st e m. E DL 8. Individu a l a v a il able to m ake noti f i cations Announ c e pl ant conditions using P A s y st e m. Noti f y O SM to refere n c e the Em er g e n c y P l a n a nd N SD 202 (R e po r t abilit y). NO T I FY Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 Page 59 of 60 CRITICAL TASKS

1. CT-1 (BWOG CT-4) Initiate LPI.

Starting the C LPI pump and providing flow into the RCS when in a "Superheated" condition. Not performing this action will result in fuel barrier failure.

Time Critical Action: Perform within 60 minutes of LPIP A and B failure.

2. CT-2 (BWOG C T-27) Initiate Control Room Outside Air Booster Fans Starting the Outside Air Booster Fans within 30 minutes of the LOCA.

Not performing this action could result in Control Room habitability issues

. 3. CT-3 Stabilize Plant Following Tave Failure Prior to Reactor Trip Stabilizing the plant following the failure of Tave (high) prevents a reactor trip.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 SAFETY: Take a Minute UNIT 0 (SM)

SSF Operable: Yes KHU's Operable:

U1 - OH, U2 - UG LCTs Operable:

2 Fuel Handling: No UNIT STATUS (CRS)

Unit 1 Simulator Other Units Mode: 1 Unit 2 Unit 3 Reactor Power:

100% Mode: 1 Mode: 1 Gross MWE:

900 100% Power 100% Power RCS Leakage: 0

.0 gpm EFDW Backup: Yes EFDW Backup: Yes RBNS Rate: .01 gpm Technical Specifications/SLC Items (CRS)

Component/Train OOS Date/Time Restoration Required Date/Time TS/SLC # AMSAC/DSS Bypassed Today / 06:30 7 Days SLC 16.7.2 Condition A & B Shift Turnover Items (CRS)

Primary SASS in MANUAL for I&E testing AMSAC/DSS Bypassed for I&E testing Secondary 1SSH-1, 1SSH-3, 1SD-2, 1SD-5, 1SD-140, 1SD-303, 1SD-355, 1SD-356 and 1SD

-358 are closed with power supply breakers open per the Startup Procedure for SSF Overcooling Event. Control 1B FDWPT with Motor Speed Changer The BOP is to remove 1B MFDWP from the Hand Jack per OP/1/A/1106/002 B Encl. 4.13 beginning at Step 2.1.

AO is stationed at the 1B MFDWP.

The National Weather Service has issued a severe thunderstorm watch, effective for the next 4 hours0.167 days <br />0.0238 weeks <br />0.00548 months <br /> for an area including Stephens County, Georgia: and Oconee, Pickens, and Anderson Counties of South Carolina.

Reactivity Management (CRS)

RCS Boron:

89 ppmB Gp 7 Rod Position: 90

% R2 Reactivity Management Controls established in Control Room Human Performance Emphasis (SM)

Procedure Use and Adherence

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 ILT46 Facility: Oconee Scenario No.:

2 Op-Test No.: 1 Examiners: ________________________

Operators:

________________________SRO ________________________

________________________OATC ________________________

________________________BOP Initial Conditions:

Reactor Power =

50% Unit 2: 100%, Unit 3: 100%

Turnover:

SASS in manual for I&E AMSAC/DSS bypassed for I&E 1A and 1C HWPs operating Event No. Malfunction No. Event Type*

Event Description 0a Pre-Insert SASS in Manual 0b Pre-Insert AMSAC/DSS bypassed for I&E testing 0c Override AFIS Disabled 1 Override C, BOP, SRO 1A HWP Casing Water Level Low 2 MPI150 I: OATC, SRO (TS) PZR "A" RTD Fails LOW (TS) 3 MSS200 C, BOP, SRO (TS) Vacuum Leak 4 MPI 281 I: OATC, SRO C Controller Fails HIGH ('A' Loop Hot) 5 MPS020 R: OATC, SRO (TS) 55 gpm Pri

-Sec leak in 1B SG requires Manual S/D 6 N: BOP, SRO Encl 5.19 Control of Plant Equipment During Shutdown for SGTR (Transfer unit auxiliaries) 7 MEL220 C: ALL 1TA and 1TB lockout (Lose all RCPs) 8 MSS380 M; ALL 1A MSLB - Outside of the RB 9 * (N)ormal, (R)eactivity, (I)nstrument, (C)omponent, (M)ajor

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 2 of 80 Op-Test No.: 1 _ Scenario No.:

2_ Event No.: 1 _ Page 1 of 1 Event Description

1A HWP Casing Water Level Low Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP Plant Response:

1SA-9/C-5 HWP A CASING WATER LEVEL LOW Crew Response:

Refer to ARG 1SA-9/C-5 3.1 I F '1A' HWP is in operation, then immediately:

Start a standby HWP.

Trip '1A' HWP.

Bypass Powdex.

Decrease load.

3.2 Monitor

hotwell level

3.3 Determine

cause of low level alarm (possible suction filter clogging) and initiate corrective action necessary to return pump to normal operation.

3.4 IF HWP is in standby mode AND this alarm is actuated, DO NOT start pump until alarm condition has been determined and corrected.

This event is complete when the 1A HWP is tripped and Powdex Bypassed, or as directed by the L ead Examiner.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 3 of 80 Op-Test No.: 1 _ Scenario No.:

2_ Event No.: 2 _ Page 1 of 2 Event

Description:

PZR 'A' RTD Fails LOW Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior

SRO/OATC Booth Cue: Call the BOP to request the following: "This is the WCC SRO, I am performing the KEY Locker PT. I cannot locate one of the Unit 1 SD Bypass keys. Will you go ensure no keys were left in the Unit 1 RPS cabinets

. (This will help to ensure the OATC will take actions for the PZR RTD failure)

Plant Response:

Statalarms:

OAC (RC PZR level 1&3 mismatch

) OAC (RC PZR level 2&3 mismatch

) 1SA-02/C-3 (RC Pressurizer Level High/Low)

Board indications:

1 50 inches PZR level 3 indicates 223 inches and slowly increasing

Crew Response:

Refer to ARG 1SA-02/C-3 (RC Pressurizer Level High/Low)

3.1 Check alternate PZR level indications..

3.2 Check

for proper Makeup/Letdown flows and adjust to restore proper level. Evaluator Note

The RO may take 1HP

-120 to MANUAL to control Pzr level. If so, they should place it in AUTO after the failure is addressed.

3.1 Refer

to the following procedures as required: AP/1/A/1700/002 (Excessive RCS Leakage)

AP/1/A/1700/014 (Loss of Normal HPI M/U and/or RCP SI)

AP/1/A/1700/032 (Loss of Letdown)

3.4 Refer

to Technical Specification 3.4.9, Pressurizer (does not apply)

3.5 Refer

to Technical Specification 3.3.8, PAM Instrumentation.

Page 4 3.6 Refer to OP/1/A/1105/014 Control Room Instrumentation Operation And Information

. This event is complete when PZR level 3 has been selected, or as directed by the Lead Evaluator.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 4 of 80 Op-Test No.: 1 _ Scenario No.:

2_ Event No.: 2 _ Page 2 of 2 Event

Description:

PZR 'A' RTD Fails LOW Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC

Crew Response:

OP/1/A/1105/014 Enclosure 4.

11 (SASS Information) 3.2 SASS (Smart Automatic Signal Selector) Manual Operation 3.2.1 IF "MISMATCH" light is on and "TRIP 'A'" or "TRIP 'B'" light is on, a SASS trip has occurred.

A. Controlling signal will be signal selected from CR keyswitch (for parameters in ICS Cabinet #8).

B. Select valid signal as controlling signal by positioning CR keyswitch or pushbutton for Pzr level to valid signal (for parameters in ICS Cabinet

1. 8). 3.2.2 IF "MISMATCH" light is on, a mismatch has occurred A. Controlling signal will be signal selected from CR keyswitch (for parameters in ICS Cabinet #8).

B. Select valid signal as controlling signal by positioning CR keyswitch or pushbutton for Pzr level to valid signal (for parameters in ICS Cabinet #8).

(Select Pzr Level #3) 3.2.3 Initiate a Work Request to repair faulty signal Note: The SRO may direct an RO to select Pzr Level #3 prior to referencing OP/1/A/1105/014 Note: If the SRO has not addressed the TS for this event, continue to next event and ask the TS as a follow up question.

T.S. 3.3.8, PAM INSTRUMENTATION Condition A ( 30 Days)

Restore required channel to OPERABLE status.

This event is complete when PZR level 3 has been selected, or as directed by the Lead Evaluator.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 5 of 80 Op-Test No.:

_1_ Scenario No.:

2 Event No.:

3 Page 1 of 2 Event

Description:

Vacuum leak Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP CT-2 SRO Plant Response:

1SA-3/A-6, Condenser Vacuum Low (25" Hg)

Crew response:

1SA-3/A-6, Condenser Vacuum Low

3.1 Refer

to AP/

1/A/1700/027 AP/1/A/1700/027 (Loss of Condenser Vacuum)

4.1 Announce

AP entry using the PA system.

4.2 IAAT both of the following apply:

MODE 1 or 2 THEN trip the Rx.

4.3 Dispatch

operators to perform the following:

Perform Encl 5.1 (Main Vacuum Pump Alignment)

Look for vacuum leaks

4.4 Ensure

all available Main Vacuum Pumps operating (A, B, & C)

. Booth Cue: After all MVPs are running, using TIME COMPRESSION, call the Control Room to notify the operator that the Main Vacuum Pumps are aligned to Unit 1.

4.5 Ensure

1V

-186 is closed

. 4.6 Ensure Steam to Steam Air Ejector A, B, C > 255 psig

. 4.7 Verify Steam Seal Header Press > 1.5 psig

. 4.8 Ensure all available CCW pumps operating

. Examiner Note: When the 4 th CCW Pump is started, the LPSW Leakage Accummulator will alarm on the OAC requiring entry into TS 3.7.7 Condition B (7 days) Restore the LPSW WPS to OPERABLE status

. This event is complete when SRO reaches Step 4.10 of AP/027, or as directed by the lead examiner.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 6 of 80 Op-Test No.:

_1_ Scenario No.:

2 Event No.:

3 Page 2 of 2 Event

Description:

Vacuum leak Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior

Booth Cue: Call Control Room as the AO sent out to look for vacuum leaks and report that a leak was found on the 1B Main FDW Pump pumping trap sight glass.

The leak will be removed after the control room directs the A O to isolate the sight glass.

4.9 Ver 4.10 WHEN condenser vacuum is stable, AND Encl 5.1 (Main Vacuum Pump Alignment) is complete, THEN EXIT this procedure Booth Cue: IF/when asked about the status of Encl. 5.1, respond that using time compression, Encl. 5.1 is complete. This event is complete when SRO reaches Step 4.10 of AP/027, or as directed by the lead examiner.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 7 of 80 Op-Test No.: 1 _ Scenario No.:

2_ Event No.: 4 _ Page 1 of 3 Event

Description:

C Controller Fails HIGH ('A' Loop hot) Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior

SRO/OATC Plant Response:

FDW flow will ratio incorrectly based on the failure "A" FDW flow will increase causing "A" loop T C to decrease.

"B" FDW flow will decrease causing "B" loop T C to increase.

This will cause actual T C to increase (become more negative). Failure to adjust FDW flow will result in QPT.

1SA-02/B-5, RC Cold Leg Diff. Temperature High, will actuate if actual T C increases to +/- 5°F 1SA-02/B-9 MS STM GEN 'A' LEVEL High/Low will actuate when SG Crew Response:

Crew should perform Plant Transient Response (PTR)

Diagnose the T C failure by observing the T C meter on 1UB1. It should return to zero but is staying at + 3.5 degrees.

Take the Diamond and Feedwater Masters to MANUAL and re-ratio feedwater using the Loop T C meters and/or OAC (RCS01) to return actual T C to near zero.

SRO may direct the BOP to reference Statalarm 1SA

-02/B-5 (RC Cold Leg Diff Temperature High)

SRO will r efer to AP/28 (ICS Instrument Failures)

AP/28 4.1 Provide control bands as required (per OMP 1

-18 Attach I)

OMP 1-18 Attachment I:

1. Plant Conditions Stable or TPB

< Pre-transient Conditions NI Power + 1% not to exceed the pre

-transient or allowable power. If at the pre

-transient or allowable level, band is NI Power - 1%. Current Tave

+ 2 o F. Current SG Outlet Pressure

+ 10 PSIG Delta Tc 0 o F + 2 o F. 4.2 Initiate notification of the following:

OSM to reference OMP 1

-14 Emergency Plan STA This event is complete when the SRO reaches the WHEN step (4) in Section 4F, or as directed by the Lead Evaluator.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 8 of 80 Op-Test No.: 1 _ Scenario No.:

2_ Event No.: 4 _ Page 2 of 3 Event

Description:

C Controller Fails HIGH ('A' Loop hot) Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC Crew Response:

AP/28 (Cont)

. 4.4 Notify Rx Engineering and discuss the need for a maneuvering plan. 4.5 Use the following , as necessary, to determine the applicable section from table in Step 4.6 OAC alarm video OAC display points Control Board indications SPOC assistance 4.6 GO TO the applicable section per the following table:

Section Failure 4F Delta T C AP/28 Section 4F, Delta Tc Failure NOTE This section applies to Delta T C controller failures. T C input signal failures are addressed in Section 4A The following may occur when an ICS Delta T C controller fails:

Delta T C controller may re

-ratio loop FDW flows Possible ICS RUNBACK

1. Ensure the following in HAND:

1A FDW MASTER 1B FDW MASTER DELTA T C This event is complete when the SRO reaches the WHEN step (4) in Section 4F, or as directed by the Lead Evaluator.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 9 of 80 Op-Test No.: 1 _ Scenario No.:

2_ Event No.: 4 _ Page 3 of 3 Event

Description:

C Controller Fails HIGH ('A' Loop hot) Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC

Crew Response:

AP/28 (Cont)

CAUTION Total feedwater flow should be maintained constant while individual loop flows are adjusted to establish the desired Tc. Maintaining total flow constant will prevent unwanted changes in reactor power

2. Re-ratio feedwater flow, as required, to establish desired DELTA T C while maintaining total feedwater flow constant

3. Notify SPOC to perform the following:

Investigate and repair the failed Delta T C controller C C controller will be repaired as soon as possible.

4. WHEN notified by SPOC that DELTA T C controller has been repaired, THEN GO TO OP/1/A/1102/004 A Encl (Placing ICS Stations To Auto)

NOTE: ICS will remain in manual for the remainder of the scenario.

This event is complete when the SRO reaches the WHEN step (4) in Section 4F, or as directed by the Lead Evaluator.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 10 of 80 Op-Test No.: 1 _ Scenario No.:

2_ Event No.: 5 _ Page 1 of 2 Event

Description:

55 gpm Pri

-Sec Leak in 1B SG Requires Manual S/D (TS)

Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP/ OATC Plant response:

1SA8/A9 (RM AREA MONITOR RADIATION HIGH) 1SA8/E10 (N

-16 RM PRIMARY TO SECONDARY TUBE LEAK) 1SA8/D10 (RM CSAE EXHAUST RADIATION HIGH) 1SA8/B9 (RM PROCESS MONITOR RADIATION HIGH) 1RIA-40 in alarm 1RIA 60 in alarm and indicating 55 gpm. Crew response:

. SGTR Parallel Actions (page 37) Announce plant conditions; Notify OSM to reference Eplan and NSD 202; Notify plant staff Emergency Dose Limits (EDLs) in effect.

EOP SGTR TAB

1. Verify Rx tripped.

RNO: 1. Maintain Pzr level 220 - 260 by initiating Encl 5.5 (Pzr and LDST Level Control).

(page 2 8) 2. GO TO Step 10. 10 IAAT Pzr level decreasing with all available HPI, AND Rx power is > 18%, THEN perform the following:

A. Trip the Rx.

B. GO TO IMA tab. 1 1. Verify all:

Rx power > 40%

1RIA-59 operable 1RIA-60 operable EXAMINER NOTE: Crew determines that SGTL rate is 55 gpm. EDLs are in effect 1 2. Determine leak rate using:

1RIA-59 1RIA-60 1 3. Notify OSM of SGTR leak rate.

This event is completed when > 10% power reduction has occurred, or when directed by the lead examiner.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 11 of 80 Op-Test No.: 1 _ Scenario No.:

2_ Event No.: 5 _ Page 2 of 2 Event

Description:

55 gpm Pri

-Sec Leak in 1B SG Requires Manual S/D Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP

EOP SGTR TAB (Cont) 1 4. Verify ICS capable of power reduction in AUTO.

RNO: 1. Initiate manual power reduction to < 15%.

2. GO TO Step 1 6. NOTE Encl 5.19 (Control of Plant Equipment During Shutdown for SGTR) will swap auxiliaries.

1 6. Initiate Encl 5.19 (Control of Plant Equipment During Shutdown for SGTR).

Page 1 2 1 7. WHEN both exist: Reactor power is 15% FP Unit auxiliaries have been transferred THEN continue. BOOTH CUE: Ensure the OATC has reduced Reactor Power >10% AND the BOP has transferred auxiliaries prior to initiating the next event (Timer

7) 1 8. Depress turbine TRIP pushbutton.

1 9. Verify all TURBINE STOP VALVES closed.

20. Open: PCB 20 PCB 21 2 1. Verify Generator Field Breaker open.

2 2. Verify EXCITATION is OFF. 2 3. Verify TBVs controlling SG pressure as expected.

2 4. Reduce Rx power to

< 5% FP. EXAMINER NOTE: TS 3.4.13 applies for leakage Pri-Sec leakage >150 gpd.

TS 3.4.13 RCS OPERATIONAL LEAKAGE, Condition B (12 hours0.5 days <br />0.0714 weeks <br />0.0164 months <br />) Be in Mode 3 AND (36 hours1.5 days <br />0.214 weeks <br />0.0493 months <br />) Be in Mode 5.

This event is completed when > 10% power reduction has occurred, or when directed by the lead examiner.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 12 of 80 Op-Test No.: 1 _ Scenario No.:

2_ Event No.: 6 _ Page 1 of 3 Event

Description:

Control of Plant Equipment During Shutdown for SGTR (Encl 5.19)

Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior BOP EOP Enclosure 5.19

1. Perform the following:

A. Monitor RIAs to identify all SGs with a tube rupture:

1RIA-16 1RIA-17 1RIA-59 when Rx power > 40%

1RIA-60 when Rx power >

40% B. Inform CR SRO of results.

2. Place 1TA AUTO/MAN transfer switch in MAN.

3. Place 1TB AUTO/MAN transfer switch in MAN.

4. Close 1TA SU 6.9 KV FDR.

5. Close 1TB SU 6.9 KV FDR.

6. Place MFB1 AUTO/MAN transfer switch in MAN. 7. Place MFB2 AUTO/MAN transfer switch in MAN.

8. Close E1 1 MFB1 STARTUP FDR.

9. Close E2 1 MFB2 STARTUP FDR.

10. Notify CR SRO that unit auxiliaries have been transferred.

11. Start: TURBINE TURNING GEAR OIL PUMP 1A through 1E TURBINE BRNG OIL LIFT PUMP s TURBINE MOTOR SUCTION PUMP

12. Start: A OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN B OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN This event is completed when Unit Auxiliaries have been transferred, or when directed by the lead examiner.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 13 of 80 Op-Test No.: 1 _ Scenario No.:

2_ Event No.: 6 _ Page 2 of 3 Event

Description:

Control of Plant Equipment During Shutdown for SGTR (Encl 5.19)

Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior BOP EOP Enclosure 5.19 (Cont) 13. Notify Unit 3 to start:

3A OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN 3B OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN

14. Stop: 1A MSRH DRN PUMP 1B MSRH DRN PUMP

15. Place in manual and close:

1FDW-53 1FDW-65 16. Place in DUMP:

1HD-37 1HD-52 17. Perform the following:

Place 1A FDWP SEAL INJECTION PUMP switch to START.

Place 1B FDWP SEAL INJECTION PUMP switch to START.

Start 1A FDWP AUXILIARY OIL PUMP.

Start 1B FDWP AUXILIARY OIL PUMP.

18. WHEN Rx power is 80%, THEN stop: 1E1 HTR DRN PUMP 1E2 HTR DRN PUMP

19. Verify both Main FDW pumps running.

NOTE 1B Main FDW Pump is the preferred pump to be shutdown first.

To lower 1B Main FDW Pump suction flow, bias is adjusted counter clockwise.

To lower 1A Main FDW Pump suction flow, bias is adjusted clockwise.

This event is completed when Unit Auxiliaries have been transferred , or when directed by the lead examiner.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 14 of 80 Op-Test No.: 1 _ Scenario No.:

2_ Event No.: 6 _ Page 3 of 3 Event

Description:

Control of Plant Equipment During Shutdown for SGTR (Encl 5.19)

Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior B OP EOP Enclosure 5.19 (Cont) 20. Adjust bias for first Main FDW pump desired to be shutdown until suction flow is ~ 1 x 10 6 lbm/hr less than remaining Main FDW pump suction flow.

21. WHEN core thermal pow er is < 65% FP, THEN continue. 22. IAAT both Main FDW pumps running, AND both of the following exist:

1B Main FDW Pump is first pump to be shut down Any of the following alarms occur:

FWP B FLOW MINIMUM (1SA-16/A-3) FWP B FLOW BELOW MIN (1SA-16/A-4) THEN trip 1B Main FDW Pump.

23. IAAT both Main FDW pumps running, AND both of the following exist:

1A Main FDW Pump is first pump to be shut down Any of the following alarms occur:

FWP A FLOW MINIMUM (1SA-16/A-1) FWP A FLOW BELOW MIN (1SA-16/A-2) THEN trip 1A Main FDW Pump.

24. Notify RP to survey both MS lines for radiation.

25. WHEN load is 450 MWe, THEN continue. 26. Verify 1C COND BOOSTER PUMP operating.

27. Stop: 1A COND BOOSTER PUMP 1B COND BOOSTER PUMP

28. Place the control switch for one shutdown CBP to AUTO.

This event is completed when Unit Auxiliaries have been transferred, or when directed by the lead examiner.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 15 of 80 Op-Test No.: 1 _ Scenario No.:

2_ Event No.: 7 _ Page 1 of 5 Event

Description:

1TA and 1TB Lockout causes a loss of RCP s Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO OATC BOP Plant Response:

1TA and 1TB lockout will occur. This will cause a loss of 6900V power to the RCP s. RPS will trip the reactor

. Crew Response: Recognizes the reactor has tripped (< 3 RCP's operating with Reactor power >2%.

(OMP 1-18 Att. A), therefore perform s Immediate Manual Actions of the EOP.

3.1 Depress

REACTOR TRIP pushbutton.

3.2 Verify

reactor power < 5% FP and decreasing.

3.3 Depress

turbine TRIP pushbutton.

3.4 Verify

all turbine stop valves closed.

3.5 Verify

RCP seal injection available.

The SRO will direct the BOP to perform a Symptoms Check (OMP 1-18) Reactivity Control Power Range NIs < 5% and decreasing ICC/Loss of Subcooling Margin (SCM)

Loss of Heat Transfer (LOHT)

Loss of Main and Emergency FDW (including unsuccessful manual initiation of EFDW)

Excessive Heat Transfer (EHT)

Uncontrolled Main Steam Line(s) pressure decrease Steam Generator Tube Rupture CSAE off-gas alarms, process RIAs (RIA

-40, 59, 60), area RIAs (RIA-16/17) When IMAs and the Symptom Check are complete, the SRO will transfer to the Subsequent Actions Tab

. This event is complete when the SRO transfers to the SGTR tab, or as directed by the lead examiner.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 16 of 80 Op-Test No.: 1 _ Scenario No.:

2_ Event No.: 7 _ Page 2 of 5 Event

Description:

1TA and 1TB Lockout causes a loss of RCP s Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP/ OATC Crew Response

Subsequent Actions Tab When reviewing the Parallel Actions page for Subsequent Actions Page 3 6, the SRO will recognize that a SGTR still exists and transfer back to the SGTR Tab. SGTR Tab 1. Verify Rx tripped.

2. Maintain Pzr level 140"

- 180" [175"

- 215" acc] by initiating Encl 5.5 (Pzr and LDST Level Control).

3. Ensure Parallel Actions Page reviewed.

NOTE The remainder of this page may be given to an RO. The Procedure Director may continue.

4. Start:

A OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN B OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN

5. Notify Unit 3 to start:

3A OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN 3B OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN

6. Perform the following:

A. Monitor RIAs 16 and 17 to identify all SGs with a tube rupture.

B. Inform SRO of results.

7. Dispatch an operator to open:

1XD-R3C (A Turb Bldg Sump Pump Bkr)(T

-1, G-27) 1XE-R3D (B Turb Bldg Sump Pump Bkr)(T

-1, J-27) 8. Notify RP to survey both MS lines for radiation.

This event is complete when the SRO transfers to the SGTR tab, or as directed by the lead examiner.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 17 of 80 Op-Test No.: 1 _ Scenario No.:

2_ Event No.: 7 _ Page 3 of 5 Event

Description:

1TA and 1TB Lockout causes a loss of RCP s Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP/ OATC SGTR Tab (Cont)

9. GO TO Step 28. 28. Secure any unnecessary offsite release paths. (Main Vacuum Pumps, TDEFDWP, Emergency Steam Air Ejector, etc).

29. Verify Main FDW or EFDW controlling properly.

30. Open: 1HP-24 1HP-25

31. Secure makeup to LDST.

32. Maintain both SG pressures < 950 psig using either: TBVs Dispatch two operators to perform Encl 5.24 (Operations of the ADVs). 33. IAAT all the following exist:

ALL SCMs > 0 o F ES Bypass Permit satisfied RCS pressure controllable THEN perform Steps 34

-35. RNO: GO TO Step 36. 34. Bypass applicable ES: To Bypass HPI:

Bypass HPI CH A, B, C To Bypass LPI:

Bypass LPI CH A, B, C

35. Bypass applicable Diverse ES:

To Bypass HPI:

Bypass Diverse HPI To Bypass LPI:

Bypass Diverse LPI This event is complete when the SRO transfers to the SGTR tab, or as directed by the lead examiner.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 18 of 80 Op-Test No.: 1 _ Scenario No.:

2_ Event No.: 7 _ Page 4 of 5 Event

Description:

1TA and 1TB Lockout causes a loss of RCP s Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP/ OATC SGTR Tab (Cont)

36. Verify any RCP operating.

RNO: GO TO Step 38. NOTE If normal Pzr spray is available, efforts should be made to minimize core SCM < 15 o F IF allowed by RCP NPSH requirements.

If normal Pzr spray is NOT available, minimize core SCM as low as safely achievable.

38. Reduce and maintain core SCM at minimum using any/all of the following methods:

De-energize all Pzr heaters Use Pzr spray Maintain Pzr l evel 140" - 180" [17 5" - 215" acc].

NOTE The rate of fill of the SG with the tube rupture should be considered when deciding to use alternate depressurization methods..

Pzr spray. If available, is preferred to maintain SCM at minimum after using the PORV. This will prevent repetitive cycling of the PORV.

39. IAAT RCS de-pressurization methods are inadequate in minimizing core SCM, THEN perform Step 40

-42. Pzr spray will be inadequate with no RCPs operating which will require the use of the Pzr PORV to minimize core SCM. NOTE BWST temperature should be used in determining Pzr spray nozzle DT. Computer point O1P3367 provides Pzr spray nozzle DT information.

40. Verify Pzr spray nozzle DT

> 410 o F. DT will be greater than 410 o F. This event is complete when the SRO transfers to the SGTR tab, or as directed by the lead examiner.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 19 of 80 Op-Test No.: 1 _ Scenario No.:

2_ Event No.: 7 _ Page 5 of 5 Event

Description:

1TA and 1TB Lockout causes a loss of RCP s Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP/ OATC SGTR Tab (Cont)

41. Close 1LWD - 1 1LWD - 2 42. Cycle PORV as necessary.

43. Verify 1SA

-2/C-8 (AFIS HEADER A INITIATED) lit.

RNO: Select OFF for both digital channels on AFIS HEADER A.

44. Verify 1SA

-2/D-8 (AFIS HEADER B INITIATED) lit.

RNO: Select OFF for both digital channels on AFIS HEADER B. 45. Verify RCS temperature > 532 o F. NOTE Close monitoring of RCS pressure is essential during the cooldown if ES has not been bypassed. Slowing the cooldown and stopping Pzr spray momentarily may be needed as ES Bypass Permit is approached to avoid ES actuation.

46. Initiate a cooldown as follows:

Decrease SG pressure to 835

- 845 psig using any of the following:

TBV setpoint adjusted to 710

- 720 psig TBVs in manual ADVs Maximize cooldown rate limited only by the ability to maintain Pzr level

> 100" [180" acc].

47. WHEN SG pressure is 835

- 845 psig, THEN adjust SG pressure as necessary to maintain an RCS temperature band of 525 o F - 532 o F. 48. IAAT any affected SG approaches overfill:

Any SCM < 0 o F: LOSCM setpoint All SCMs > 0 o F: 285" [315"] XSUR THEN perform Steps 49

-51. This event is complete when the SRO transfers to the SGTR tab, or as directed by the lead examiner.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 20 of 80 Op-Test No.: 1 _ Scenario No.:

2_ Event No.: 8 _ Page 1 of 8 Event

Description:

1A MSLB, Outside the RB Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior

SRO/BOP/ OATC Plant response:

Steam pressure on 1A SG decreases 1SA 2/A9 (MS PRESSURE HIGH/LOW

) Crew response

When performing the symptom check per OMP 1

-18 Att. C, an RO recognizes the 1A SG pressure decreasing uncontrollably, announces it to the CRS, performing Rule 5 (Main Steam Line Break). Page 2 5 Examiner Note:

The SRO can transfer to the EHT tab by two different methods:

1. The SRO can transfer directly to the EHT Tab via the SGTR Parallel Action page.

2. They could direct the ROs to perform IMAs and a Symptom Check.

When they are complete, the SRO will transfer to the Subsequent Actions Tab

. When in the Subsequent Action tab, the SRO will transfer to the EHT tab via the SA Parallel Action page.

When in either Parallel Action page, the SRO should direct an RO to perform Encl. 5.1, ES Actuation if ES actuates

. Page 4 4 EHT Tab 1. Verify any SG pressure < 550 psig.

I t may or may not be at this point.

RNO: 1. IF excessive heat transfer has been stopped, THEN GO TO Step 5. 2. GO TO Step 3. 2. Ensure Rule 5 (Main Steam Line Break) in progress or complete.

3. Place the following in HAND and decrease demand to zero on all affected SGs: 1A SG 1B SG 1FDW-32 1FDW-41 1FDW-35 1FDW-44 This event is complete when the SRO reaches step 32 in the EHT tab, or as directed by the lead examiner

.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 21 of 80 Op-Test No.: 1 _ Scenario No.:

2_ Event No.: _8 _ Page 2 of 8 Event

Description:

1A MSLB, Outside the RB Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP/ OATC EHT Tab (Cont) 4. Close the following on all affected SGs: 1A SG 1B SG 1FDW-372 1FDW-382 1MS-17 1MS-26 1MS-79 1MS-76 1MS-35 1MS-36 1MS-82 1MS-84 1FDW-368 1FDW-369 5. Verify level in both SGs < 96% O.R.

6. IAAT core SCM is > 0 oF, THEN perform Steps 7 and 8.

7. Throttle HPI per Rule 6 (HPI). Page 6 4 8. Verify letdown in service.

9. Verify any SG has an intact secondary boundary (intact SG).

NOTE If only one SG is intact and has been isolated for SGTR, the following steps will unisolate and use it for heat removal.

10. Open the following on all intact SGs: 1A SG 1B SG 1FDW-372 1FDW-382 1FDW-368 1FDW-369 1MS-17 1MS-26 This event is complete when the SRO reaches step 32 in the EHT tab, or as directed by the lead examiner

.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 22 of 80 Op-Test No.:

1 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.:

8 Page 3 of 8 Event

Description:

1A MSLB, Outside the RB Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP/ OATC EHT Tab (Cont) 11. Start MDEFDWP associated with all intact SGs: 1A SG 1B SG 1A MDEFDWP 1B MDEFDWP 12. Feed and steam all intact SGs to stabilize RCS P/T using either: TBVs Dispatch two operators to perform Encl 5.24 (Operation of the ADVs).

13. GO TO Step 32. 32. V er i f y a n y: H P I h as opera t ed in the inj ection mode while NO RCP s w er e operating A cooldown b elow 400°F a t > 100°F/hr h a s o cc urred 33. Initi a te Rule 8 (P ressu r i z ed Th er m al S ho c k (P T S)). Page 65 34. V er i f y both clos e d: 1M S-24 1M S-33 35. Open 1AS-8. 36. Close 1SSH

-9. 37. Perform notifications:

Notify Chemistry to determine RCS boron concentration.

Notify Secondary Chemistry to check for indications of SGTR.

Notify RP to check for indications fo SGTR.

38. IAAT RCS boron is determined to be insufficient for adequate SDM, THEN initiate Encl 5.11 (RCS Boration).

This event is complete when the SRO reaches step 32 in the EHT tab, or as directed by the lead examiner

.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 23 of 80 Op-Test No.:

1 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.:

8 Page 4 of 8 Event

Description:

1A MSLB, Outside the RB Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP/ OATC EHT Tab (Cont)

39. IAAT all exist: ES Bypass Permit satisfied All SCMs > 0 o F RCS pressure controllable THEN perform Step 40.

40. Bypass applicable ES:

To Bypass HPI Bypass HPI ES CH A, B, C Bypass Diverse HPI To Bypass LPI:

Bypass LPI ES CH A, B, C Bypass Diverse LPI

41. Verify any SG is Dry.

NOTE Minimizing SCM reduces tensile stress on the SG.

PORV should be used if Pzr spray is not available.

Procedure progression may continue when actions to minimize SCM are in progress.

42. Maintain minimum SCM using the following methods as necessary

De-energize all Pzr heaters Use Pzr spray Throttle HPI to maintain Pzr level > 100: [180

" acc] Use PORV 43. Verify any RCP operating.

RNO: GO TO Step 45. 45. Initiate Encl 5.16 (SG Tube

-to-Shell T Control). Page 66 This event is complete when the SRO reaches step 32 in the EHT tab, or as directed by the lead examiner

.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 24 of 80 Op-Test No.:

1 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.:

8 Page 5 of 8 Event

Description:

1A MSLB, Outside the RB Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP/ OATC EHT Tab (Cont)

46. IAAT a ll e xist: < one RC P operating in a ny loop All SCMs > 0°F RC P a v a il able in an idle loop T H E N initi a te En cl 5.6 (RC P R e st ar t) to st art one RC P in each idle loop. [Power is not available

] 47. IAAT a ll e xist: R B S ac tu a t ed R B p ressu r e < 10 psig 1 R I A-57 NOT in a l ar m 1 R I A-58 NOT in a l ar m T H E N stop both R B S pumps. 48. IAAT T c ol d a pp r o ac h es 470°F, AND a ll RCP s ar e operatin g , T H E N ensu r e < f our RCP s ar e operatin g. 49. IAAT B WS T l e v e', T H E N initi a te En cl 5.12 (E CC S S u ction S w ap to R B E S). 50. V er i f y a ll SCMs > 0°F. 51. V er i f y indi cations of SGTR gpm. 52. GO TO SGTR Tab (Page 16) This event is complete when the SRO reaches step 32 in the EHT tab, or as directed by the lead examiner

.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 25 of 80 Op-Test No.:

1 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.:

8 Page 6 of 8 Event

Description:

1A MSLB, Outside the RB Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior BOP/ OATC CT-1* Rule 5 (Main Steam Line Break)

1. Perf o rm on affec t e d h ea d er s: A H e a d er B H e a d er *O n A F I S H E AD ER A, dep ress CH. 1 I N I T. O n A F I S H E AD ER B , dep ress CH. 1 I N I T. *O n A F I S H E AD ER A, dep ress CH. 2 I N I T. O n A F I S H E AD ER B , dep ress CH. 2 I N I T. Se lect OFF f or 1A MD EF DWP. Se lect OFF f or 1B MD EF DWP. T ri p bo t h Ma i n F D WP T s. T ri p bo t h Ma i n F D WP T s. C lose 1F D W-315. C lose 1F D W-316. P lace 1F D W-33 s w itch t o C L OSE. P lace 1F D W-42 s w itch t o C L OSE. P lace 1F D W-31 s w itch t o C L OSE. P lace 1F D W-40 s w itch t o C L OSE. 2. V er i f y 1 TD E F DW PUMP operatin g. 3. V er i f y 1 TD E F DW PUMP is feeding affec ted SGs. RNO: GO TO Step 5. 4. Perf o rm the followin g: A. Stop 1 TD E F DW P UM P. B. Close the following on affec t e d SGs: 1A SG 1B SG 1FDW-368 1FDW-369 C. S t art 1 TD E F DW P UM P. This event is complete when the SRO reaches step 32 in the EHT tab, or as directed by the lead examiner

.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 26 of 80 Op-Test No.:

1 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.:

8 Page 7 of 8 Event

Description:

1A MSLB, Outside the RB Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior BOP/ OATC Rule 5 (Cont) 5. Verify 1B SG is an affected SG.

RNO: GO TO Step 7. 7. WH E N overcooling is stopp ed, T H E N adjust st eaming of unaffec t ed SG to m aint ain C ET C s const ant using eith er: T B Vs Disp a t c h two opera to rs to perf o rm En cl 5.24 (Operation of the ADVs). CAUTION Thermal shock conditions may develop if HPI is NOT throttled and RCS pressure NOT controlled.

8. WHEN all exist:

Core SCM > 0 o F Rx power < 1% Pzr level increasing THEN continue. 9. Verify ES HPI actuated.

10. Place Diverse HPI in BYPASS.

11. Perform both: Place ES CH 1 in MANUAL.

Place ES CH 2 in MANUAL.

12. Perform the following to stabilize RCS P/T:

Throttle HPI.

Reduce 1HP

-120 setpoint to control at > 100" [180" acc].

Adjust steaming of unaffected SG as necessary to maintain CETCs constant. This event is complete when the SRO reaches step 32 in the EHT tab, or as directed by the lead examiner

.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 27 of 80 Op-Test No.:

1 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.:

8 Page 8 of 8 Event

Description:

1A MSLB, Outside the RB Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior BOP/ OATC Rule 5 (Cont)

13. WHEN CETCs have stabilized, THEN resume use fo Tc for RCS temperature control.

14. Ensure Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW) is in progress or complete. Page 3 8 15. Ensure Rule 8 (Pressurized Thermal Shock(PTS)) is in progress or complete. Page 65 16. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT. This event is complete when the SRO reaches step 32 in the EHT tab, or as directed by the lead examiner

.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 28 of 80 EXAMINER NOTE At any time during this scenario the operator may choose to use Enclosure 5.5 to maintain RCS inventory control. See excerpt below.

ENCLOSURE 5.5 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE Maintaining Pzr level >100 [180 acc] will ensure Pzr heater bundles remain covered.

1. Utilize the following as necessary to maintain desired Pzr level:

1A HPI Pump 1B HPI Pump 1HP-26 1HP-7 1HP-120 setpoint or valve demand 1HP-5 __ IF 1HP-26 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP

-410 to maintain desired Pzr level.

2. IAAT makeup to the LDST is desired, THEN makeup from 1A BHUT.

3. IAAT it is desired to secure makeup to LDST, THEN secure makeup from 1A BHUT.

4. IAAT it is desired to bleed letdown flow to 1A BHUT, THEN perform the following:

A. Open: __ 1CS-26 __ 1CS-41 B. Position 1HP

-14 to BLEED.

C. Notify SRO.

5. IAAT letdown bleed is NO longer desired, THEN position 1HP

-14 to NORMAL.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 29 of 80 Page 2 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

6. IAAT 1C HPI PUMP is required, THEN perform Steps 7 - 9. __ GO TO Step 10. 7. Open: 1HP-24 1HP-25 1. __ IF both BWST suction valves (1HP-24 and 1HP-25) are closed, THEN perform the following:

A. __ Start 1A LPI PUMP.

B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.

C. Open: __ 1LP-15 __ 1LP-16 __ 1LP-9 __ 1LP-10 __ 1LP-6 __ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.

E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A 119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end).

F. __ GO TO Step 8. 2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, THEN perform the following:

A. __ IF three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.

B. __ IF < 2 HPI pumps are operating, THEN start HPI pumps to obtain two HPI pump operation, preferably in opposite headers.

C. __ GO TO Step 9.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 30 of 80 Page3 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

8. Start 1C HPI PUMP.

__ IF at least two HPI pumps are operating, THEN throttle 1HP

-409 to maintain desired Pzr level.

9. Throttle the following as required to maintain desired Pzr level:

1HP-26 1HP-27 1. __ IF at least two HPI pumps are operating, AND 1HP-26 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP

-410 to maintain desired Pzr level.

2. __ IF 1A HPI PUMP and 1B HPI PUMP are operating, AND 1HP-27 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP

-409 to maintain desired Pzr level.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 31 of 80 Page 4 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

10. IAAT LDST level CANNOT be maintained, THEN perform Step

11. __ GO TO Step 12. 11. Perform the following:

Open 1HP-24. Open 1HP-25. Close 1HP-16. 1. __ IF both BWST suction valves (1HP-24 and 1HP

-25) are closed, THEN perform the following:

A. __ Start 1A LPI PUMP. B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.

C. Open: __ 1LP-15 __ 1LP-16 __ 1LP-9 __ 1LP-10 __ 1LP-6 __ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.

E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A 119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end).

F. __ GO TO Step 13. 2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, AND three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.

NOTE Maintaining Pzr level >100 [180 acc] will ensure Pzr heater bundles remain covered.

12. Operate PZR heaters as required to maintain heater bundle integrity.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 32 of 80 Page 5 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

13. IAAT additional makeup flow to LDST is desired, AND 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP is operating, THEN dispatch an operator to close 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) (A 107, Unit 1 RC Bleed Transfer Pump Rm.).

14. IAAT two Letdown Filters are desired, THEN perform the following:

Open 1HP-17. Open 1HP-18 15. IAAT all of the following exist:

Letdown isolated LPSW available Letdown restoration desired THEN perform Steps 16 - 34. {41} __ GO TO Step 35. 16. Open: 1CC-7 1CC-8 1. __ Notify CR SRO that letdown CANNOT be restored due to inability to restart the CC system. 2. __ GO TO Step 35. 17. Ensure only one CC pump running.

18. Place the non

-running CC pump in AUTO. 19. Verify both are open: 1HP-1 1HP-2 1. __ IF 1HP-1 is closed due to 1HP

-3 failing to close, THEN GO TO Step 21. 2. __ IF 1HP-2 is closed due to 1HP

-4 failing to close, THEN GO TO Step 21. 20. GO TO Step 23. NOTE Verification of leakage requires visual observation of East Penetration Room.

21. Verify letdown line leak in East Penetration Room has occurred.

__ GO TO Step 23. 22. GO TO Step 35.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 3 3 of 80 Page 6 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

23. Monitor for unexpected conditions while restoring letdown.

24. Verify both letdown coolers to be placed in service.

1. __ IF 1A letdown cooler is to be placed in service, THEN open: __1HP-1 __1HP-3 2. __ IF 1B letdown cooler is to be placed in service, THEN open: __1HP-2 __1HP-4 3. __ GO TO Step 26. 25. Open: 1HP-1 1HP-2 1HP-3 1HP-4 26. Verify at least one letdown cooler is aligned. Perform the following:

A. __ Notify CR SRO of problem.

B. __ GO TO Step 35. 27. Close 1HP-6. 28. Close 1HP-7. 29. Verify letdown temperature < 125 F. 1. __ Open 1HP-13. 2. Close: __1HP-8 __1HP-9&11 3. __ IF any deborating IX is in service, THEN perform the following:

A. __Select 1HP

-14 to NORMAL.

B. __Close 1HP

-16. 4. __ Select LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to BYPASS.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 34 of 80 Page 7 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

30. Open 1HP-5. 31. Adjust 1HP

-7 for 20 gpm letdown.

32. WHEN letdown temperature is < 125 F, THEN place LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to NORMAL.

33. Open 1HP-6. 34. Adjust 1HP

-7 to control desired letdown flow. NOTE AP/32 (Loss of Letdown) provides direction to cool down the RCS to offset increasing pressurizer level. 35. IAAT it is determined that letdown is unavailable due to equipment failures or letdown system leakage, THEN notify CR SRO to initiate AP/32 (Loss of Letdown).

36. IAAT > 1 HPI pump is operating, AND additional HPI pumps are NO longer needed, THEN perform the following:

A. Obtain SRO concurrence to reduce running HPI pumps.

B. Secure the desired HPI pumps.

C. Place secured HPI pump switch in AUTO, if desired.

37. IAAT all the following conditions exist:

Makeup from BWST NOT required LDST level > 55 All control rods inserted Cooldown Plateau NOT being used THEN close: 1HP-24 1HP-25 Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 35 of 80 Page 8 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

38. Verify 1CS

-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) has been closed to provide additional makeup flow to LDST.

__ GO TO Step 40. 39. WHEN 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) is NO longer needed to provide additional makeup flow to LDST, THEN perform the following:

A. Stop 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP. B. Locally position 1CS

-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) one turn open (A 107, Unit 1 RC Bleed Transfer Pump Rm.).

C. Close 1CS-46. D. Start 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP. E. Locally throttle 1CS

-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) to obtain 90

- 110 psig discharge pressure.

F. Stop 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP. 40. Verify two Letdown Filters in service, AND only one Letdown filter is desired.

__ GO TO Step 42. 41. Perform one of the following:

Place 1HP-17 switch to CLOSE.

Place 1HP-18 switch to CLOSE.

42. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this enclosure.

END Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 36 of 80 Sub s e qu e n t A ct io n s E P/1/A/1800/001 P a rall e l A ct io n s P a g e 1 of 1 CONDI TION AC TIONS 1. P R N I FP OR N I s NOT decreasing G O T O UN P P t a b. UN P P 2. All 4160V SW GR d e-e n er g i z ed {13} G O T O B l ackout t a b. BL AC KOUT 3. C o r e SCM indi ca t es sup er h eat G O T O I C C t a b. ICC 4. Any SC M = 0°F G O T O L O SC M t a b. L O S CM Both SGs int ention ally isol a t ed to stop e x cessive h ea t t ra nsfer G O T O EHT t a b. L OHT 6. Loss of h ea t t ra ns fe r (in cluding loss of a ll M ain and Em er g e ncy F D W) G O T O LOHT t a b. 7. H ea t t ra ns fe r is or h a s been e x cessive G O T O EHT t a b. E HT 8. Indi cations of SGTR g pm G O T O SGTR t a b. S G T R 9. Tu rbine Building flooding NOT ca us ed by ra in fa ll e v e nt G O T O T B F t a b. TBF 10. I n a dv er t ent ES ac tu ation o cc urred Initi a te A P/1/A/1700/042 (I n a dv er t e nt ES A c tu ation). ES 11. V alid ES ac tu ation h a s o cc urred or should h a ve d Initi a te En c(ES A c tu ation). ES 12. P ow e r lost to a ll 4160V SW GR a nd a ny 4160V SW GR re-e n er g i z ed Initi a te A P/11 (R ec ov er y from Loss of P ower). IF En c(ES A c tu ation) h a s b ee n initi a t e d, T H E N reiniti a te En c ROP 13. RC S l ea k a g e > 160 gpm with l etdown isol a t e d Noti f y pl ant st af f th at Em er g e n c y Dose Limits ar e in affect using P A s y st e m. E DL 14. Individu a l a v a il able to m ake noti f i cations Announ c e pl ant conditions using P A s y st e m. Noti f y O SM to refere n c e the Em er g e n c y P l a n a nd N SD 202 (R e po r t abilit y). NO T I FY Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 37 of 80 SGTR P a rall e l A ct io n s P a g e 1 of 1 C O ND I T I O N ACT I O NS 1. A F TE R R x trip pushbu tton dep ressed: PR N I s FP OR N I s N O T dec reas i ng G O T O UN PP tab. UN P P 2. A l l 4160V SW G R de-ene r g i z ed {13} G O T O B l ac k out tab. BLAC KO UT 3. C o r e S C M i nd i ca t es supe rheat G O T O I C C tab. I CC 4. A ny S C M = 0°F, AN D H PI f o rced coo li ng N O T i n p r o g r ess IF N O T p r e v i ous l y pe rf o r med, T H E N G O T O L O S C M tab. L O S CM B o t h S G s i n t en tiona ll y i so l a ted to s top excess i v e heat trans f er G O T O E H T tab. L OH T 6. Loss of heat trans f er G O T O L OH T tab. 7. H eat trans f er i s or has been excess i v e G O T O E H T tab. E H T 8. I nd i ca ti ons of S G T R in ano ther SG a ft er S G T R tab i n iti a t ed RETUR N T O be g i nn i ng of S G T R tab. S GT R 9. Inad v e rtent ES ac t ua tion occu rr ed I n iti a t e A P/1/A/1700/042 (Inad v e rtent ES A c t ua ti on). ES 10. V a lid ES ac t ua tion has occu rred or shou ld ha v e occu rr ed I n iti a t e Encl (ES A c t ua ti on). ES 11. Po w er lost t o a l l 4160V SW G R and any 4160V SW G R r e-ene r g i z ed I n iti a t e A P/11 (Reco v e r y fr om Loss of Po w e r). IF Encl (ES A c t ua tion) has been i n iti a ted, T H E N r e i n iti a t e Encl R O P 12. I nd i v idual a v a il ab l e t o m a k e notifi ca ti ons Announce p lant cond itions us i ng PA s y s t e m. N o tif y O SM t o r e f e rence the E m e r gency P lan and N SD 202 (Repo rt ab ilit y). N o tif y p lant s t a f f that E m e r gency Dose L i m it s a r e i n a ffect us i ng PA s y s t e m. N O T I F Y and EDL Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 38 of 80 Rule 3 Loss of main or Emergency FDW AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 1. V er i f y loss of M ain F D W/E F DW is due to Tu rbine Building Floodin g. G O T O S t e p 3. 2. EXIT this R ul e. 3. IAAT NO SGs ca n be fed with FDW (M ain/C B P/Em er g e n c y), AND a ny of the following e xist: RC S p re ssu r e reac h es 2300 psig OR NDT limit Pz r l e v e l reac h e [ acc] T H E N P E R FORM Rule 4 (Initi ation of H P I F orce d Coolin g). 4. S t ar t operable E F DW pumps, as re qui red, to fee d a ll int ac t SGs. V er i f y a ny E F DW pump opera tin g. G O T O S t e p 7. 6. G O T O S t e p 37. 7. P l ac e in MANUAL a nd clos e: 1 F D W- 1 F D W-316 Noti f y C R SRO of fa ilu re. 8. V er i f y both: Any C B P operating T BVs a v a il able on a n int ac t SG G O T O S t e p 16. 9. S e l ec t O F F f or both di g it a l c h a nn els on A F I S HEADER A. 10. S e l ec t O F F f or both di g it a l c h a nn els on A F I S HEADER B. 11. P l ac e S t artup B lo c k v alve c ont rol swit c h for a l l int ac t SGs in O PEN: 1A SG 1B SG 1FDW-33 1FDW-42 12. Simult a n eously position S t artup C ont rol v a lv es 10 - op e n on a l l int ac t SGs: 1A SG 1B SG 1FDW- 1FDW-44 Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 39 of 80 Rule 3 Loss of main or Emergency FDW AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 13. Perf o rm the followin g: P l ac e 1 F D W-31 swit ch in C L O S E. P l ac e 1 F D W-40 swit ch in C L O S E. Close 1 F D W-32. Close 1 F D W-41. 14. V er i f y Rule 4 (Initi ation of H P I F orce d Coolin g) in p r o g re ss. CAU TION Until SGs ar e d r y, low e r S G p re ssu r e slowly to p re v ent overcoolin g. 1. L ow e r S G p re ssu r e in a v a il able SGs to g. 2. C ont rol F DW flow to st abili z e RC S P/T by th rottling the following a s n ece ss ar y: S t artup C ont rol v a lv e s T B Vs 3. Noti f y C R SRO th a t C B P feed is in p r o g re ss.{22} 4. P l ac e swit c h es to O PEN: 1 F D W-38 1 F D W-47 P l ac e swit c h es to C L O S E: 1 F D W-36 1 F D W- 6. G O T O S t e p 16. Clos e: 1 F D W- 1 F D W-44 1. IF 1 F D W-fails op e n, T H E N pl ac e 1 F D W-33 c ont rol swit ch to C L O S E. 2. IF 1 F D W-44 fails op e n, T H E N pl ac e 1 F D W-42 c ont rol swit ch to C L O S E. 16. V er i f y 1 TD E F DW PUMP is operable a nd a v a il able f or m a nu al st ar t. G O T O S t e p 18. 17. Disp a t c h a n operator to perf o r m En c(M a nu a l S t art of TDE F D WP). (P S)

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 40 of 80 Rule 3 Loss of main or Emergency FDW AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 18. V er i f y cross-tie with Unit 2 is d e si re d. 1. Disp a t c h a n operator to op e n: 3 F D W-313 (3A E F DW Line Dis ch To 3A S/G X-C onn) 3 F D W-314 (3B E F DW Line Dis ch To 3B S/G X-C onn) 2. G O T O S t e p 20. 19. Disp a t c h a n operator to op e n: 2 F D W-313 (2A E F DW Line Dis ch To 2A S/G X-C onn) 2 F D W-314 (2B E F DW Line Dis ch To 2B S/G X-C onn) 20. Disp a t c h a n operator to 1 F D W-313 a nd h a ve th em noti f y the C R wh en in position. 21. Noti f y a lt er n a te unit to: A. P l ac e both E F DW c ont rol v a lv es in m a nu a l a nd clos e d. B. S t ar t th e ir TD E F DW P UM P. Noti f y a lt er n a te unit to: A. P l ac e both E F DW c ont rol v a lv es in m a nu a l a nd clos e d. B. S t ar t both MD E F DW pumps. 22. WH E N e ith e r e xists: Operator is in position a t 1 F D W-313 Unit 1 TD E F DW PUMP h a s been m a nu ally st ar t e d T H E N continu e. NOTE Procedure must continue while cross connects are being opened.

23. __ IAAT an operator is in position at 1FDW-313. AND Unit 1 TD EFDW PUMP is NOT Operating, THEN notify the operator to open:

__1FDW-313 (1A EFDW Line Disch To 1A S/G X

-Conn) __1FDW-314 (1B EFDW Line Disch To 1B S/G X

-Conn) __GO TO Step 24.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 41 of 80 Rule 3 Loss of main or Emergency FDW AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 24. V er i f y e ith e r e xists: H P I F orce d Cooling is m aint aining c o r e cooling C B P fee d p roviding S G fee d NO T E B e gin op ening E F DW c ont rol v alve wh en this st ep is reac h e d. Flow to the SG will b e gin a s soon a s a lt er n a te unit v alve is o f f clos e d seat or imm e di a t e ly if 1 TD E F D W P is opera tin g. 100 gpm could cause overcooling if a d e qu ate d eca y h ea t l e v els do NOT e xist. 1. Est ablish a m a ximum of 100 gpm to each a v a il able int ac t SG usin g: 1 F D W-(1A S G) 1 F D W-316 (1B S G) 2. WH E N h ea t t ra ns fe r is obs er v e d, T H E N fee d a nd st ea m SGs a s n ece ss ar y to st abili z e T c . 3. IF SS F e v ent in p r o g re ss, AND SS F e v ent o cc u rred while in MODE 1 or 2, T H E N fee d SGs p e r Rule 7 (S G Feed C ont rol) T able 1 guid a n ce. 4. IF SS F e v ent NOT in p r o g re ss, AND T c > F, T H E N initi a te c by feeding a nd st eaming int ac t SGs a t a rate th a t p re v ents RC S s a tu ration using e ith er: T B Vs ADVs Noti f y C R SRO of the followin g: S G feed st atus. Rule 3 actions ar e continuin g. 6. G O T O S t e p 26.

WH E N e ith e r e xists: Unit 1 TD E F DW PUMP running Ali g nm ent compl e te from a lt er n ate unit. {22} T H E N noti f y C R SRO of the followin g: A. S ou rc e of E F DW a v a il abilit y. B. Rule 3 actions ar e continuin g.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 42 of 80 Rule 3 Loss of main or Emergency FDW AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 26. IAAT C B P s w er e feeding the SGs, AND C B P fee d h a s b een lost, T H E N: A. Position T BVs a s d e si red by SRO. B. Close 1 F D W- C. Close 1 F D W-44. 27. IAAT a n E F DW v alve CANNOT c ont rol in AUTO, OR m a nu al operation of E F DW v alve is d e si red to c ont rol flow/l e v e l, T H E N perf o r m S t eps 28 - 32. G O T O S t e p 33. 28. P l ac e E F DW v alve in MANUA L. G O T O S t e p 31. 29. C ont rol E F DW flow with E F DW v alve in MANUA L. G O T O S t e p 31. 30. G O T O S t e p 33. 31. Noti f y C R SRO th at En c(Alt er n a te M ethods f or C ont rolling E F DW Flow) is b eing initi a t e d. {22} 32. Initi a te En c(Alt er n a te M ethods f or C ont rolling E F DW Flow). 33. V er i f y a ny SCF. IF overcoolin g , OR e x ceeding limits in Rule 7 (S G Fee d C ont r ol), T H E N th rottle E F D W , a s n ece ss ar y. 34. Noti f y the a lt er n a te unit to: Monitor E F D W P para m e t er s. M aint ain U S T l e v e l > '. Ent e r a pp r op r i a te T S/S L C f or E F DW v a lv e s clos ed in m a nu a l. IAAT Unit 1 E F DW is in operation, T H E N initi a te En c(E x t e nd e d E F DW Operation). 36. WH E N direc t ed by C R SR O, T H E N E XI T.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 43 of 80 Rule 3 Loss of main or Emergency FDW AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 37. IAAT a n E F DW v alve CANNOT c ont rol in AUTO, OR m a nu al operation of E F DW v alve is d e si red to c ont rol flow/l e v e l, T H E N perf o r m S t eps 38 - 42. G O T O S t e p 43. 38. P l ac e E F DW v alve in MANUA L. G O T O S t e p 41. 39. C ont rol E F DW flow with E F DW v alve in MANUA L. G O T O S t e p 41. 40. G O T O S t e p 43. 41. Noti f y C R SRO th at En c(Alt er n a te M ethods f or C ont rolling E F DW Flow) is b eing initi a t e d. {22} 42. Initi a te En c(Alt er n a te M ethods f or C ont rolling E F DW Flow). 43. V er i f y a ny SCF. CAU TION AT W S e v ents m a y initi ally re qui r e th rottling to p re v ent e x ceeding pump limits a nd addition a l th rottling on c e the R x is shutdown to p re v ent overcoolin g. IF overcoolin g , OR e x ceeding limits in Rule 7 (S G Fee d C ont r ol), T H E N th rottle E F D W , a s n ece ss ar y. 44. IAAT Unit 1 E F DW is in operation, T H E N initi a te En c(E x t e nd e d E F DW Operation). WH E N direc t ed by C R SR O, T H E N E XI T.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 44 of 80 Enclosure 5.1 ES Actuation AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 1. D e t ermine a ll ES c h a nn els th a t should h a ve ac tu a t e d b a s e d on RC S p re ssu re a nd R B p re ssu r e: Actuation Setpoint (psig) Associated ES Channel 1600 (RCS) 1 & 2 3 & 4 3 (RB) 10 (RB) 7 & 8 2. V er i f y a ll ES c h a nn els a sso c i a t ed with ac tu ation s etpoints h a ve ac tu a t e d. NO T E Vot e r OVE RR IDE e x tin guish es the T R I PPED li ght on the a sso c i a t e d c h a nn els th a t h a ve auto ac tu a t e d. P ressing T R I P on c h a nn els p reviously ac tu a t ed will reposition compon ents th a t m a y h a ve b een th rottl e d or s ec u red by this En closu re. D e p re ss T R I P on affec t e d ES lo gic c h a nn els th a t h a ve NOT p reviously b ee n ac tu a t e d. 3. IAAT addition a l ES ac tu ation s etpoints ar e e x cee d e d, T H E N perf o r m S t eps 1 - 2. 4. P l ac e Div er se H P I in B Y P ASS. P l ac e Div er se H P I in OVE RR IDE. Perf o r m both: P l ac e ES CH 1 in MANUA L. P l ac e ES CH 2 in MANUA L. NO T E Vot e r OVE RR IDE affects a ll c h a nn els of the affec t e d ODD and/or EVEN c h a nn els. In OVE RR IDE, a ll compon ents on the affec t e d ODD and/or EVEN c h a nn els can be m a nu ally opera t e d from the compon ent swit c h. 1. IF ES CH 1 fails to go to MANUA L , T H E N pl ac e ODD vot e r in OVE RR IDE. 2. IF ES CH 2 fails to go to MANUA L , T H E N pl ac e EVEN vot e r in OVE RR IDE.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 45 of 80 Enclosure 5.1 ES Actuation AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 6. IAAT a ll e xist: Vot e r a sso c i a t ed with ES c h a nn el is in OVE RR I DE An ES c h a nn el is m a nu ally ac tu a t ed Compon ents on th a t c h a nn e l re qui r e m anipul ation T H E N d e p re ss R E SET on the re qui re d c h a nn e l. 7. V er i f y Rule 2 in p r o g re ss or compl e t e. G O T O S t e p 73. 8. V er i f y a ny RC P opera tin g. G O T O S t e p 10. 9. Op e n: 1H P-20 1H P-21 10. IAAT a ny RC P is opera tin g , AND ES C h a nn eand 6 ac tu a t e , T H E N perf o r m S t eps 11 - 14. G O T O S t e

11. Perf o r m a ll: P l ac e ES CL. P l ac e ES C H 6 in MANUA L. NO T E Vot e r OVE RR IDE affects a ll c h a nn els of the affec t e d ODD and/or EVEN c h a nn els. In OVE RR IDE, a ll compon ents on the affec t e d ODD and/or EVEN c h a nn els can be m a nu ally opera t e d from the compon ent swit c h. 1. IF ES Cfails to go to MANUA L , T H E N pl ac e ODD vot e r in OVE RR IDE. 2. IF ES CH 6 fails to go to MANUA L , T H E N pl ac e EVEN vot e r in OVE RR IDE. 12. Op e n: 1 CC-7 1 CC-8 1 L PSW- 1 L PSW-6 13. Ensu r e only one C C pump opera tin g. 14. Ensu r e S t andby C C pump in AUTO.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 46 of 80 Enclosure 5.1 ES Actuation AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED IAAT ES C h a nn els 3 & 4 ar e ac tu a t e d, T H E N G O T O S t e p 16. G O T O S t e

16. P l ac e Div er se L P I in B Y P A SS. P l ac e Div er se L P I in OVE RR IDE. 17. Perf o r m both: P l ac e ES CH 3 in MANUA L. P l ac e ES CH 4 in MANUA L. NO T E Vot e r OVE RR IDE affects a ll c h a nn els of the affec t e d ODD and/or EVEN c h a nn els. In OVE RR IDE, a ll compon ents on the affec t e d ODD and/or EVEN c h a nn els can be m a nu ally opera t e d from the compon ent swit c h. 1. IF ES CH 3 fails to go to MANUA L , T H E N pl ac e ODD vot e r in OVE RR IDE. 2. IF ES CH 4 fails to go to MANUA L , T H E N pl ac e EVEN vot e r in OVE RR IDE. CAU TION L P I pump d a m a g e m a y o cc ur if opera t ed in e x cess of 30 minut e s a g ainst a shuto f f h ea d. {6} 18. IAAT a ny L P I pump is operating a g ainst a shuto f f h ea d, T H E N at the C R SR O's discretion, stop affec t e d L P I pumps. {6 , 22} 19. IAAT RC S p re ssu r e is < L P I pump shuto f f h ea d, T H E N perf o r m S t eps 20 - 21. G O T O S t e p 22. 20. Perf o rm the followin g: Op e n 1 L P-17. S t art 1A L P I P UM P. 1. Stop 1A L P I P UM P. 2. Close 1 L P-17. 21. Perf o rm the followin g: Op e n 1 L P-18. S t art 1B L P I P UM P. 1. Stop 1B L P I P UM P. 2. Close 1 L P-18.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 47 of 80 Enclosure 5.1 ES Actuation AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 22. IAAT 1A a nd 1B L P I P UM P s ar e o f f / t ripp e d, AND a ll e xist: RC S p re ssu r e < L P I pump shuto f f h ead 1 L P-19 clos e d 1 L P-20 clos e d T H E N perf o r m S t eps 23 - 24. G O T O S t e

23. Op e n: 1 L P-9 1 L P-10 1 L P-6 1 L P-7 1 L P-17 1 L P-18 1 L P-21 1 L P-22 24. S t art 1C L P I P UM P. IAAT 1A L P I PUMP fails while opera tin g , AND 1B L P I PUMP is opera tin g , T H E N close 1 L P-17. 26. IAAT 1B L P I PUMP fails while opera tin g , AND 1A L P I PUMP is opera tin g , T H E N close 1 L P-18. 27. S t ar t: A OUT S IDE A I R B OO S TER F AN B OUT S IDE A I R B OO S TER F AN 28. Noti f y Unit 3 to st ar t: 3A OUT S IDE A I R B OO S TER F AN 3B OUT S IDE A I R B OO S TER F AN Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 48 of 80 Enclosure 5.1 ES Actuation AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 29. V er i f y op e n: 1 C F-1 1 C F-2 IF C R SR O d e si re s 1 C F-1 a nd 1 C F-2 op e n, T H E N op e n: 1 C F-1 1 C F-2 30. V er i f y 1H P-410 clos e d. 1. P l ac e 1H P-120 in HAND.

2. Close 1H P-120. 31. S ec u r e m a k eup to the L D S T. 32. V er i f y a ll ES c h a nn el 1 - 4 compon ents ar e in the ES position. 1. IF 1H P-3 fails to clos e , T H E N close 1H P-1. 2. IF 1H P-4 fails to clos e , T H E N close 1H P-2. 3. IF 1H P-20 fails to clos e , AND NO RCPs opera tin g , T H E N clos e: 1H P-228 1H P-226 1H P-232 1H P-230 4. Noti f y SRO to e v a lu a te compon ents NOT in ES position a nd initi a te action to pl ac e in ES position if d e si re d. 33. V er i f y Unit 2 tu rbine t ripp e d. G O T O S t e p 36. 34. Close 2 L PSW-139.

V er i f y tot a l L PS W flow to Unit 2 L P I c ool ergpm. R e du c e L PS W to Unit 2 L P I c ool ers to obt ain tot a l L PS W fgpm. 36. Close 1 L PSW-139. 37. P l ac e in F A I L O PEN: 1 L PSW-F A I L SW I T C H 1 L PSW-F A I L SW I T C H 38. S t ar t a ll a v a il able L PS W pumps.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 49 of 80 Enclosure 5.1 ES Actuation AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 39. V er i f y e ith er: Th re e L PS W pumps operating Two L PS W pumps operating wh e n T ec h S p ecs only re qui res two operable G O T O S t e p 41. 40. Op e n: 1 L PSW-4 1 L PSW- IF both ar e clos e d: 1 L PSW-4 1 L PSW- T H E N noti f y SRO to initi a te action to op e n at l east one v alve p rior to B WS T l e v e'. 41. IAAT B WS T l e v e', T H E N initi a te En c(E CC S S u ction S w ap to R B E S). 1. Displ a y B WS T l e v el using OAC Tu r n-on C ode " S HO W D IG O1 P1600". 2. Noti f y crew of B WS T l e v e l IAAT st e p. 42. Disp a t c h a n operator to perf o r m En c(P l acing R B H y d r o g e n An a l y z er s I n S er vi ce). (P S) 43. S e l ect DE CAY HEAT L OW F LOW A L A R M S E L E CT swit ch to ON. 44. IAAT ES c h a nn e 6 h ave ac tu a t e d, T H E N perf o r m S t e G O T O S t e p 46. NOTE RBCU transfer to low speed will NOT occur until 3 minute time delay is satisfied.

components are in the ES position. Notify SRO to evaluate components NOT in ES position and initiate action to place in ES position if desired.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 50 of 80 Enclosure 5.1 ES Actuation AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 46. IAAT ES c h a nn els 7 & 8 h a ve ac tu a t e d, T H E N perf o r m S t eps 47 - 48. G O T O S t e p 49. 47. Perf o r m a ll: P l ac e ES CH 7 in MANUA L. P l ac e ES CH 8 in MANUA L. NO T E Vot e r OVE RR IDE affects a ll c h a nn els of the affec t e d ODD and/or EVEN c h a nn els. In OVE RR IDE, a ll compon ents on the affec t e d ODD and/or EVEN c h a nn els ca n be m a nu ally opera t e d from the compon ent swit c h. 1. IF ES CH 7 fails to go to MANUA L , T H E N pl ac e ODD vot e r in OVE RR IDE. 2. IF ES CH 8 fails to go to MANUA L , T H E N pl ac e EVEN vot e r in OVE RR IDE. 48. V er i f y a ll ES c h a nn el 7 & 8 compon ents ar e in the ES position. Noti f y SRO to e v a lu a te compon ents NOT in ES position a nd initi a te action to pl ac e in ES position if d e si re d. 49. Noti f y U2 C R SRO th a t SS F is inoperable due to OT S 1-1 op e n. Ensu r e a ny tu r nov e r sh ee t comp e ns a to r y m ea su re s f or ES ac tu ation ar e compl e te a s n ece ss ar y. IAAT conditions causing ES ac tu ation h a ve c leare d, T H E N initi a te En c(ES R ec ov er y). WH E N C R SR O a pp r ov e s, T H E N E XI T.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 51 of 80 AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED U n it S t a t u s ES C h a nn els 3 & 4 h a ve NOT ac tu a t e d. S t ar t: A OUT S IDE A I R B OO S TER F AN B OUT S IDE A I R B OO S TER F AN Noti f y Unit 3 to st ar t: 3A OUT S IDE A I R B OO S TER F AN 3B OUT S IDE A I R B OO S TER F AN V er i f y op e n: 1 C F-1 1 C F-2 IF C R SR O d e si re s 1 C F-1 a nd 1 C F-2 op e n, T H E N op e n: 1 C F-1 1 C F-2 V er i f y 1H P-410 clos e d. 1. P l ac e 1H P-120 in HAND.

2. Close 1H P-120. S ec u r e m a k eup to the L D S T.

V er i f y all ES c h a nn el 1 & 2 compon ents ar e in the ES position. 1. IF 1H P-3 fails to clos e , T H E N close 1H P-1. 2. IF 1H P-4 fails to clos e , T H E N close 1H P-2. 3. IF 1H P-20 fails to close, AND NO RCPs opera tin g , T H E N clos e: 1H P-228 1H P-226 1H P-232 1H P-230 4. Noti f y SRO to e v a lu a te compon ents NOT in ES position a nd initi a te action to pl ac e in ES position if d e si re d.

V er i f y Unit 2 tu rbine t ripp e d. G O T O S t e p 62. 60. Close 2 L PSW-139. 61. V er i f y tot a l L PS W flow to Unit 2 L P I c ool ergpm. R e du c e L PS W to Unit 2 L P I c ool ers to obt ain tot a l L PS W fgpm. 62. Close 1 L PSW-139.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 52 of 80 AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 63. P l ac e in F A I L O PEN: 1 L PSW-F A I L SW I T C H 1 L PSW-F A I L SW I T C H 64. S t ar t a ll a v a il able L PS W pumps. V er i f y e ith er: Th re e L PS W pumps operating Two L PS W pumps operating wh en T ec h S p ecs only re qui res two operable G O T O S t e p 67. 66. Op e n: 1 L PSW-4 1 L PSW- IF both ar e clos e d: 1 L PSW-4 1 L PSW- T H E N noti f y SRO to initi a te action to op e n at l east one v alve p rior to B WS T l e v e'. 67. IAAT B WS T l e v e', T H E N initi a te En c(E CC S S u ction S w ap to R B E S). 1. Displ a y B WS T l e v el using OAC Tu r n-on C ode " S HO W D IG O1 P1600". 2. Noti f y crew of B WS T l e v e l IAAT st e p. 68. Disp a t c h a n operator to perf o r m En c(P l acing R B H y d r o g e n An a l y z er s I n S er vi ce). (P S ) 69. Noti f y U2 C R SRO th a t SS F is inoperable due to OT S 1-1 op e n. 70. Ensu r e a ny tu r nov e r sh ee t comp e ns a to r y m ea su re s f or ES ac tu ation ar e compl e te a s n ece ss ar y. 71. IAAT conditions causing ES ac tu ation h a ve c leare d, T H E N initi a te En c(ES R ec ov er y). 72. WH E N C R SR O a pp r ov e s, T H E N E XI T.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 53 of 80 AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 73. Op e n: 1H P-24 1H P- 1. IF both B WST su ction v a lv e s (1H P-24 a nd 1H P- ar e clos e d, T H E N: A. S t art 1A L P I P UM P. B. S t art 1B L P I P UM P. C. Op e n: 1 L P- 1 L P-16 1 L P-9 1 L P-10 1 L P-6 1 L P-7 D. IF two L P I Pumps ar e running only to p rovide H P I pump su ction, T H E N s ec u r e one L P I pump. E. Disp a t c h a n operator to op e n 1H P-363 (L etdown Line To L P I Pump S u ction B lo c k) (A-1-119, U1 L P I H a t c h Rm, N e nd). F. G O T O S t e p 74. 2. IF only one B WST su ction v alve (1H P-24 or 1H P- is op e n, T H E N: A. IF th re e H P I pumps ar e opera tin g , T H E N s ec u r e 1B H P I P UM P. B. IF < 2 H P I pumps ar e opera tin g , T H E N st ar t H P I pumps to obt ain two H P I pump operation, preferably in opposite h ea d er s. C. G O T O S t e

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 54 of 80 AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 74. Ensu r e a t l east two H P I pumps ar e opera tin g. V er i f y op e n: 1H P-26 1H P-27 1. IF H P I h a s b een int ention ally th rottl e d, T H E N G O T O S t e p 76. 2. Op e n: 1H P-26 1H P-27 Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 55 of 80 HPI Pump Runout Region For 1 Pump In Header (including seal injection for A header) 1A H e a d er 1B H e a d er 1H P-410 1H P-409 AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 76. IAAT a t l east two H P I pumps ar e opera tin g , AND H P I flow in a ny h ea d e r th a t has NOT b ee n int ention ally th rottl ed is in the Un acce pt able R e gion of F i g u r e 1, T H E N op en the following in the affec t e d h ea d er: F ig u r e 1 R e qu i re d H P I Flow P e r H e a d er Unacceptable Region (excluding seal injection)

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 56 of 80 AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 77. V er i f y a ny RC P opera tin g. G O T O S t e p 79. 78. Op e n: 1H P-20 1H P-21 79. IAAT a ny RC P is opera tin g , AND ES C h a nn eand 6 ac tu a t e , T H E N perf o r m S t eps 80 - 83. G O T O S t e p 84. 80. Perf o r m a ll: P l ac e ES CL. P l ac e ES CH 6 in MANUA L. NO T E Vot e r OVE RR IDE affects a ll c h a nn els of the affec t e d ODD and/or EVEN c h a nn els. In OVE RR IDE, a ll compon ents on the affec t e d ODD and/or EVEN c h a nn els can be m a nu ally opera t e d from the compon ent swit c h. 1. IF ES Cfails to go to MANUA L , T H E N pl ac e ODD vot e r in OVE RR IDE. 2. IF ES CH 6 fails to go to MANUA L , T H E N pl ac e EVEN vot e r in OVE RR IDE. 81. Op e n: 1 CC-7 1 CC-8 1 L PSW- 1 L PSW-6 82. Ensu r e only one C C pump opera tin g. 83. Ensu r e S t andby C C pump in AUTO.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 57 of 80 AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 84. IAAT ES C h a nn els 3 & 4 ar e ac tu a t e d, T H E N G O T O S t e G O T O S t e p 122.

P l ac e Div er se L P I in B Y P A SS. P l ac e Div er se L P I in OVE RR IDE. 86. Perf o r m both: P l ac e ES CH 3 in MANUA L. P l ac e ES CH 4 in MANUA L. NO T E Vot e r OVE RR IDE affects a ll c h a nn els of the affec t e d ODD and/or EVEN c h a nn els. In OVE RR IDE, a ll compon ents on the affec t e d ODD and/or EVEN c h a nn els can be m a nu ally opera t e d from the compon ent swit c h. 1. IF ES CH 3 fails to go to MANUA L , T H E N pl ac e ODD vot e r in OVE RR IDE. 2. IF ES CH 4 fails to go to MANUA L , T H E N pl ac e EVEN vot e r in OVE RR IDE. 87. IAAT any LPI Pump is operating against a shutoff head, THEN at the CR SRO's discretion, stop affected LPI Pumps.

CAUTION LPI Pump damage may occur if operated in excess of 30 minutes against a shutoff head.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 58 of 80 AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 88. IAAT RC S p re ssu r e is < L P I pump shuto f f h ea d, T H E N perf o r m S t eps 89 - 90. G O T O S t e p 91. 89. Perf o rm the followin g: Op e n 1 L P-17. S t art 1A L P I P UM P. 1. Stop 1A L P I P UM P. 2. Close 1 L P-17. 90. Perf o rm the followin g: Op e n 1 L P-18. S t art 1B L P I P UM P. 1. Stop 1B L P I P UM P. 2. Close 1 L P-18. 91. IAAT 1A a nd 1B L P I P UM P s ar e o f f / t ripp e d, AND a ll e xist: RC S p re ssu r e < L P I pump shuto f f h ead 1 L P-19 clos e d 1 L P-20 clos e d T H E N perf o r m S t eps 92 - 93. G O T O S t e p 94. 92. Op e n: 1 L P-9 1 L P-10 1 L P-6 1 L P-7 1 L P-17 1 L P-18 1 L P-21 1 L P-22 93. S t art 1C L P I P UM P. 94. IAAT 1A L P I PUMP fails while opera tin g , AND 1B L P I PUMP is opera tin g , T H E N close 1 L P-17. IAAT 1B L P I PUMP fails while opera tin g , AND 1A L P I PUMP is opera tin g , T H E N close 1 L P-18.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 59 of 80 AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 96. S t ar t: A OUT S IDE A I R B OO S TER F AN B OUT S IDE A I R B OO S TER F AN 97. Noti f y Unit 3 to st ar t: 3A OUT S IDE A I R B OO S TER F AN 3B OUT S IDE A I R B OO S TER F AN 98. V er i f y op e n: 1 C F-1 1 C F-2 IF C R SR O d e si re s 1 C F-1 a nd 1 C F-2 op e n, T H E N op e n: 1 C F-1 1 C F-2 99. V er i f y 1H P-410 clos e d. 1. P l ac e 1H P-120 in HAND.

2. Close 1H P-120. 100. S ec u r e m a k eup to the L D S T. 101. V er i f y a ll ES c h a nn el 1 - 4 compon ents ar e in the ES position. 1. IF 1H P-3 fails to clos e , T H E N close 1H P-1. 2. IF 1H P-4 fails to clos e , T H E N close 1H P-2. 3. IF 1H P-20 fails to clos e , AND NO RCPs opera tin g , T H E N clos e: 1H P-228 1H P-226 1H P-232 1H P-230 4. Noti f y SRO to e v a lu a te compon ents NOT in ES position a nd initi a te action to pl ac e in ES position if d e si re d. 102. V er i f y Unit 2 tu rbine t ripp e d. G O T O S t e 103. Close 2 L PSW-139. 104. V er i f y tot a l L PS W flow to Unit 2 L P I c ool ergpm. R e du c e L PS W to Unit 2 L P I c ool ers to obt ain tot a l L PS W fgpm. . Close 1 L PSW-139.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 60 of 80 AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 106. __ P l ac e in F A I L O PEN: 1 L PSW-F A I L SW I T C H 1 L PSW-F A I L SW I T C H 107. S t ar t a ll a v a il able L PS W pumps. 108. _ V er i f y e ith er: Th re e L PS W pumps operating Two L PS W pumps operating wh e n T ec h S p ecs only re qui res two operable G O T O S t e p 110. 109.Op e n: 1 L PSW-4 1 L PSW- IF both ar e clos e d: 1 L PSW-4 1 L PSW- T H E N noti f y SRO to initi a te action to op e n at l east one v alve p rior to B WS T l e v e'. 110. IAAT B WS T l e v e', T H E N initi a te En c(E CC S S u ction S w ap to R B E S). 1. Displ a y B WS T l e v el using OAC Tu r n-on C ode " S HO W D IG O1 P1600". 2. Noti f y crew of B WS T l e v e l IAAT st e p. 111. Disp a t c h a n operator to perf o r m En c(P l acing R B H y d r o g e n An a l y z er s I n S er vi ce). (P S) 112. S e l ect DE CAY HEAT L OW F LOW A L A R M S E L E CT swit ch to ON. 113. IAAT ES c h a nn e 6 h ave ac tu a t e d, T H E N perf o r m S t ep 114. G O T O S t e NOTE RBCU transfer to low speed will NOT occur until 3 minute time delay is satisfied.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 61 of 80 AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED IAAT ES c h a nn els 7 & 8 h a ve ac tu a t e d, T H E N perf o r m S t ep 116 - 117. G O T O S t e p 118. 116.Perf o r m a ll: P l ac e ES CH 7 in MANUA L. P l ac e ES CH 8 in MANUA L. NO T E Vot e r OVE RR IDE affects a ll c h a nn els of the affec t e d ODD and/or EVEN c h a nn els. In OVE RR IDE, a ll compon ents on the affec t e d ODD and/or EVEN c h a nn els can be m a nu ally opera t e d from the compon ent swit c h. 1. IF ES CH 7 fails to go to MANUA L , T H E N pl ac e ODD vot e r in OVE RR IDE. 2. IF ES CH 8 fails to go to MANUA L , T H E N pl ac e EVEN vot e r in OVE RR IDE. 117. V er i f y a ll ES c h a nn el 7 & 8 compon ents ar e in the ES position. Noti f y SRO to e v a lu a te compon ents NOT in ES position a nd initi a te action to pl ac e in ES position if d e si re d. 118. Noti f y U2 C R SRO th a t SS F is inoperable due to OT S 1-1 op e n. 119. Ensu r e a ny tu r nov e r sh ee t comp e ns a to r y m ea su re s f or ES ac tu ation ar e compl e te a s n ece ss ar y. 120. IAAT conditions causing ES ac tu ation h a ve c leare d, T H E N initi a te En c(ES R ec ov er y). 121. WH E N C R SR O a pp r ov e s, T H E N E XI T.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 62 of 80 U n it S t a t u s ES C h a nn els 3 & 4 h a ve NOT ac tu a t e d. 122.S t ar t: A OUT S IDE A I R B OO S TER F AN B OUT S IDE A I R B OO S TER F AN 123.Noti f y Unit 3 to st ar t: 3A OUT S IDE A I R B OO S TER F AN 3B OUT S IDE A I R B OO S TER F AN 124.V er i f y op e n: 1 C F-1 1 C F-2 IF C R SR O d e si re s 1 C F-1 a nd 1 C F-2 op e n, T H E N op e n: 1 C F-1 1 C F-2 V er i f y 1H P-410 clos e d. 1. P l ac e 1H P-120 in HAND.

2. Close 1H P-120. 126. S ec u r e m a k eup to the L D S T. 127. V er i f y all ES c h a nn el 1 & 2 compon ents ar e in the ES position. 1. IF 1H P-3 fails to clos e , T H E N close 1H P-1. 2. IF 1H P-4 fails to clos e , T H E N close 1H P-2. 3. IF 1H P-20 fails to clos e , AND NO RCPs opera tin g , T H E N clos e: 1H P-228 1H P-226 1H P-232 1H P-230 4. Noti f y SRO to e v a lu a te compon ents NOT in ES position a nd initi a te action to pl ac e in ES position if d e si re d. 128. V er i f y Unit 2 tu rbine t ripp e d. G O T O S t e p 131. 129. Close 2 L PSW-139. 130. V er i f y tot a l L PS W flow to Unit 2 L P I c ool ergpm. R e du c e L PS W to Unit 2 L P I c ool ers to obt ain tot a l L PS W fgpm.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 63 of 80 AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 131. Close 1 L PSW-139. 132.P l ac e in F A I L O PEN: 1 L PSW-F A I L SW I T C H 1 L PSW-F A I L SW I T C H 133. S t ar t a ll a v a il able L PS W pumps. 134.V er i f y e ith er: Th re e L PS W pumps operating Two L PS W pumps operating wh e n T ec h S p ecs only re qui res two operable G O T O S t e p 136. .Op e n: 1 L PSW-4 1 L PSW- IF both ar e clos e d: 1 L PSW-4 1 L PSW- T H E N noti f y SRO to initi a te action to op e n at l east one v alve p rior to B WS T l e v e'. 136. IAAT B WS T l e v e', T H E N initi a te En c(E CC S S u ction S w ap to R B E S). 1. Displ a y B WS T l e v el using OAC Tu r n-on C ode " S HO W D IG O1 P1600". 2. Noti f y crew of B WS T l e v e l IAAT st e p. 137. Disp a t c h a n operator to perf o r m En c(P l acing R B H y d r o g e n An a l y z er s I n S er vi ce). (P S ) 138. Noti f y U2 C R SRO th a t SS F is inoperable due to OT S 1-1 op e n. 139. Ensu r e a ny tu r nov e r sh ee t comp e ns a to r y m ea su re s f or ES ac tu ation ar e compl e te a s n ece ss ar y. 140. IAAT conditions causing ES ac tu ation h a ve c leare d, T H E N initi a te En c(ES R ec ov er y). 141. WH E N C R SR O a pp r ov e s, T H E N E XI T.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 64 of 80 Rule 6 HPI H P I P u m p Th r o tt li ng Li m i t s H P I must be th rottl ed to p re v ent viol ating the R V-P/T limit. H P I pump operation must be limit ed to two H P I Ps wh en only one B WST su ction v alve (1H P-24 or 1H P- is op e n. H P I must be th rottl egpm/pump (in cluding s eal inj ection f or A h ea d er) wh e n only one H P I pump is operating in a h ea d er. Tot a l H P I flow must be th rottl egpm in cluding s eal inj ection wh en 1A a nd 1B H P I pumps ar e operating with 1H P-409 op e n. Tot a l H P I flow must be th rottl e d < gpm wh e n a ll the following e xist: - L P I su ction is from the R B ES - pi gg y b ack is a li g n ed - e ith e r of the following e xist: only one pi gg y b ac k v alve is op e n (1 L P-or 1 L P-16) only one L P I pump operating H P I m a y be th rottl e d und e r the following conditions:

H P I F o rce d Cooli ng in P r og re ss: H P I F o rce d Cooli ng NOT in P r og re ss: All the following conditions must e xist: C o r e SC M > 0 C ET C s decreasing All the following conditions must e xist: All W R N I C o r e SC M > 0 Pz r l e v e l increasing SR O c on c u rre n c e re qui red if th rottling following e m er g e n c y bo ration H P I P u m p M i n i m u m Flow L i m it M aint agpm indi ca t ed/pump. This is an inst r um ent err or adjust e d v alue th a t ensu re s a rea l v alue of gpm/pump is m aint a in ed. H P I pump flow l ess th an minimum is allow e d for up to 4 hou r s.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 6 5 of 80 Rule 8 P re ss u r i ze d Th er mal Sh o c k (P TS) P a g e 1 of 1 NO T E This rule is invok e d und e r e ith e r of the following conditions:

A cooldown b elow 400°F T c a t > 100 °F/hr h a s o cc u rre d. H P I h as inj ec t ed th r ou g h a n op e n or th rottl e d op en 1H P-26, 27, 409, 410 with a ll RCP s O FF. SC M must be minimi z ed. The following m ethods m a y be us e d at the discretion of the C R SR O: Th rottling H P I p e r Rule 6 (H P I) D e-e n er g i zing Pz r h ea t er s Using Pz r no r m al sp ra y Using Pz r a ux sp ra y Using P O R V Th rottling L P I {22} On c e RC S t e mpera tu r e is st a bl e , a 1-hour hold of RC S t e mpera tu r e must be perf o r m e d unl ess a L O CA or SGTR is in p r o g ress. Use T c in loop with a n operating RC P or use C ET Cs if NO RCP s ar e opera tin g. On c e invok e d, SC M sh a ll re m ain minimi z ed until En g in eering h a s perf o r m e d a n e v a lu ation a nd d e t er min ed th a t P TS re st r i ctions NO lon g e r a ppl y. S t arting RCP s and/or resto ring cool down ra t es to no r m a l v a lu es do NOT n e g a te the n ee d f or this e v a lu ation.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 66 of 80 Enclosure 5.16 SG Tube to Shell T Control AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED NO T E SG tub e-to-sh eca l c ul a t ed by the OAC with points displ a y ed on Loop P/T displ a y s a s indi ca t e d b elow: 1A SG DT 1B SG DT Bottom of Loop 'A' P/T display Bottom of Loop 'B' P/T display S/G TUBE/SHELL DT S/G TUBE/SHELL DT SG tub e-to-sh e Stress OAC Indication Tensile Stress Limit (Tubes colder than shell)

+130 o F Compressive Stress (Tubes hotter than shell)

-70 o F 1.__ IAAT any SG tube to shell DT approaches either limit, THEN take appropriate action per the following:

Limit Approached Action Tensile GO TO Step 2 Compressive GO TO Step 50 __G O T O S t ep 76.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 67 of 80 Enclosure 5.16 SG Tube to Shell T Control AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED NO T E Cooling the SG sh e ll fa st e r th an the tub e s (RCS) re li e v e s t ensile st re ss e s. As feeding or st eaming of a n affec t e d SG is perf o r m ed to re li e ve st re ss es, feeding and st eaming of the unaffec t e d S G m a y n eed to be re du ced to p re v ent e xceeding d e si re d RC S cooldown rate and to m aint ain a d e qu a te shutdown m ar gin. M aint aining a d e qu a te SDM t a k e s prece d e n c e ov e r tub e-to-sh e 2. V er i f y affec t e d S G h a s an int ac t s ec ond ar y bound ar y. G O T O S t ep 5. 3. S t ea m affec t e d SG to m aint ain tub e-to-sh e 4. G O T O S t ep 49. 5. V er i f y SGTR in p r o g re ss. G O T O S t ep 8. 6. V er i f y E F DW is a v a il able (can be a li g n e d) from a n a lt er n a te unit. Perf o rm the followin g: A. C ont ac t T S C f or f u r th e r guid a n ce. B. EXIT this e n closu re. 7. G O T O S t ep 37. 8. V er i f y E F DW a v a il able to affec t e d SGs. G O T O S t ep 16. 9. P l ac e the following in MANUAL a nd close on a l l affec t e d SGs: 1A SG 1B SG 1FDW-315 1FDW-316 10. Op en the following on a ll affec t e d SGs: 1A SG 1B SG 1FDW-3 72 1FDW-3 82 Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 68 of 80 Enclosure 5.16 SG Tube to Shell T Control AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 11. S t art MDE F D W P on eac h affec t e d S G. 1. Op en the following on a ll affec t e d SGs: 2. IF TDE F W P is NOT feeding an unaffec t e d S G, T H E N close the following on unaffec t ed S G: 3. S t art TDE F D WP. 12. C l ea r p ersonn e l from are a wh er e steam re l ea se will o cc u r. NO T E As feeding of a n affec t e d SG is perf o r m ed to re li e ve st re ss es, feeding and st eaming of the unaffec t e d S G m a y n eed to be re du ced to p re v ent e xceeding d e si re d RC S cooldown ra te and to m aint ain a d e qu a te shutdown m ar gin. M aint aining a d e qu a te SDM t a k e s prece d e n c e ov e r tub e-to-sh e 13. Th rottle the following on eac h affec t e d S G to e st a 100 gpm flow: 14. Th rottle E F DW a s n ece ss ar y to m aint ain SG tub e-to-sh elimits (+130 to -70°F).

G O T O S t e p 49.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 69 of 80 Enclosure 5.16 SG Tube to Shell T Control AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 16. V er i f y a ny of the following conditions e xist: M ain F DW pump a v a il able C B P a v a il able AND p ressu r e in a ny affec t e d SGs < H W P a v a il able AND p re ssu r e in a ny affec t e d SGs < 1. C ont ac t T S C f or f u r th e r guid a n ce. 2. EXIT this e n closu re. 17. V er i f y A F I S ac tu ation h a s o cc urred (e ith e r st a t a l arm on): A F I S HEADER A I N I T IATED (1 S A-2/C-8) A F I S HEADER B I N I T IATED (1 S A-2/D-8) G O T O S t e

18. V er i f y st eam line break on 1A S G. G O T O S t e p 21. 19. P l ac e c ont rol swit c h e s f or the following in C L O S E: 1 F D W-31 1 F D W-33 20. P l ac e the following in HAND a nd re du c e VA LVE DEMAND to z er o: 1 F D W-32 1 F D W- 21. V er i f y st eam line brea k on 1B S G. G O T O S t e p 24. 22. P l ac e c ont rol swit c h e s f or the following in C L O S E: 1 F D W-40 1 F D W-42 23. P l ac e the following in HAND a nd re du c e VA LVE DEMAND to z er o: 1 F D W-41 1 F D W-44 Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 70 of 80 Enclosure 5.16 SG Tube to Shell T Control AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 24. S e l ec t O F F f or both Di g it a l C h a nn els 1&2 of A F I S on h ea d ers to be fe d:

V er i f y 1A S G a pp r o aching tub e-to-sh e ll G O T O S t e p 30. 26. Op en the followin g: 1 F D W-38 1 F D W-33 27. Close the followin g: 1 F D W-36 1 F D W-32 1 F D W-31 28. C l ea r p ersonn e l from are a wh er e steam re l ea se will o cc u r. 29. P l ac e 1 F D W-a nd e st ablish 100 gpm (

10 6 lbm/h r) th r ou g h a ux F DW no zz l e s. 30. V er i f y 1B S G a pp r o aching tub e-to-sh e ll limit. G O T O S t e

31. Op en the followin g: 1 F D W-47 1 F D W-42 32. Close the followin g: 1 F D W- 1 F D W-41 1 F D W-40 33. C l ea r p ersonn e l from are a wh er e steam re l ea se will o cc u r. 34. P l ac e 1 F D W-44 in HAND a nd e st ablish 100 gpm (

10 6 lbm/h r) th r ou g h a ux F DW no zz l e s.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 71 of 80 Enclosure 5.16 SG Tube to Shell T Control AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED NO T E As feeding of a n affec t e d SG is perf o r m ed to re li e ve st re ss es, feeding and st eaming of the unaffec t e d S G m a y n eed to be re du ced to p re v ent e xceeding d e si re d RC S cooldown ra te and to m aint ain a d e qu a te shutdown m ar gin. M aint aining a d e qu a te SDM t a k e s prece d e n c e ov e r tub e-to-sh e Th rottle M ain F DW a s n ece ss ar y to m aint ain S G tub e-to-sh elimits (+130 to -70°F). 36. G O T O S t e p 49. 37. V er i f y E F DW cross-c onn ec t ed with a n a lt er n a te unit. G O T O S t e p 39. 38. G O T O S t e p 46. 39. Disp a t c h a n operator to op en the following on the affec t e d S G: 1 F D W-313 (1A E F DW Line Dis ch To 1A S/G X-C onn) (T-1, 1' N of M-16, 18' up) 1 F D W-314 (1B E F DW Line Dis ch To 1B S/G X-C onn) (T-1, 3' S of M-24, 10' up) 40. V er i f y cross-tie with Unit 2 is d e si re d. 1. L o cally op en the followin g: 3 F D W-313 (3A E F DW Line Dis ch To 3A S/G X-C onn) (T-1, 10' S of M-up) 3 F D W-314 (3B E F DW Line Dis ch To 3B S/G X-C onn) (T-1, 12' S of M-43, 12' up) 2. G O T O S t e

41. L o cally op en the followin g: 2 F D W-313 (2A E F DW Line Dis ch To 2A S/G X-C onn) (T-N of M-39, 12' up) 2 F D W-314 (2B E F DW Line Dis ch To 2B S/G X-C onn) (T-1, 2' N of M-31, 6' up)

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 72 of 80 Enclosure 5.16 SG Tube to Shell T Control AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 42. IAAT it is d e t er min ed th a t cross-c onn ecting E F DW from a n a lt er n a te unit CANNOT be perf o r m e d, T H E N perf o r m S t eps 43 a nd 44. G O T O S t e

43. C ont ac t T S C f or f u r th e r guid a n ce. 44. EXIT this e n closu re. E ND Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 73 of 80 Enclosure 5.16 SG Tube to Shell T Control AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED WH E N the E F DW cross-c onn ec t v alve is op e n on affec t e d S G (1 F D W-313 or 1 F D W-314), T H E N noti f y a lt er n a te unit C R to perf o rm the followin g: P l ac e both a lt er n a te unit E F DW c ont rol v a lv es in m a nu a l a nd clos e d. S t ar t a n E F D WP. Noti f y Unit 1 of pump st ar t. Monitor E F D W P para m e t er s. M aint ain U S T l e v e l > '. 46. WH E N a lt er n a te unit E F D W P is st ar t e d, T H E N c l ea r p ersonn e l from are a wh er e st ea m re l ea se will o cc u r. NO T E As feeding of a n affec t e d SG is perf o r m ed to re li e ve st re ss es, feeding and st eaming of the unaffec t e d S G m a y n eed to be re du ced to p re v ent e xceeding d e si re d RC S cooldown ra te and to m aint ain a d e qu a te shutdown m ar gin. M aint aining a d e qu a te SDM t a k e s prece d e n c e ov e r tub e-to-sh e 47. Th rottle the following on eac h affec t e d S G to e st a 100 gpm flow: 48. Th rottle E F DW a s n ece ss ar y to m aint ain SG tub e-to-sh elimits (+130 to -70°F). 49. WH E N direc t ed by C R SR O, T H E N EXIT this e n closu re. E ND Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 74 of 80 Enclosure 5.16 SG Tube to Shell T Control AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED NO T E Comp ressive st re ss e s can be re li e v ed by e ith e r w arming the sh e ll (f or int ac t SGs) or cooling the RCS. As feeding or st eaming of a n affec t e d SG is perf o r m ed to re li e ve st re ss es, feeding a nd st eaming of the unaffec t e d S G m a y n eed to be re du ced to p re v ent e x ceeding d e si re d RC S cooldown ra te and to m aint ain a d e qu a te shutdown m ar gin. M aint aining a d e qu a te SDM t a k e s prece d e n c e ov e r tub e-to-sh e V er i f y affec t e d S G h a s an intact s ec ond ar y p re ssu r e bound ar y. 1. WH E N the ability to cool down the RC S with a n unaffec t e d S G e xists, T H E N continue in this e n closu re. 2. WH E N a d e qu a te SDM e xists to allow RC S cooldown, T H E N e st ablish cooldown ra te using unaffec t e d SG to m aint ain the followin g: tub e-to-sh e cooldown ra t es within TS limits a d e qu a te shutdown m ar g in V er i f y E F DW a v a il able to affec t e d SGs. G O T O S t e P l ac e the following in MANUAL a nd close on a l l affec t e d SGs: 1A SG 1B SG 1FDW-315 1FDW-316 Op en the following on a l l affec t e d SGs: 1A SG 1B SG 1FDW-3 72 1FDW-3 82 Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 75 of 80 Enclosure 5.16 SG Tube to Shell T Control AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED S t art MDE F D W P on eac h affec t e d S G. 1. Op en the following on a ll affec t e d SGs: 1A SG 1B SG 1FDW-3 68 1FDW-3 69 2. IF TDE F W P is NOT feeding an unaffec t e d S G, T H E N close the following on unaffec t ed S G: 1A SG 1B SG 1FDW-3 68 1FDW-3 69 3. S t art TDE F D WP. Th rottle the following on eac h affec t e d S G to e st a 100 gpm flow: 1A SG 1B SG 1FDW-3 15 1FDW-3 16 NO T E As feeding of a n affec t e d SG is perf o r m ed to re li e ve st re ss es, feeding and st eaming of the unaffec t e d S G m a y n eed to be re du ced to p re v ent e xceeding d e si re d RC S cooldown ra te and to m aint ain a d e qu a te shutdown m ar gin. M aint aining a d e qu a te SDM t a k e s prece d e n c e ov e r tub e-to-sh e Th rottle E F DW a s n ece ss ar y to m aint ain SG tub e-to-sh elimits (+130 to -70°F).

G O T O S t e p 76.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 76 of 80 Enclosure 5.16 SG Tube to Shell T Control AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED V er i f y a ny of the following conditions e xist: M ain F DW pump a v a il able C B P a v a il able AND p ressu r e in a ny affec t e d SGs < H W P a v a il able AND p re ssu r e in a ny affec t e d SGs < 1. C ont ac t T S C f or f u r th e r guid a n ce. 2. EXIT this e n closu re. V er i f y A F I S ac tu ation h a s o cc urred (e ith e r st a t a l arm on): A F I S HEADER A I N I T IATED (1 S A-2/C-8) A F I S HEADER B I N I T IATED (1 S A-2/D-8) G O T O S t e p 67. 60. V er i f y st eam line break on 1A S G. G O T O S t e p 63. 61. P l ac e c ont rol swit c h e s f or the following in C L O S E: 1 F D W-31 1 F D W-33 62. P l ac e the following in HAND a nd re du ce VA LVE DEMAND to z er o: 1 F D W-32 1 F D W- 63. V er i f y st eam line brea k on 1B S G. G O T O S t e p 66. 64. P l ac e c ont rol swit c h e s f or the following in C L O S E: 1 F D W-40 1 F D W-42 P l ac e the following in HAND a nd re du ce VA LVE DEMAND to z er o: 1 F D W-41 1 F D W-44 Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 77 of 80 Enclosure 5.16 SG Tube to Shell T Control AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 66. S e l ec t O F F f or both Di g it a l C h a nn els 1&2 of A F I S on h ea d ers to be fe d: A Header B Header DIG. CH 1 OFF DIG. CH 1 OFF DIG. CH 2 OFF DIG. CH 2 OFF

67. V er i f y 1A S G a pp r o aching tub e-to-sh e ll G O T O S t e p 71. 68. Op en the followin g: 1 F D W-38 1 F D W-33 69. Close the followin g: 1 F D W-36 1 F D W-32 1 F D W-31 70. P l ac e 1 F D W-a nd e st ablish 100 gpm (

10 6 lbm/h r) th r ou g h a ux F DW no zz l e s. 71. V er i f y 1B S G a pp r o aching tub e-to-sh e ll G O T O S t e

72. Op en the followin g: 1 F D W-47 1 F D W-42 73. Close the followin g: 1 F D W- 1 F D W-41 1 F D W-40 74. P l ac e 1 F D W-44 in HAND a nd e st ablish 100 gpm (

10 6 lbm/h r) th r ou g h a ux F DW no zz l e s.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 78 of 80 Enclosure 5.16 SG Tube to Shell T Control AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED NO T E As feeding of a n affec t e d SG is perf o r m ed to re li e ve st re ss es, feeding and st eaming of the unaffec t e d S G m a y n eed to be re du ced to p re v ent e xceeding d e si re d RC S cooldown ra te and to m aint ain a d e qu a te shutdown m ar gin. M aint aining a d e qu a te SDM t a k e s prece d e n c e ov e r tub e-to-sh e Th rottle M ain F DW a s n ece ss ar y to m aint ain SG tub e-to-sh elimits (+130 to -70°F). 76. WH E N direc t ed by C R SR O, T H E N EXIT this e n closu re.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 79 of 80 CRITICAL TASKS

1. CT-1 (BWOG CT-17) Isolate the SG that is overcooling the RCS Manually actuate AFIS within 10 minutes of the MSLB to isolate the SG and limit the overcooling.

2. CT-2 Mitigate the Vacuum Leak Ensure the Main Vacuum Pumps are operating prior to the low vacuum trip

.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 SAFETY: Take a Minute UNIT 0 (SM)

SSF Operable: Yes (U2/U3 only)

KHU's Operable:

U1 - OH, U2 - UG LCTs Operable:

2 Fuel Handling: No UNIT STATUS (CRS)

Unit 1 Simulator Other Units Mode: 1 Unit 2 Unit 3 Reactor Power:

50% Mode: 1 Mode: 1 Gross MWE:

455 100% Power 100% Power RCS Leakage:

0.0 gpm EFDW Backup: Yes EFDW Backup: Yes RBNS Rate:

.01 gpm Technical Specifications/SLC Items (CRS)

Component/Train OOS Date/Time Restoration Required Date/Time TS/SLC # SSF Yesterday 0000 6 Days TS 3.10.1 A B C D E AMSAC/DSS Bypassed Today/0630 7 Days SLC 16.7.2 A&B Shift Turnover Items (CRS) Primary SASS in Manual for I&E AMSAC/DSS Bypassed for I&E Secondary 1SSH-1, 1SSH-3, 1SD-2, 1SD-5, 1SD-140, 1SD-303, 1SD-355, 1SD-356 and 1SD

-358 are closed with power supply breakers open per the Startup Procedure for SSF Overcooling Event. Holding power at 50% per the dispatcher.

The National Weather Service has issued a severe thunderstorm watch, effective for the next 4 hours0.167 days <br />0.0238 weeks <br />0.00548 months <br /> for an area including Stephens County, Georgia: and Oconee, Pickens, and Anderson Counties of South Carolina.

Reactivity Management (CRS)

RCS Boron:

74 ppmB Gp 7 Rod Position 61% R2 Reactivity management controls established in the Control Room per SOMP 01-02 Human Performance Emphasis (SM)

Procedure Use and Adherence

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 ILT46 Facility: Oconee Scenario No.:

3 Op-Test No.:

1 Examiners: ________________________

Operators:

________________________SRO ________________________

________________________OATC ________________________

________________________BOP Initial Conditions:

Reactor power = 0.02%; below POAH Unit 2: 100%, Unit 3: 100%

Turnover:

Unit 1 Startup in progress; BOL; not after refueling Startup procedure at step 3.36 (OP/1/A/1102/001 Encl

. 4.7) Increase Reactor power to 7%

Letdown flow is

< 70 gpm per Chemistry request Event No. Malfunction No. Event Type*

Event Description 0a 1 R, OATC, SRO Increase reactor power to 7% 2 MPS061 C, BOP, SRO (TS) 1 A Letdown Cooler Leak 3 Override C: BOP, OATC, SRO(TS) Inadvertent ES Channel 2 actuation 4 Override C: BOP, SRO (TS) 1 A RBCU high vibration, secure 1A and start 1B RBCU 5 MCR070 MCR024 C: OATC, SRO Group 1 Rods drop into core requiring Manual Rx Trip Stuck Control rod 6 MEL090 MEL180 M: ALL Switchyard Isolate KHU-2 lock out 7 MEL020 M: ALL Blackout due to Loss of second Keowee Unit (KHU-1) Recover power from CT-5 * (N)ormal, (R)eactivity, (I)nstrument, (C)omponent, (M)ajor

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 2 of 50 Op-Test No.:

__1__ Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 1 Page 1 of 2 Event

Description:

Increase reactor power to 7% Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC Crew response:

OP/1/A/1102/001 (Controlling Procedure for Unit Startup), Encl. 4.7, Step 3.36 NOTE: POAH is normally achieved from 0.05 to 0.15% power on Wide Range Indications.

When POAH is achieved: TBVs will begin to open, 1HP-120 will begin to close, Tave will increase, and SUR will decrease with negative Moderator Temperature Coefficient.

Wide Range indications are used since Source Range NIs saturate.

3.36 Begin reactor power increase to 0.5

- 3.37 WHEN above POAH, begin reactor power increase to 2.5

-3.5%. 3.38 WHILE power increases, begin increasing 1HP

-120 (RC VOLUME CONTROL) setpoint to establish 215" to 225" PZR Level NOTE: TAVE error is blocked when on Low Level Limit and Tave is < setpoint.

Core reactivity effects are minimized with Rx in automatic. (R.M.)

3.39 WHEN at 2.5% - 3.5% Power, perform the following:

Place REACTOR MASTER to "AUTO".

Place DIAMOND to "AUTO".

Ensure TURBINE MASTER Setpoint to 880

- 890 psig. 3.40 Perform the following:

Ensure complete Enclosure "Prior To Entry into MODE 1" of PT/1/A/0630/001 (Mode Change Verification).

Review mechanical maneuvering rates and allowable ramp rates in PT/0/A/1103/020 (Power Maneuvering Guidelines).

3.41 - 3.42 Already completed.

Event is complete when ICS is placed in AUTO and CTP is 7%

or when directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 3 of 50 Op-Test No.:

__1__ Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 1 Page 2 of 2 Event

Description:

Increase reactor power to 7% Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC 3.43 WHILE power change is in progress, monitor the following indications:

Appropriate ranged NIs Neutron error OAC Point O1E2129 and O1E2130 3.44 Begin power increase to 6%

- 7% per Encl. 4.16 (CTP Adjustments)

(See page 4 7) Event is complete when ICS is placed in AUTO and CTP is 7%

or when directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 4 of 50 Op-Test No.: 1 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 2 Page 1 of 7 Event

Description:

1A Letdown Cooler Leak Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/ BOP

Plant Response:

Statalarms:

1SA-08/B-9 (PROCESS MONITOR RADIATION HIGH) 1SA-09/D-1 (COMPONENT COOLING SURGE TANK HIGH/LOW)

Crew Response:

1SA-08/B-9 3.1.1 Determine radiation monitors in alarm.

3.1.2 IF radiation monitoring data from PMC is NOT in service, refer to OP/1/A/1103/026, (Loss of Sorrento Radiation Monitor).

NOTE TO EXAMINER: Steps 3.2 through 3.11 are IF statements for which RIA is in alarm. In this case, the crew determines the radiation monitor alarming is 1RIA

-50, so step 3.4 applies 3.4 IF any of the following RIAs have valid alarms, GO TO AP/18 (Abnormal Release of Radioactivity).

RIA RIA - 31 1RIA - 35 1RIA - 39 1RIA - 41 1RIA - 42 1RIA - 45/46 1RIA - 49A X 1RIA - 50 AP/18 (Can be performed by Unit 2 if AP/2 has been entered)

4.1 Perform

the following:

At the discretion of the CRS, make a PA announcement of the event including any necessary precautions to be observed.

Notify Shift Manager to reference the following:

RP/0/B/1000/001 (Emergency Classification).

NSD-202 (Reportability)

OMP 1-14 (Notifications)

This event is complete when 1A Letdown cooler has been isolated or as directed by the lead examiner.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 5 of 50 Op-Test No.: 1 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 2 Page 2 of 7 Event

Description:

1A Letdown Cooler Leak Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO /BOP Crew Response:

AP/18 (cont) 4.2 GO TO appropriate sections for any monitors in High or Alert alarm:

NOTE TO EXAMINER: Crew should go to Section 4I for 1RIA

-50. Section 4I 1 Verify either of the following:

CC SURGE TANK off

-scale high

2. __ Initiate AP/2 (Excessive RCS Leakage).

Examiner Note: Crew may enter AP/2 directly because the following entry -scale high" AP/2 Excessive RCS Leakage Immediate Actions

3.1 Verify

HPI operating.

3.2 IAAT RC makeup flow is > 100 gpm, AND Pzr level is decreasing, THEN close 1HP-5. 3.3 IAAT all the following exist:

HPI flow is > NORMAL MAKEUP CAPABILITY (160 gpm) with letdown isolated Pzr level decreasing SG Tube Leakage NOT indicated LPI DHR NOT providing core cooling THEN perform the following:

A. Ensure Rx is tripped.

B. Initiate Unit 1 EOP.

Subsequent Actions NOTE Other than a SGTR, 1HP

-26 should NOT need be open with the Rx critical.

4.1 Initiate

Pzr and LDST level makeup using Unit 1 EOP Encl 5.5 (Pzr and LDST Level Control), as necessary.

Page 2 8 This event is complete when 1A Letdown cooler has been isolated or as directed by the lead examiner.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 6 of 50 Op-Test No.: 1 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 2 Page 3 of 7 Event

Description:

1A Letdown Cooler Leak Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO /BOP Crew Response:

AP/2 (Cont)

4.2 Announce

AP entry using the PA system.

NOTE "LPI DHR in service" means that prior to the event the unit was shutdown with the decay heat drop line aligned for decay heat removal operation.

4.3 IAAT LPI DHR in service, AND RCS leakage > LDST makeup capability

, THEN GO TO AP/26 (Loss of Decay Heat Removal). (N/A) 4.4 Initiate the following notifications:

__ OSM to reference the following:

RP/0/B/1000/001 (Emergency Classification)

OMP 1-14 (Notifications)

Encl 5.9 (Oversight Guidelines)

__ STA __ RP 4.5 Monitor the following trends to determine leak area (AB or RB) and trend for degradation:

"T6 AP02" "T6 WASTE" RIAs 4.6 Verify specific leak location is identified.

RNO: Notify WCC SRO to initiate Encl. 5.2 (Primary Leak Check) and of the leak area (AB or RB), if known.

4.7 Initiate

Encl 5.1 (Leak Rate Determination).

Page 9 Examiner Note: This will calculate RCS leakage based on CC surge tank control room gage must be used.

4.8 WHEN leak area/failure is identified, THEN GO TO applicable step that best fits leak area/failure:

4.16 Verify all of the following:

0.65 gpm) or level is off-scale high 1RIA-50 in alarm or increasing This event is complete when 1A Letdown cooler has been isolated or as directed by the lead examiner.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 7 of 50 Op-Test No.: 1 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 2 Page 4 of 7 Event

Description:

1A Letdown Cooler Leak Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO /BOP Crew Response:

AP/2 (Cont) NOTE CC Surge Tank is hard piped to overflow to LAWT Chemicals from the CC system will rapidly exhaust demineralizers used to process LAWT water. Radwaste has limited storage capability and a Rx shutdown may be required if the leak CANNOT be isolated.

4.17 IAAT CC Surge Tank level is off

-scale high, THEN notify Radwaste that the CC Surge Tank has overflowed to the LAWT. NOTE Closing 1CC

-7 and 1CC-8 will contain the RCS leak in the RB. Relief valves on the CC system will lift inside the RB when 1CC

-7 and 1CC-8 are closed.

1CC-7 and 1CC-8 should be closed prior to letting RC to CC system leak fill the LAWT above the Hi/Hi OAC alarm (72" on O1A1352(Low Activity Waste Tank Level)).

Flashing of the CC system may be indicated by CRD flow low or fluctuating, CC flow low or fluctuating, and RB Sump Level increase.

4.18 IAAT RCS leakage is flashing the CC system, OR threatens to overflow the LAWT, THEN perform the following: No flashing indicated A. Trip Rx.

B. Close 1HP

-5 C. Close the following:

1CC-7 1CC-8 1CC-3 1CC-4 1CC-5 1CC-6 D. Initiate AP/32 (Loss of Letdown)

E. GO TO Step 4.24.

NOTE RCS to CC leakage may be indicated by one RCP cooler outlet temperature increasing more than the others (use historical temperature trend) near the time of increase on 1RIA

-50. 4.19 Verify leakage indicated by change in RCP cooler outlet temperatures (Turn-on code "GD AP02"): No leakage indicated RNO GO TO Step 4.24 This event is complete when 1A Letdown cooler has been isolated or as directed by the lead examiner.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 8 of 50 Op-Test No.: 1 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 2 Page 5 of 7 Event

Description:

1A Letdown Cooler Leak Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO /BOP Crew Response:

AP/2 (Cont) NOTE RCS leakage to CC in the letdown coolers may be indicated by a cooler outlet temperature increasing more than the other cooler. Due to CC system setup, letdown cooler CC outlet temperatures may be different. A historical OAC temperature trend may be required to determine if leakage exists and if actions taken are successful in leak isolation. If leaking cooler CANNOT be identified, the coolers will be isolated one at a time starting with the 1A Letdown Cooler.

4.24 Monitor letdown cooler outlet temperatures to determine which cooler is leaking (Turn

-on code "GD AP02"):

O1A0065 (LETDOWN COOLER 1A CC OUTLET TEMP

) O1A0066 (LETDOWN COOLER 1B CC OUTLET TEMP) 4.25 GO TO the appropriate step to isolate affected cooler.

Letdown Cooler to be Isolated GO TO Step 1A 4.26 1B 4.33 Unknown 4.26 4.26. Verify 1B Letdown Cooler is isolated.

RNO: 1. Isolate the 1A Letdown Cooler by performing the following:

A. Close 1CC-1/1HP-1 B. Close 1HP-3 2. GO TO Step 4.31 4.31. Verify the leak isolation was successful:

CC Surge Tank level stable if 1CC

-7 and 1CC-8 open Decrease in RCS leakage 4.32. GO TO Step 4.44.

4.44. Verify both the following are closed; 1CC-7 1CC-8 RNO: GO TO Step 4.46.

4.46. WHEN conditions permit, THEN EXIT this procedure.

This event is complete when 1A Letdown cooler has been isolated or as directed by the lead examiner.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 9 of 50 Op-Test No.: 1 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 2 Page 6 of 7 Event

Description:

1A Letdown Cooler Leak Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO /BOP Crew Response:

AP/2 Encl 5.1 (Leak Rate Determination)

1. Stabilize RCS Temperature.

2. Notify WCC to secure all primary draining/RB washdown evolutions if applicable.

NOTE Depending on leak location, leakage may NOT be detected by all the formulas. One or more of the following methods may be necessary to determine RCS leak rate.

3. Calculate leak rate using the following, as required:

Calculation of RCS Volume Loss

Leak Rate = ________ + ________

- ________ - ________ = ________

MU SI LD TSR Where: MU = makeup Flow SI = Seal Inlet Hdr Flow LD = Letdown Flow TSR = Total Seal Return Flow LDST Level Change

Leak Rate = (LDST level change) x (31 gal/inch)

+ BTP Flowrate (gpm)

(minutes) Leak Rate = ( inches) x 31 gal/inch

+ ______gpm = ________gpm

______minutes HAWT/LAWT Level Change: (Turn

-on code "LWD")

Leak Rate = (Change in HAWT/LAWT lvl) x (18 gal/inch)

=(____inches) x 18 gal/inch

=______gpm (minutes) RBNS Level Change Leak Rate = (Change in RBNS level) x (15 gal/inch)

= ( inches) x 15 gal/inch

= ____gpm (minutes) ____ minutes RCS Leakage Calculation per PT/1/A/0600/010 (Reactor Coolant Leakage) Calculation of RCS Volume Loss

Leak Rate = Makeup Flow rate with stable level = ____gpm This event is complete when 1A Letdown cooler has been isolated or as directed by the lead examiner.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 10 of 50 Op-Test No.: 1 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 2 Page 7 of 7 Event

Description:

1A Letdown Cooler Leak Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO /BOP Crew Response:

AP/2 Encl 5.1 (Cont)

NOTE Pressurizer 23.94 gal/inch Quench Tank:

34.94 gal/inch BWST: 7608 gal/foot SFP (Unit 1 & 2) 1512 gal/ 0.1 foot SFP/FTC (Unit 1&2) 2300 gal/inch Corer Flood Tank:

5 gal/ 0.01foot RB Normal Sump:

15 gal/inch LDST: 31.3 gal/inch CC Surge Tank Level:

7.8 gal/inch MWHUT: See OP/0.A/1108/001 (Curves and Gen Info)

Tank Level Change:

Leak Rate = (Change level) x (Tank volume/height)

= ( ) x ( )

= ____gpm (minutes) ____minutes

4. Notify OSM and SRO of calculated leak rate.

Examiner Note: TS 3.4.13 RCS Operational Leakage will apply until the 1A Letdown Cooler is isolated Condition A (Reduce leakage to within limits

. This event is complete when 1A Letdown cooler has been isolated or as directed by the lead examiner.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 11 of 50 Op-Test No.: 1 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 3 Page 1 of 5 Event

Description:

Inadvertent ES Channel 2 Actuation (TS)

Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/ BOP OATC Plant response:

1SA-1/B-10 ES 2 Trip 1SA-16/B-2 EL CT-4 SB Bus 2 Breaker Closed 2SA-17/A-5 KEOWEE STATALARM PANEL ALARM 2SA-17/C-1 KHU 1 EMERGENCY START INITIATED 2SA-18/C-1 KHU 2 EMERGENCY START INITIATED 1SA-6/A-5, B-5, C-5, D-5, RC Pump Seal Cavity Press Hi/Low () 1SA-6/D-7, E-5, E-6, E-7 RC Pump Seal Return Temp High Both Keowee Hydro Units Emergency Start EXAMINER NOTEwater injecting into the core.

The SRO should

. Page 2 8 Crew Response: The SRO will initiate AP/1/A/1700/042 Inadvertent ES Actuation

4.1 Verify

any of the following have inadvertently actuated

__ Diverse HPI (not actuated

) __ ES Channel 1 (not actuated

) __ ES Channel 2

4.2 Perform

the following on all inadvertently actuated system(s):

__ Ensure DIVERSE HPI BYPASS is in BYPASS (does not apply

) __ Ensure ES CH

-1 is in MANUAL (does not apply

) __ Ensure ES CH

-2 is in MANUAL

4.3 Throttle

HPI, as required, to maintain desired Pzr level 4.4 Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated

__ ES Channel 5 (not actuated

) __ ES Channel 6 (not actuated

) RNO: 1. IF ES Channel 1, ES Channel 2, or Diverse HPI have inadvertently actuated , AND it is desired to restore letdown, THEN initiate AP/42 Encl 5.2 (Letdown Restoration) Page 1 4 2. GO TO Step 4.10 4.10 Close the following:

1HP-24 1HP-25 This event is complete when the SRO has referred to TS at step 4.25, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 12 of 50 Op-Test No.: 1 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 3 Page 2 of 5 Event

Description:

Inadvertent ES Channel 2 Actuation Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/ BOP OATC

AP/1/A/1700/042 (cont)

NOTE: If personnel are available, progression should continue while Encl 5.1 (Required Operator Actions) is in progress.

4.11 Ensure AP/42 Encl 5.1 (Required Operator Actions) is in progress Page 1 3 4.12 Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated

__ Diverse LPI (not actuated

) __ ES Channel 3 (not actuated

) __ ES Channel 4 (not actuated

) RNO: GO TO Step 4.17 4.17 Verify the Rx is critical CAUTION: Do NOT add demin water to counter the boration until RCS boron concentration stabilizes to prevent a positive reactivity event.

NOTE: ICS in Auto means ICS is in control of Tave and Rx power. 4.18 Verify ICS in Auto RNO: 1. IF either of the following exists:

Tave decreasing outside control band Rx Power decreasing outside control band THEN GO TO Step 4.20 2. GO TO Step 4.21.

4.21 Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated

__ ES Channel 1 (not actuated

) __ Diverse HPI (not actuated

) RNO: GO TO Step 4.24 4.24 Notify SPOC to investigate and repair the cause of the inadvertent ES actuation, as necessar

y. 4.25 Initiate logging TS/SLC Entry/Exit, as applicable, IAW Encl 5.4 (TS/SLC Requirements) Page 15. 4.26 WHEN all of the following exist:

__ Reason for inadvertent ES Channel or Diverse HPI/LPI actuation has been resolved

__ ES Channel or Diverse HPI/LPI reset is desired

__ OSM concurs THEN continue This event is complete when the SRO has referred to TS at step 4.25, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 13 of 50 Op-Test No.: 1 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 3 Page 3 of 5 Event

Description:

Inadvertent ES Channel 2 Actuation Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/ BOP OATC Crew Response:

AP/1/A/1700/042 Enclosure 5.1 Required Operator Actions 1 Initiate announcement of AP entry using the PA system NOTE: If channels are bypassed or in override, 1SA

-1/A-10 (ES 1 Trip) and 1SA-1/B-10 (ES 2 Trip) will be o ff even though the channel may have actuated..

2 Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated

__ Diverse HPI (not actuated)

__ ES Channel 1 (not actuated)

__ ES Channel 2 3 Open the following:

__ 1HP-20 __ 1HP-21 4 Open the following for operating RCPs:

__ 1HP-228 (1A1) __ 1HP-226 (1A2) __ 1HP-232 (1B1) __ 1HP-230 (1B2) 5 Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated

__ ES Channel 7 (not actuated)

__ ES Channel 8 (not actuated)

RNO: GO TO Step 9 9 Perform the following:

A. Open the following to restore RB RIAs:

__ 1PR-7 __ 1PR-8 __ 1PR-9 __ 1PR-10 B. From the ENABLE CONTROLS screen on the RIA View Node, perform the following:

1. Select OFF for RB RIA sample pump

2. Start the RB RIA sample pump

10. Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated

__ Diverse HPI

__ ES Channel 1 RNO: GO TO Step 12 12. EXIT this enclosure This event is complete when the SRO has referred to TS at step 4.25, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 14 of 50 Op-Test No.: 1 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 3 Page 4 of 5 Event

Description:

Inadvertent ES Channel 2 Actuation Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/ BOP OATC

Crew Response:

AP/1/A/1700/042 Enclosure 5.2 Letdown Restoration 1 Verify a CC pump operating 2 Verify letdown is isolated 3 Close 1HP-5 4. Verify it is desired to place both letdown coolers in service (it is desired to place only the 1B cooler in service

) RNO: 1. __ IF desired to place the 1A Letdown Cooler in service, THEN open the following:

A. 1HP-1 B. 1HP-3 Examiner Note: 1A L/D cooler has leak and should not be placed in 2. __ IF desired to place the 1B Letdown Cooler in service, THEN open the following:

A. 1HP-2 B. 1HP-4 3. __ GO TO Step 6. 6. Close 1HP-6 7. Close 1HP-7 8. Verify letdown temperature < 135°F

9. Open 1HP-5 10. Adjust 1HP

- 11. WHEN letdown temperature < 130°F, THEN place LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch in NORMAL

. 12. Open 1HP-6 13. Adjust 1HP

-7 to control desired letdown flow

14. IAAT it is desired to bleed letdown flow to 1A BHUT, THEN perform the following:

A. Open the following:

__ 1CS-26 __ 1CS-41 B. Position 1HP

-14 to BLEED C. Notify SRO

15. IAAT letdown bleed is NO longer desired, THEN position 1HP

-14 to NORMAL 16. WHEN SRO approves, THEN EXIT this enclosure This event is complete when the SRO has referred to TS at step 4.25, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 15 of 50 Op-Test No.: 1 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 3 Page 5 of 5 Event

Description:

Inadvertent ES Channel 2 Actuation Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO Crew Response:

AP/1/A/1700/042 Enclosure 5.4 (TS/SLC Requirements)

Any ES Channel TS 3.3.7 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS PROTECTIVDIGITAL AUTOMATIC ACTUATION LOGIC CHANNELS due to the automatic actuation logic being blocked if any ES channel is in MANUAL or ES Voters in OVERRIDE Condition A (1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />) Place associated component is ES configuration OR Declare the associated component inoperable.

TS 3.3.5 (Engineered Safeguards Protective System (ESPS) Analog Instrumentation) due to inoperable ES instrumentation N/A TS 3.5.4 (Borated Water Storage Tank (BWST)) BWST level N/A ES Channel 1 or 2 TS 3.4.15 RCS LEAKAGE DETECTION INSTRUMENTATION due to Rx Bldg RIAs being out of service (Applies until RIAs are returned to service.)

lyze gram samples of the containment atmosphere AND restore required containment atmosphere TS 3.10.1 (Standby Shutdown Facility(SSF)) for SSF inoperability due to the SSF power loss (ES Channel 1 only)

N/A TS 3.4.9 (Pressurizer)

Applies if Pzr exceeds 260".

EXAMINER NOTE: If the crew decides they meet the entry conditions for AP/39 they may trip the reactor based on the below direction.

AP/1/A/1700/039, Unintentional Boration CAUTION Do NOT add demin water to counter the boration until RCS boron concentration stabilizes to prevent a positive reactivity event.

4.1 Announce

AP entry using PA system.

4.2 IAAT CTP < 6%, THEN perform the following:

A. Trip the Rx.

B. GO TO Unit 1 EOP.

This event is complete when the SRO has referred to TS at step 4.25, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 16 of 50 Op-Test No.: 1 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 4 Page 1 of 2 Event

Description:

1A RBCU High Vibration, secure 1A and start 1B RBCU Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior BOP SRO Plant response:

OAC alarm: High Vibration 1A RBCU Crew response:

Refer to OAC ARG BOP will attempt to reset vibration alarm (Panel 1AB3). (It will not reset

) BOP will secure the 1A RBCU Contact engineering OSM & in HIGH SPEED

. SRO should refer to TS 3.6.5, Page 17 OP/1/A/1104/015 Enclosure 4.3 (RBCU Operation

) 4. Starting RBCUs NOTE: When starting RBCUs or changing LPSW flows, RB pressure will change as RB temperature changes.

4.1 Verify

RB pressure within limits of PT/1/A/0600/001 (Periodic Instrument Surveillance).

4.2 Begin

monitoring RB pressure absolute pressure. (OAC Turn On 1RBPA)

. 4.3 IF personal inside containment, announce over plant page that starting RBCU.

NOTE: Starting RBCUs can affect the following: RBCU bearing temperatures, RBCU vibration, RBNS levek, 1RIA

-47 level, RB pressure / temperature.

4.4 Place

desired switch to "HIGH or LOW

": o 1A RBCU o 1B RBCU o 1C RBCU NOTE: When changing LPSW flows, RB pressure will change as RB temperature changes.

Each RBCU must have

> 550 gpm Inlet flow or

> 750 gpm Outlet Flow to meet flow requirements of SLC 16.9.12.

4.5 Position

valves as required for RB cooling:

o 1LPSW-18 (1A RBCU OUTLET) o 1LPSW-21 (1B RBCU OUTLET) o 1LPSW-24 (1C RBCU OUTLET)

This event is complete when 1B RBCU is started, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 17 of 50 Op-Test No.: 1 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 4 Page 2 of 2 Event

Description:

1A RBCU High Vibration, secure 1A and start 1B RBCU Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO Plant response:

REACTOR OOLING TRAINS Restore status. This event is complete when 1B RBCU is started, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 18 of 50 Op-Test No.: 1 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 5 Page 1 of 2 Event

Description:

Group 1 Rods drop into core requiring Manual Rx Trip with 1 Stuck CR Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC SRO/OATC CT-1 SRO/BOP Plant Response: Group 1 control rods will drop into the core which will cause Reactor power to decrease. Crew Response

Perform Licensed Operator memory item from OMP 1

-18 Attachment A.

3.1 IAAT more than one control rod is dropped or misaligned > 9", THEN trip the Rx. The OATC should manually trip the reactor The SRO will direct the OATC to perform Immediate Manual Actions:

(EOP) Depress REACTOR TRIP pushbutton Verify reactor power < 5% FP and decreasing Depress turbine TRIP pushbutton.

Verify all turbine stop valves closed Verify RCP seal injection available The SRO will direct the BOP to perform a Symptoms Check (OMP 1-18) Reactivity Control Power Range NIs < 5% and decreasing ICC/Loss of Subcooling Margin (SCM)

Loss of Heat Transfer (LOHT)

Loss of Main and Emergency FDW (including unsuccessful manual initiation of EFDW)

Excessive Heat Transfer (EHT)

Uncontrolled Main Steam Line(s) pressure decrease Steam Generator Tube Rupture CSAE off-gas alarms, process RIAs (RIA

-40, 59, 60), area RIAs (RIA

-16/17) This event is complete when RCS pressure and temperature are stable following the reactor trip, or when directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 19 of 50 Op-Test No.: _

1_ Scenario No.:

3 Event No.:

5 Page 2 of 2 Event

Description:

Group 1 Rods drop into core requiring Manual Rx Trip with 1 Stuck CR Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP OATC

Subsequent Actions

4.1 Verify

all control rods in Groups 1

-7 fully inserted.

(One CR withdrawn)

RNO: 1. Open 1HP-24 1HP-25 2. Secure makeup to LDST

4.2 Verify

Main FDW in operation.

4.3 Verify

either : Main FDW overfeeding causing excessive temperature decrease.

Main FDW underfeeding causing SG level decrease below setpoint.

RNO: GO TO Step 4.5. 4.5 IAAT Main FDW is operating, AND level in any SG is > 96% on the Operating Range, THEN perform Steps 4.6

- 4.8. RNO: GO TO Step 4.9. 4.9 IAAT TBVs CANNOT control SG pressure at desired setpoint, and TBVs not intentionally isolated:

THEN manually control pressure in affected SGs using either : __ TBVs

__ Dispatch two operators to perform Encl 5.24 (Operation of ADVs)

Examiner Note: Subsequent Actions continues on page

20. This event is complete when RCS pressure and temperature are stable following the reactor trip, or when directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 20 of 50 Op-Test No.: 1 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 6 Page 1 of 2 Event

Description:

Switchyard Isolate and KHU-2 Lockout Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/ BOP OATC Plant Response:

Switchyard isolation occurs KHU-1 starts and re-energizes busses through CT

-1 Crew Response:

The SRO may direct the ROs to re-perform a Symptoms Check.

From the Subsequent Action Parallel Action page Page 3 6 , the SRO should direct an RO to perform AP

-11 , Recovery from Loss of Power.

Page 4 5 , and continue in the Subsequent Actions tab.

4.1 Verify

all control rods in Groups 1-7 fully inserted.

(One CR withdrawn)

RNO: 1. Open 1HP-24 1HP-25 2. Secure makeup to LDST

4.2 Verify

Main FDW in operation.

(Main FDW will trip ~ 90 seconds after power is lost. If the MFW pumps have tripped when this step has been reached, the RNO will be performed).

RNO: 1. Ensure Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW) is in progress or complete. Page 3 7 2. GO TO Step 4.5 4.3 Verify either : Main FDW overfeeding causing excessive temperature decrease.

Main FDW underfeeding causing SG level decrease below setpoint.

RNO: GO TO Step 4.5. 4.5 IAAT Main FDW is operating, AND level in any SG is > 96% on the Operating Range, THEN perform Steps 4.6

- 4.8. RNO: GO TO Step 4.9. 4.9 IAAT TBVs CANNOT control SG pressure at desired setpoint, and TBVs not intentionally isolated:

THEN manually control pressure in affected SGs using either : __ TBVs __ Dispatch two operators to perform Encl 5.24 (Operation of ADVs)

This event is complete when Rule 3 is complete or when directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 21 of 50 Op-Test No.: 1 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 6 Page 2 of 2 Event

Description:

Switchyard Isolate and KHU-2 Lockout Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/ BOP OATC Subsequent Actions Tab (Cont) 4.10 Verify 1RIA

-40 operable with CSAE OFF

-GAS BLOWER operating.

RNO: GO TO Step 4.12 4.12 Verify abnormal RCS leakage existed prior to reactor trip.

RNO: GO TO Step 4.14 4.14 Verify both are closed:

1MS-17 1MS-26 4.15 Verify ES is required.

RNO: 1. Initiate Encl 5.5 (Pzr and LDST Level Control).

Page 2 8 2. GO TO Step 4.17.

4.17 Open:

PCB 20 PCB 21 4.18 Verify Generator Field Breaker open.

4.19 Verify EXCITATION is OFF.

4.20 Verify Aux Bldg and Turbine Bldg Instrument Air pressure

> 90 psig. 4.21 Verify ICS/NNI power available.

4.22 Verify all 4160V switchgear (1TC, 1TD & 1TE) energized.

4.23 Verify both SGs> 550 psig.

4.24 Verify Main FDW operating.

RNO: 1. Ensure Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW) in progress or complete. Page 3 7 2. Ensure SG levels approaching proper setpoint per Rule 7 (SG Feed Control).

3. GO TO Step 4.28.

This event is complete when Rule 3 is complete or when directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 22 of 50 Op-Test No.: 1 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 7 Page 1 of 6 Event

Description:

Blackout due to Loss of second Keowee Unit (KHU

-1) Recover power from CT

-5 Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/ BOP OATC Plant Response:

When KHU-1 trips, a blackout will occur.

Crew Response:

SRO should transfer to the Blackout Tab via the Parallel Action (Foldout) page. Announce plant conditions using PA system Notify OSM to reference E

-plan and NSD 202 EXAMINER NOTE: When the blackout occurs, RCP seal flow will be lost. The SRO should direct the BOP to perform AP/25 (Standby Shutdown Facility Emergency Operating Procedure). This is directed by performing the EOP Immediate Actions or as an OMP 1

-18 Memory Item.

In either case, as the BOP attempts to leave the CR, he will be informed that Unit 2 will perform AP/25.

Blackout Tab:

1. Ensure Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW) is in progress or complete. Page 3 7 2. Verify two ROs available to perform Control Room actions.

3. Direct one operator to perform Encl 5.45 (PSW RCP Seals).

Page 2 2 NOTE During performance of Encl 5.38 (Restoration of Power), progression through the Blackout tab should continue.

4. Notify one RO to perform Encl 5.38 (Restoration of Power). Page 2 5 This event is complete when 1TC, 1TD or 1TE is re

-energized or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 23 of 50 Op-Test No.: 1 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 7 Page 2 of 6 Event

Description:

Blackout due to Loss of second Keowee Unit (KHU

-1) Recover power from CT

-5 Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/ BOP OATC

Enclosure 5.45, PSW RCP Seals NOTE PSW lights do not have lamp check; unexpected results could be an Indication of a burned out light bulb.

1. IAAT notified that PSW is NO longer required, THEN GO TO Step 11. RNO: GO TO Step 2.

2. Verify Unit 2 EOP Encl 5.42 (PSW Power Alignment) in progress or complete.

3. WHEN the Unit 1 PSW 4KV POWER AVAILABLE light lit, THEN perform steps 4

-9. EXAMINER NOTE At this point, the SRO should continue progression Blackout Tab (Cont.)

5. Verify both: Any SG is being fed from main or emergency FDW.

SSF is available to feed SGs.

6. Verify both:

RCS temperature

> 540 o F SSF is available to feed SGs

7. Feed and steam available SGs as necessary to stabilize RCS P/T NOTE Feeding SGs with EFDW is desired above HPI Forced Cooling. Step 8 should be performed prior to re

-performing Rule 3.

100 gpm could cause overcooling if adequate decay heat levels do NOT exist. This event is complete when 1TC, 1TD or 1TE is re

-energized or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 24 of 50 Op-Test No.: 1 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 7 Page 3 of 6 Event

Description:

Blackout due to Loss of second Keowee Unit (KHU

-1) Recover power from CT

-5 Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/ BOP OATC

Blackout Tab (Cont.)

8. IAAT NO SGs are being fed, AND any source of EFDW (Unit 1 or another unit) becomes available, THEN perform Steps 9

-13. RNO: GO TO Step 14. 14. IAAT the SSF is available to feed SGs, AND EFDW from any source is insufficient to maintain stable RCS P/T, THEN notify SSF operator that feeding SGs with SSF ASW is required (SSF CR x

-2766). 15. IAAT power is restored to any of the following:

1TC 1TD 1TE THEN GO TO Step 16. RNO: GO TO Step 21. EXAMINER NOTE: Power will be restored to 1TC/1TD/1TE from the performance of Encl 5.38

-20 are included below.

16. Ensure Step 8 dispositioned appropriately.

17. Verify SSF activated.

NOTE AP/11 (Recovery From Loss of Power) will transition seal injection from SSF to HPI.

18. Communicate status of SG feed and seal injection to SSF operator using x-2766, radio, or plant page.

19. Initiate AP/11 (Recovery from Loss of Power).

Page 4 5 20. GO TO Subsequent Actions tab.

This event is complete when 1TC, 1TD or 1TE is re

-energized or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 25 of 50 Op-Test No.: 1 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 7 Page 4 of 6 Event

Description:

Blackout due to Loss of second Keowee Unit (KHU

-1) Recover power from CT-5 Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/ BOP OATC

Blackout Tab (Cont.)

21. Verify Encl 5.38 (Restoration of Power) is complete.

RNO: 1. Initiate Encl 5.38 (Restoration of Power)

2. WHEN either of the following has been determined:

Standby Bus #1 energized Standby Bus #2 CANNOT be energized, THEN Continue. Encl. 5.38, Restoration of Power

1. Verify power has been restored.

RNO: GO TO Step 3. 3. Place 1HP-31 in HAND and reduce demand to 0.

4. Close 1HP-21. 5. Verify any of the following energized:

MFB1 MFB2 RNO: GO TO Step 8. 8. Verify CT-1 indicates ~ 4160 volts.

RNO: GO TO Step 18. 18. Verify both Standby Bus #1 and Standby Bus #2 are de

-energized (0 volts).

19. Verify both Keowee units operating.

RNO: 1. Emergency start Keowee units:

KEOWEE EMER START CHANNEL A KEOWEE EMER START CHANNEL B

2. IF NO Keowee units are operating, THEN perform the following:

A. Notify Keowee operator to restore a Keowee unit to operable status. B. GO TO Step 38. 38. IAAT CT-5 indicates ~ 4160 volts, THEN GO TO Step 55. This event is complete when 1TC, 1TD or 1TE is re

-energized or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 26 of 50 Op-Test No.: 1 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 7 Page 5 of 6 Event

Description:

Blackout due to Loss of second Keowee Unit (KHU

-1) Recover power from CT

-5 Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/ BOP OATC

CT-2 Encl. 5.38, Restoration of Power (Cont) 55. Place MFB1/2 AUTO/MAN switches in MAN Place Standby 1/2 AUTO/MAN switches in MAN

56. Open the following breakers:

N1 1 MFB1 NORMAL FDR N 2 1 MFB 2 NORMAL FDR E1 1 MFB 1 STARTUP FDR E2 1 MFB 2 STARTUP FDR

57. Place the following switches in MAN: CT4 BUS 1 AUTO/MAN CT4 BUS 2 AUTO/MAN CT5 BUS 1 AUTO/MAN CT5 BUS 2 AUTO/MAN

58. Open the following breakers:

SK1 CT4 STBY BUS 1 FEEDER SK2 CT4 STBY BUS 2 FEEDER

59. Close the following breakers:

SL1 CT5 STBY BUS 1 FEEDER SL2 CT5 STBY BUS 2 FEEDER

60. Place the following switches in AUTO:

CT5 BUS 1 AUTO/MAN CT5 BUS 2 AUTO/MAN

61. Verify Standby Bus #1 energized.

62. Notify CR SRO in each unit where a blackout exists that Standby Bus

1. 1 is energized.

63. Close the following breakers:

S1 1 STBY BUS 1 TO MFB1 S2 1 STBY BUS 2 TO MFB2 This event is complete when 1TC, 1TD or 1TE is re

-energized or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 27 of 50 Op-Test No.: 1 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 7 Page 6 of 6 Event

Description:

Blackout due to Loss of second Keowee Unit (KHU

-1) Recover power from CT

-5 Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/ BOP OATC

Encl. 5.38, Restoration of Power (Cont) 64. Verify any of the following energized:

1TC 1TD 1TE 65. Notify Unit 1 CR SRO of status of 4160V SWGR.

EXAMINER NOTE 66. Verify Jocassee Hydro is being aligned to ONS.

RNO: GO TO Step 68

67. Notify TCC that Jocassee Hydro is NO longer needed.

68. Exit this enclosure.

This event is complete when 1TC, 1TD or 1TE is re

-energized or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 28 of 50 EXAMINER NOTE At any time during this scenario the operator may choose to use Enclosure 5.5 to maintain RCS inventory control. See below.

ENCLOSURE 5.5 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE Maintaining Pzr level >100 [180 acc] will ensure Pzr heater bundles remain covered.

1. Utilize the following as necessary to maintain desired Pzr level:

1A HPI Pump 1B HPI Pump 1HP-26 1HP-7 1HP-120 setpoint or valve demand 1HP-5 __ IF 1HP-26 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP

-410 to maintain desired Pzr level.

2. IAAT makeup to the LDST is desired, THEN makeup from 1A BHUT.

3. IAAT it is desired to secure makeup to LDST, THEN secure makeup from 1A BHUT.

4. IAAT it is desired to bleed letdown flow to 1A BHUT, THEN perform the following:

A. Open: __ 1CS-26 __ 1CS-41 B. Position 1HP

-14 to BLEED.

C. Notify SRO.

5. IAAT letdown bleed is NO longer desired, THEN position 1HP

-14 to NORMAL.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 29 of 50 Page 2 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

6. IAAT 1C HPI PUMP is required, THEN perform Steps 7 - 9. __ GO TO Step 10. 7. Open: 1HP-24 1HP-25 1. __ IF both BWST suction valves (1HP-24 and 1HP

-25) are closed, THEN perform the following:

A. __ Start 1A LPI PUMP.

B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.

C. Open: __ 1LP-15 __ 1LP-16 __ 1LP-9 __ 1LP-10 __ 1LP-6 __ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.

E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A 119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end

). F. __ GO TO Step 8. 2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, THEN perform the following:

A. __ IF three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.

B. __ IF < 2 HPI pumps are operating, THEN start HPI pumps to obtain two HPI pump operation, preferably in opposite headers.

C. __ GO TO Step 9.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 30 of 50 Page3 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

8. Start 1C HPI PUMP.

__ IF at least two HPI pumps are operating, THEN throttle 1HP

-409 to maintain desired Pzr level.

9. Throttle the following as required to maintain desired Pzr level:

1HP-26 1HP-27 1. __ IF at least two HPI pumps are operating, AND 1HP-26 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP

-410 to maintain desired Pzr level.

2. __ IF 1A HPI PUMP and 1B HPI PUMP are operating, AND 1HP-27 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP

-409 to maintain desired Pzr level.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 31 of 50 Page 4 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

10. IAAT LDST level CANNOT be maintained, THEN perform Step

11. __ GO TO Step 13 2. 11. Perform the following:

Open 1HP-24. Open 1HP-25. Close 1HP-16. 1. __ IF both BWST suction valves (1HP-24 and 1HP

-25) are closed, THEN perform the following:

A. __ Start 1A LPI PUMP.

B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.

C. Open: __ 1LP-15 __ 1LP-16 __ 1LP-9 __ 1LP-10 __ 1LP-6 __ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.

E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A 119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end).

F. __ GO TO Step 13. 2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, AND three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.

12. Operate PZR heaters as required to Maintain heater bundle integrity.

NOTE Maintaining PZR level > 100" [180" acc] will ensure PZR Heater bundles remain covered.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 32 of 50 Page 5 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

13. IAAT additional makeup flow to LDST is desired, AND 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP is operating, THEN dispatch an operator to close 1CS

-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) (A 107, Unit 1 RC Bleed Transfer Pump Rm.).

14. IAAT two Letdown Filters are desired, THEN perform the following:

Open 1HP-17. Open 1HP-18 15. IAAT all of the following exist:

Letdown isolated LPSW available Letdown restoration desired THEN perform Steps 16 - 34. {41} __ GO TO Step 35. 16. Open: 1CC-7 1CC-8 1. __ Notify CR SRO that letdown CANNOT be restored due to inability to restart the CC system. 2. __ GO TO Step 35. 17. Ensure only one CC pump running.

18. Place the non

-running CC pump in AUTO. 19. Verify both are open: 1HP-1 1HP-2 1. __ IF 1HP-1 is closed due to 1HP

-3 failing to close, THEN GO TO Step 21. 2. __ IF 1HP-2 is closed due to 1HP

-4 failing to close, THEN GO TO Step 21. 20. GO TO Step 23. NOTE Verification of leakage requires visual observation of East Penetration Room.

21. Verify letdown line leak in East Penetration Room has occurred.

__ GO TO Step 23. 22. GO TO Step 35.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 33 of 50 Page 6 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

23. Monitor for unexpected conditions while restoring letdown.

24. Verify both letdown coolers to be placed in service.

1. __ IF 1A letdown cooler is to be placed in service, THEN open: __1HP-1 __1HP-3 2. __ IF 1B letdown cooler is to be placed in service, THEN open: __1HP-2 __1HP-4 3. __ GO TO Step 26. 25. Open: 1HP-1 1HP-2 1HP-3 1HP-4 26. Verify at least one letdown cooler is aligned. Perform the following:

A. __ Notify CR SRO of problem.

B. __ GO TO Step 35. 27. Close 1HP-6. 28. Close 1HP-7. 29. Verify letdown temperature < 125 F. 1. __ Open 1HP-13. 2. Close: __1HP-8 __1HP-9&11 3. __ IF any deborating IX is in service, THEN perform the following:

A. __Select 1HP

-14 to NORMAL.

B. __Close 1HP

-16. 4. __ Select LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to BYPASS.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 34 of 50 Page 7 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

30. Open 1HP-5. 31. Adjust 1HP

-7 for 20 gpm letdown.

32. WHEN letdown temperature is < 125 F, THEN place LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to NORMAL.

33. Open 1HP-6. 34. Adjust 1HP

-7 to control desired letdown flow. NOTE AP/32 (Loss of Letdown) provides direction to cool down the RCS to offset increasing pressurizer level. 35. IAAT it is determined that letdown is unavailable due to equipment failures or letdown system leakage, THEN notify CR SRO to initiate AP/32 (Loss of Letdown).

36. IAAT > 1 HPI pump is operating, AND additional HPI pumps are NO longer needed, THEN perform the following:

A. Obtain SRO concurrence to reduce running HPI pumps.

B. Secure the desired HPI pumps.

C. Place secured HPI pump switch in AUTO, if desired.

37. IAAT all the following conditions exist:

Makeup from BWST NOT required LDST level > 55 All control rods inserted Cooldown Plateau NOT being used THEN close: 1HP-24 1HP-25 Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 35 of 50 Page 8 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

38. Verify 1CS

-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) has been closed to provide additional makeup flow to LDST.

__ GO TO Step 40. 39. WHEN 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) is NO longer needed to provide additional makeup flow to LDST, THEN perform the following:

A. Stop 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUM P. B. Locally position 1CS

-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) one turn open (A 107, Unit 1 RC Bleed Transfer Pump Rm.).

C. Close 1CS-46. D. Start 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP. E. Locally throttle 1CS

-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) to obtain 90

- 110 psig discharge pressure.

F. Stop 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP. 40. Verify two Letdown Filters in service, AND only one Letdown filter is desired.

__ GO TO Step 42. 41. Perform one of the following:

Place 1HP-17 switch to CLOSE.

Place 1HP-18 switch to CLOSE.

42. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this enclosure.

END Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 36 of 50 Sub s e qu e n t A ct io n s E P/1/A/1800/001 P a rall e l A ct io n s P a g e 1 of 1 CONDI TION AC TIONS 1. P R N I FP OR N I s NOT decreasing G O T O UN P P t a b. UN P P 2. All 4160V SW GR d e-e n er g i z ed {13} G O T O B l ackout t a b. BL AC KOUT 3. C o r e SCM indi ca t es sup er h eat G O T O I C C t a b. ICC 4. Any SC M = 0°F G O T O L O SC M t a b. L O S CM 5. Both SGs int ention ally isol a t ed to stop e x cessive h ea t t ra nsfer G O T O EHT t a b. L OHT 6. Loss of h ea t t ra ns fe r (in cluding loss of a ll M ain and Em er g e ncy F D W) G O T O LOHT t a b. 7. H ea t t ra ns fe r is or h a s been e x cessive G O T O EHT t a b. E HT 8. Indi cations of SGTR g pm G O T O SGTR t a b. S G T R 9. Tu rbine Building flooding NOT ca us ed by ra in fa ll e v e nt G O T O T B F t a b. TBF 10. I n a dv er t ent ES ac tu ation o cc urred Initi a te A P/1/A/1700/042 (I n a dv er t e nt ES A c tu ation). ES 11. V alid ES ac tu ation h a s o cc urred or should h a ve d Initi a te En cl 5.1 (ES A c tu ation). ES 12. P ow e r lost to a ll 4160V SW GR a nd a ny 4160V SW GR re-e n er g i z ed Initi a te A P/11 (R ec ov er y from Loss of P ower). IF En cl 5.1 (ES A c tu ation) h a s b ee n initi a t e d, T H E N reiniti a te En cl 5.1. ROP 13. RC S l ea k a g e > 160 gpm with l etdown isol a t e d Noti f y pl ant st af f th at Em er g e n c y Dose Limits ar e in affect using P A s y st e m. E DL 14. Individu a l a v a il able to m ake noti f i cations Announ c e pl ant conditions using P A s y st e m. Noti f y O SM to refere n c e the Em er g e n c y P l a n a nd N SD 202 (R e po r t abilit y). NO T I FY Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 37 of 50 Rule 3 Loss of Main or Emergency FDW ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

1. V er i f y loss of M ain F D W/E F DW is due to Tu rbine Building Floodin g. G O T O S t e p 3. 2. EXIT this R ul e. 3. IAAT NO SGs ca n be fed with FDW (M ain/C B P/Em er g e n c y), AND a ny of the following e xist: RC S p re ssu r e reac h es 2300 psig OR NDT limit Pz r l e v e l reac h e [ acc] T H E N P E R FORM Rule 4 (Initi ation of H P I F orce d Coolin g). 4. S t ar t operable E F DW pumps, as re qui red, to fee d a ll int ac t SGs. 5. V er i f y a ny E F DW pump opera tin g. G O T O S t e p 7. 6. G O T O S t e p 37. 7. P l ac e in MANUAL a nd clos e: 1 F D W-315 1 F D W-316 Noti f y C R SRO of fa ilu re. 8. V er i f y both: Any C B P operating T BVs a v a il able on a n int ac t SG G O T O S t e p 16. 9. S e l ec t O F F f or both di g it a l c h a nn els on A F I S HEADER A. 10. S e l ec t O F F f or both di g it a l c h a nn els on A F I S HEADER B. 11. P l ac e S t artup B lo c k v alve c ont rol swit c h for a l l int ac t SGs in O PEN: 1A SG 1B SG 1FDW-33 1FDW-42 12. Simult a n eously position S t artup C ont rol v a lv es 10 - op e n on a l l int ac t SGs: 1A SG 1B SG 1FDW-35 1FDW-44 Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 38 of 50 Rule 3 Loss of Main or Emergency FDW AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 13. Perf o rm the followin g: P l ac e 1 F D W-31 swit ch in C L O S E. P l ac e 1 F D W-40 swit ch in C L O S E. Close 1 F D W-32. Close 1 F D W-41. 14. V er i f y Rule 4 (Initi ation of H P I F orce d Coolin g) in p r o g re ss. CAU TION Until SGs ar e d r y, low e r S G p re ssu r e slowly to p re v ent overcoolin g. 1. L ow e r S G p re ssu r e in a v a il able SGs to 500 psi g. 2. C ont rol F DW flow to st abili z e RC S P/T by th rottling the following a s n ece ss ar y: S t artup C ont rol v a lv e s T B Vs 3. Noti f y C R SRO th a t C B P feed is in p r o g re ss.{22} 4. P l ac e swit c h es to O PEN: 1 F D W-38 1 F D W-47 5. P l ac e swit c h es to C L O S E: 1 F D W-36 1 F D W-45 6. G O T O S t e p 16. 15. Clos e: 1 F D W-35 1 F D W-44 1. IF 1 F D W-35 fails op e n, T H E N pl ac e 1 F D W-33 c ont rol swit ch to C L O S E. 2. IF 1 F D W-44 fails op e n, T H E N pl ac e 1 F D W-42 c ont rol swit ch to C L O S E. 16. V er i f y 1 TD E F DW PUMP is operable a nd a v a il able f or m a nu al st ar t. G O T O S t e p 18. 17. Disp a t c h a n operator to perf o r m En cl 5.26 (M a nu a l S t art of TDE F D WP). (P S)

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 39 of 50 Rule 3 Loss of Main or Emergency FDW AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 18. V er i f y cross-tie with Unit 2 is d e si re d. 1. Disp a t c h a n operator to op e n: 3 F D W-313 (3A E F DW Line Dis ch To 3A S/G X-C onn) 3 F D W-314 (3B E F DW Line Dis ch To 3B S/G X-C onn) 2. G O T O S t e p 20. 19. Disp a t c h a n operator to op e n: 2 F D W-313 (2A E F DW Line Dis ch To 2A S/G X-C onn) 2 F D W-314 (2B E F DW Line Dis ch To 2B S/G X-C onn) 20. Disp a t c h a n operator to 1 F D W-313 a nd h a ve th em noti f y the C R wh en in position. 21. Noti f y a lt er n a te unit to: A. P l ac e both E F DW c ont rol v a lv es in m a nu a l a nd clos e d. B. S t ar t th e ir TD E F DW P UM P. Noti f y a lt er n a te unit to: A. P l ac e both E F DW c ont rol v a lv es in m a nu a l a nd clos e d. B. S t ar t both MD E F DW pumps. 22. WH E N e ith e r e xists: Operator is in position a t 1 F D W-313 Unit 1 TD E F DW PUMP h a s been m a nu ally st ar t e d T H E N continu e. NOTE Procedure must continue while cross connects are being opened. 2 3. IAAT an operator is in position at 1FDW-313, AND Unit 1 TD EFDW PUMP is NOT operating, THEN notify the operator to open:

__1 F D W-313 (1A E F DW Line Dis ch To 1A S/G X-C onn) __1 F D W-314 (1B E F DW Line Dis ch To 1B S/G X-Conn) GO TO Step 24 Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 40 of 50 Rule 3 Loss of Main or Emergency FDW AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 24. V er i f y e ith e r e xists: H P I F orce d Cooling is m aint aining c o r e cooling C B P fee d p roviding S G fee d NO T E B e gin op ening E F DW c ont rol v alve wh en this st ep is reac h e d. Flow to the SG will b e gin a s soon a s a lt er n a te unit v alve is o f f clos e d seat or imm e di a t e ly if 1 TD E F D W P is opera tin g. 100 gpm could cause overcooling if a d e qu ate d eca y h ea t l e v els do NOT e xist. 1. Est ablish a m a ximum of 100 gpm to each a v a il able int ac t SG usin g: 1 F D W-315 (1A S G) 1 F D W-316 (1B S G) 2. WH E N h ea t t ra ns fe r is obs er v e d, T H E N fee d a nd st ea m SGs a s n ece ss ar y to st abili z e T c . 3. IF SS F e v ent in p r o g re ss, AND SS F e v ent o cc u rred while in MODE 1 or 2, T H E N fee d SGs p e r Rule 7 (S G Feed C ont rol) T able 1 guid a n ce. 4. IF SS F e v ent NOT in p r o g re ss, AND T c > 550°F, T H E N initi a te c by feeding a nd st eaming int ac t SGs a t a rate th a t p re v ents RC S s a tu ration using e ith er: T B Vs ADVs 5. Noti f y C R SRO of the followin g: S G feed st atus. Rule 3 actions ar e continuin g. 6. G O T O S t e p 26.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 41 of 50 Rule 3 Loss of Main or Emergency FDW AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 25. WH E N e ith e r e xists: Unit 1 TD E F DW PUMP running Ali g nm ent compl e te from a lt er n ate unit. {22} T H E N noti f y C R SRO of the followin g: A. S ou rc e of E F DW a v a il abilit y. B. Rule 3 actions ar e continuin g. 26. IAAT C B P s w er e feeding the SGs, AND C B P fee d h a s b een lost, T H E N: A. Position T BVs a s d e si red by SRO. B. Close 1 F D W-35. C. Close 1 F D W-44. 27. IAAT a n E F DW v alve CANNOT c ont rol in AUTO, OR m a nu al operation of E F DW v alve is d e si red to c ont rol flow/l e v e l, T H E N perf o r m S t eps 28 - 32. G O T O S t e p 33. 28. P l ac e E F DW v alve in MANUA L. G O T O S t e p 31. 29. C ont rol E F DW flow with E F DW v alve in MANUA L. G O T O S t e p 31. 30. G O T O S t e p 33. 31. Noti f y C R SRO th at En cl 5.27 (Alt er n a te M ethods f or C ont rolling E F DW Flow) is b eing initi a t e d. {22} 32. Initi a te En cl 5.27 (Alt er n a te M ethods f or C ont rolling E F DW Flow). 33. V er i f y a ny SCF. IF overcoolin g , OR e x ceeding limits in Rule 7 (S G Fee d C ont r ol), T H E N th rottle E F D W , a s n ece ss ar y. 34. Noti f y the a lt er n a te unit to: Monitor E F D W P para m e t er s. M aint ain U S T l e v e l > 7.5'. Ent e r a pp r op r i a te T S/S L C f or E F DW v a lv e s clos ed in m a nu a l.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 42 of 50 Rule 3 Loss of Main or Emergency FDW AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 35. IAAT Unit 1 E F DW is in operation, T H E N initi a te En cl 5.9 (E x t e nd e d E F DW Operation). 36. WH E N direc t ed by C R SR O, T H E N E XI T. 37. IAAT a n E F DW v alve CANNOT c ont rol in AUTO, OR m a nu al operation of E F DW v alve is d e si red to c ont rol flow/l e v e l, T H E N perf o r m S t eps 38 - 42. G O T O S t e p 43. 38. P l ac e E F DW v alve in MANUA L. G O T O S t e p 41. 39. C ont rol E F DW flow with E F DW v alve in MANUA L. G O T O S t e p 41. 40. G O T O S t e p 43. 41. Noti f y C R SRO th at En cl 5.27 (Alt er n a te M ethods f or C ont rolling E F DW Flow) is b eing initi a t e d. {22} 42. Initi a te En cl 5.27 (Alt er n a te M ethods f or C ont rolling E F DW Flow). 43. V er i f y a ny SCF. CAU TION AT W S e v ents m a y initi ally re qui r e th rottling to p re v ent e x ceeding pump limits a nd addition a l th rottling on c e the R x is shutdown to p re v ent overcoolin g. IF overcoolin g , OR e x ceeding limits in Rule 7 (S G Fee d C ont r ol), T H E N th rottle E F D W , a s n ece ss ar y. 44. IAAT Unit 1 E F DW is in operation, T H E N initi a te En cl 5.9 (E x t e nd e d E F DW Operation). 45. WH E N direc t ed by C R SR O, T H E N E XI T.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 43 of 50 Enclosure 5.9 Extended EFDW Operation AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 1. Monitor E F DW para m e t ers on E F W g raphic displ a y. 2. IAAT U S T l e v el is < 4', T H E N G O T O S t ep 120. 3. IAAT feeding both SGs with one MD E F D W P is d e si re d, T H E N perf o r m S t eps 4 - 7. G O T O S t e p 8. 4. P l ac e E F DW c ont rol v alve on SG with NO E F DW flow to MANUAL a nd clos e d: 1A 1B 1FDW-315 1FDW

-316 5. L o cally op e n: 1 F D W-313 (1A E F DW Line Dis ch To 1A S/G X-C onn) (T-1, 1' N of M-16, 18' up) 1 F D W-314 (1B E F DW Line Dis ch To 1B S/G X-C onn) (T-1, 3' S of M-24, 10' up) 6. Ensu r e a MD E F D W P is opera tin g. 7. Th rottle E F DW c ont rol v alve on SG with NO E F DW flow to e st ablish a pp r op r i ate l e v e l p e r Rule 7 (S G Fee d C ont r ol): 8. Perf o r m a s re qui red to m aint ain U S T l e v e l > 7.5': M a k eup with d emin w a t er. P l ac e CST pumps in AUTO.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 44 of 50 Enclosure 5.9 Extended EFDW Operation AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 9. IAAT a ll e xist: R apid cooldown NOT in p r o g re ss MD E F D W P operating f or each a v a il able SG E F DW flow in eac h h ea d er < 600 g pm T H E N pl ac e 1 TD E F DW PUMP swit ch in P U L L TO L O C K. 10. V er i f y 1 TD E F DW PUMP opera tin g. G O T O S t e p 12. 11. S t art TD E F D W P B EA R ING OIL C OO L ING P UM P. NOTE Loss of the condensate system for

> 25 minutes results in cooling down to LPI using the ADVs. If NO HWPs are operating, continuing this enclosure to restore the condensate system is a priority unless the CRS deems EOP activities higher priority. The 25 minute criterion is satisfied when a HWP is started and 1C

-10 is 10% open.

If the condensate system is operating, the remaining guidance establishes FDW recirc, monitors and maintains UST, and transfers EFDW suction to the hotwell if required.

12. Noti f y C R SRO to s e t p r io rity b a s e d on the NOTE a bove a nd EOP activiti e s. 13. IAAT it is d e t er min ed th a t c ond e ns ate flow CANNOT be resto red within 25 minut e s, T H E N G O T O S t e p 90. 14. V er i f y a ny H W P opera tin g. 1. P l ac e a ll C B P c ont rol swit c h es to O FF. 2. G O T O S t e p 20. 20. V er i f y a loss of pow e r e v ent ca us ed the loss of the s ec ond ar y s y st e m. G O T O S t e p 24. 21. Ensu r e A P/11 (R ec ov er y From Loss of P ow er) is in p r o g re ss. Page 42 22. WH E N A P/11 (R ec ov er y From Loss of P ow er) h a s resto red 600v lo a d ce nt ers, AND a H W P is opera tin g , T H E N disp a t c h a n operator to st ar t a ll C B P Aux Oil Pumps. (T-1/J-21)

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 45 of 50 AP/11 Recovery From Loss of Power AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 4.1 Announce AP entry using OMP 1

-18 Placard. 4.2 IAAT all exist:

__1KI energized

__Pzr level > 80" [180"acc]

__Pzr heaters are desired T H E N ensure PZR heaters in AUTO.

4.3 Verify

load shed of inverters was performed per Unit 1 EOP Encl (Load Shed of Inverters During SBO). G O T O S t e p 4.9. 4.9 Verify load shed has initiated as indicated by either of the following statalarms on

__1SA-15/D-4 (EL LOAD SHED CHNL A LOGIC INITIATE)

__1SA-14/D-4 (EL LOAD SHED CHNL B LOGIC INITIATE) 4.10 Verify load shed is complete as indicatd by LOAD SHED COMPLETE on any ES Channel (Channel 1 or 2).

4.11 Verify breakers closed:

__1TC INCOMING FDR BUS 1

__1TC INCOMING FDR BUS 2 __1TD INCOMING FDR BUS 1

__1TD INCOMING FDR BUS 2 __1TE INCOMING FDR BUS 1 __1TE INCOMING FDR BUS 2 1.__Notify CRS to have SPOC investigate and repair. 2.__Continue 4.12 Verify 1SA

-15/E-6 (EL SWYD ISOLATION CONFIRMED CHNL A LOGIC) is OFF. G O T O S t e p 4.15. 4.13 Verify 1SA

-14/E-6 (EL SWYD ISOLATION CONFIRMED CHNL B LOGIC) is OFF. G O T O S t e p 4.15.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 46 of 50 AP/11 Recovery From Loss of Power AC TION/E X P E C TE D R ES P ON S E R ES P ON S E NOT O BTAIN ED 4.14 GO TO step 4.17.

4.15 Verify any Oconee unit receiving power from its normal source (1T, 2T, 3T). G O T O S t e p 4.17. 4.17 Verify load shed was initiated as indicated by either of the following statalarms on

__1SA-15/D-4 (EL LOAD SHED CHNL A LOGIC INITIATE)

__1SA-14/D-4 (EL LOAD SHED CHNL B LOGIC INITIATE)

GO TO Step 4.22.

4.1 8 Verify ES has occurred.

. GO TO Step 4.20.

4.20 Simultaneously press RESET on both of the following pushbuttons to reset Main Feeder Bus Monitor Panel Load Shed Circuitry:

MFB UNDERVOLTAGE CHANNEL 1 RESET MFB UNDERVOLTAGE CHANNEL 2 RESET 1.__Notify CRS to have SPOC investigate and repair. 2.__Continue 4.21 Verify load shed was initiated as indicated

by either of the following statalarms on

__1SA-15/D-4 (EL LOAD SHED CHNL A LOGIC INITIATE)

__1SA-14/D-4 (EL LOAD SHED CHNL B LOGIC INITIATE)

1. Locally PERFORM the following at MFB MONITOR RERLAY PANEL BUS 1 and MFB MONITOR RELAY PANEL BUS 2 (Unit 1 Cable Room):

Simultaneously press RESET on both of the following pushbutons to reset Main Feeder Bus Monitor Panel Load Shed Circuitry:

__MFB UNDERVOLTAGE CHANNEL 1 RESET __MFB UNDERVOLTAGE CHANNEL 2 RESET 2. WHEN both of the following exist:

__1SA-15/D-4 (EL LOAD SHED CHNL A LOGIC INITIATE) off

__1SA-14/D-4 (EL LOAD SHED CHNL B LOGIC INITIATE) off THEN continue procedure.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 47 of 50

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 48 of 50

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 Page 49 of 50 CRITICAL TASKS

1. CT-1 , Trip the reactor when CR G r oup 1 drops into the core.

Perform IMAs within 5 minutes of Group 1 control rods dropping into the core.

The Reactor must be tripped prior to the completion of Immediate Manual Actions (IMAs). Failure to trip the reactor allows operation in an unanalyzed condition.

2. CT-2 (BWOG CT

-8), Electrical power alignment.

Restore Power from CT

-5 prior to the completion of EOP Encl. 5.38. Failure to restore power affects ability of various ECCS equipment.

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 SAFETY: Take a Minute UNIT 0 (SM)

SSF Operable: Yes (U2/U3 only)

KHU's Operable: U1

- OH, U2 - UG LCTs Operable: 2 Fuel Handling: No UNIT STATUS (CRS)

Unit 1 Simulator Other Units Mode: 2 Unit 2 Unit 3 Reactor Power: 0.02% Mode: 1 Mode: 1 Gross MWE: N/A 100% Power 100% Power RCS Leakage: 0.0 gpm EFDW Backup: Yes EFDW Backup: Yes RBNS Rate:

0.01 gpm Technical Specifications/SLC Items (CRS)

Component/Train OOS Date/Time Restoration Required Date/Time TS/SLC # SSF ( < 85% ) Yesterday 0000 6 Days TS 3.10.1 A B C D E Shift Turnover Items (CRS)

Primary Tave = 536°F Startup procedure at step 3.36 (OP/1/A/1102/001, Enclosure 4.7)

Increase Reactor power to 7%

Stop after completing step 3.44 and wait for a maneuvering plan from reactor engineering Unit 2 CRS has oversight during the power increase Maintain Letdown flow

< 70 gpm per Chemistry request.

Secondary 1SSH-1, 1SSH-3, 1SD-2, 1SD-5, 1SD-140, 1SD-303, 1SD-355, 1SD-356 and 1SD

-358 are closed with power supply breakers open per the Startup Procedure for SSF Overcooling Event.

1AS-35 throttled per Secondary Chemist to provide steam to E heaters for secondary O2 removal.

Temporary OAC alarms for FDW Loop A/B Composite Valve Demand set at 9.8% per SU Procedure.

PSW 4KV Power is unavailable

. The National Weather Service has issued a severe thunderstorm watch, effective for the next 4 hours0.167 days <br />0.0238 weeks <br />0.00548 months <br /> for an area including Stephens County, Georgia: and Oconee, Pickens, and Anderson Counties of South Carolina.

Reactivity Management (CRS)

RCS Boron = 1680 ppmb Gp 6 Rod Position:

72 % R 1 Reactivity management controls established in the Control Room per SOMP 01-02 Human Performance Emphasis (SM)

Procedure Use and Adherence

CRO-113 - a Page 1 of 10 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CRO-113 Perform Control Rod Movement PT for Group 1

CANDIDATE EXAMINER CRO-113 - a Page 2 of 10 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE Task: Perform Control Rod Movement PT for Group 1 Alternate Path:

No Facility JPM #:

New K/A Rating(s):

System: 00 1 K/A: G2.2.2 Rating: 4.6/4.1 Task Standard:

Perform Control Rod Movement PT for Group 1 in accordance with PT/1/A/0600/015 Encl. 13.2 (Control Rod Movement at Power)

Preferred Evaluation Location:

Preferred Evaluation Method:

Simulator __X__ In-Plant __ ___ Perform __X___ Simulate ____

References:

PT/1/A/0600/015 Encl. 13.2 (Control Rod Movement at Power)

OP/1/A/1102/004 A (ICS Operation)

Validation Time:

1 5 minutes Time Critical:

NO =====================================================================================

Candidate:

_______________________________________

Time Start: _______________

NAME Time Finish: ______________

Performance Rating:

SAT ______ UNSAT ______

Performance Time _________

Examiner: ______________________________ ____________________________________/________

NAME SIGNATURE DATE =====================================================================================

COMMENTS CRO-113 - a Page 3 of 10 SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

1. RECALL snap 215

2. Go to RUN and acknowledge alarms

3. Go to FREEZE 4. Ensure Control Room reactivity rope in place 5. Ensure clean copy of in-progress procedure in notebook for candidate.

6. GO to RUN when directed by lead examiner

CRO-113 - a Page 4 of 10 Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:

PT/1/A/0600/015 Encl. 13.2 (Control Rod Movement at Power)

OP/1/A/1102/004 A (ICS Operation)

READ TO OPERATOR DIRECTION TO TRAINEE:

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Unit 1 at 100% power

PT/1/A/0600/015 (Control Rod Movement) in progress for Group 1 ONLY.

3.2 (Control Rod Movement At Power) complete up to Step 3.3.

INITIATING CUE:

The CRS dire c ts you to complete Encl. 13.2 (Control Rod Movement PT

) for Group 1 beginning at Step 3.3.

CRO-113 - a Page 5 of 10 START TIME: _______

NOTE: When operating switches on Diamond, maintain switch depressed until light indication changes state.

STEP 1: Step 3.3 Perform the following: (R.M.)

Ensure SEQ OR is ON.

Ensure SAFETY RODS OUT BYPASS is ON.

Ensure RUN is ON.

Ensure SINGLE SELECT SWITCH selected to ALL.

STANDARD: The candidate will:

• Depress the SEQ/SEQ OR pushbutton and verify the SEQ OR light is lit *Depress the SRO BYPASS switch and verify the light is lit Verify the RUN light is lit Verifies the SINGLE SELECT SWITCH selected to ALL. Continue to Step 3.4 COMMENTS:

• CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT NOTE: CRD Groups 1

-Calculation at Power enclosure of PT/1/A/1103/015 (Reactivity Balance Procedure) to be valid.

STEP 2: Step 3.4 IF AT ANY TIME any CRD Group 1

-inserting associated group. (R.M.)

STANDARD: Monitor CRD Group 1

-6 position and stop inserting if any reach Continue to Step 3.5 COMMENTS:

___ SAT ___ UNSAT CRO-113 - a Page 6 of 10 STEP 3: Step 3.5 Perform the following to test CRD Group 1: (R.M.)

3.5.1 Ensure

GROUP SELECT SWITCH to 1.

STANDARD: Rotate the GROUP SELECT SWITCH to 1.

Continue to Step 3.5.2 COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 4: Step 3.5.2 Ensure Group 1 CONTROL ON lights are ON. (PI panel)

STANDARD: Determine that the Group 1 CONTROL ON lights are ON. (PI panel)

Continue to Step 3.5.3 COMMENTS:

___ SAT ___ UNSAT CRO-113 - a Page 7 of 10 NOTE: 1SA-2/C-10 "CRD Safety Rods Not At Upper Limit" will alarm when Safety Groups are inserted.

Control rods should NOT be left inserted. Rod withdrawal should commence immediately after insertion is complete.

STEP 5: Step 3.5.3 Perform the following:

A. Insert CRD Group 1.

B. WHEN all 100% lights OFF, stop insertion.

C. Begin Group 1 withdraw to 100%.

NOTE: In RUN speed, all rod motion is inhibited 12 seconds after first rod reaches OUT LIMIT.

D. WHEN OUT LIMIT is ON, maintain WITHDRAW until CRD TRAVEL "Out" light OFF.

STANDARD: A. Insert CRD Group 1 using the "Joy Stick" on the Diamond B. Monitor the 100% lights on the PI Panel and when they are OFF, stop insertion.

C. Begin Group 1 withdraw to 100% using the "Joy Stick" on the Diamond. D. When the OUT LIMIT light on the Diamond is ON, maintain WITHDRAW until CRD TRAVE L "Out" light OFF.

Continue to Step 3.5.4 COMMENTS:

CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 6: Step 3.5.4 Verify all 100% lights are ON for Group 1. (PI Panel)

STANDARD: Determine that all 100% lights are ON for Group 1. (PI Panel)

Continue to Step 3.5.5 COMMENTS:

___ SAT ___ UNSAT CRO-113 - a Page 8 of 10 STEP 7: Step 3.5.5 Verify unit is stable.

STANDARD: Monitor reactor power, Tave, and RCS pressure to determine that the unit is stable.

Continue to Step 3.13 COMMENTS:

___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 8: Step 3.13 Perform the following: (R.M.)

Ensure SEQ is ON.

Ensure GROUP SELECT SWITCH to OFF.

Ensure SAFETY RODS OUT BYPASS is OFF.

STANDARD: Depress the SEQ/SEQ OR pushbutton and verify the SEQ light is lit Rotate the GROUP SELECT SWITCH to OFF. Depress the SRO BYPASS switch and verify the light is OFF. Cue: Another RO will complete this procedure.

COMMENTS: END TASK CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STOP TIME: ____________

CRO-113 - a Page of 10 CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS:

STEP # Explanation 1 Step is required to test CRD group 1.

3 Step is required to test CRD group 1.

5 Step is required to test CRD group 1.

8 Step is required to return system to normal.

a CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Unit 1 at 100% power

PT/1/A/0600/015 (Control Rod Movement) in progress for Group 1 ONLY.

3.2 (Control Rod Movement At Power) complete up to Step 3.3.

INITIATING CUE:

The CRS directs to complete the Control Rod Movement PT for Group 1 beginning at Step 3.3.

CRO-226 - d Page 1 of 12 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CRO-226 Re-establish RCP Seal Flow Using PSW System

CANDIDATE EXAMINER CRO-226 - d Page 2 of 12 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE Task:

Re-establish RCP Seals Using PSW System Alternate Path:

No Facility JPM #:

New K/A Rating(s):

System: 004 K/A: A4.11 Rating:

3.4/3.3 Task Standard:

Re-establish RCP seal injection flow using EOP Enclosure 5.45 (PSW RCP Seals)

Preferred Evaluation Location:

Preferred Evaluation Method:

Simulator __X__ In-Plant __ ___ Perform __X___ Simulate ____

References:

EOP Enclosure 5.45 (PSW RCP Seals)

Validation Time:

1 5 minutes Time Critical:

NO =====================================================================================

Candidate:

_______________________________________

Time Start: _______________

NAME Time Finish: ______________

Performance Rating:

SAT ______ UNSAT ______

Performance Time _________

Examiner: ______________________________ ____________________________________/________

NAME SIGNATURE DATE

=========================================================================

COMMENTS CRO-226 - d Page 3 of 12 SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

1. RECALL snap 216 2. IMPORT CRO-226 sim files

3. Go to RUN and acknowledge alarms

4. Go to FREEZE 5. ENSURE clean copy of procedure in notebook for candidate

6. GO to RUN when directed by lead examiner

CRO-226 - d Page 4 of 12 Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:

EOP Enclosure 5.45 (PSW RCP Seals)

READ TO OPERATOR DIRECTION TO TRAINEE:

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you. INITIAL CONDITIONS:

SSF RCMU pump is OOS

Unit 1 tripped from 100% power due to a Switchyard Isolation

Blackout tab has been entered

Unit 2 EOP Encl. 5.42 (PSW Power Alignment) is complete

INITIATING CUE:

The CRS directs you to perform EOP Encl

. 5.45 (PSW RCP Seals).

CRO-226 - d Page 5 of 12 START TIME: _______

STEP 1: Step 1 IAAT notified that PSW is NO longer required, THEN GO TO Step 11 STANDARD: Determine that PSW is required by referring to the cue sheet.

Continue to Step 1 RNO COMMENTS: ___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 2: Step 1 RNO GO TO Step 2 STANDARD: GO TO Step 2 COMMENTS:

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 3: Step 2 Verify Unit 2 EOP Encl. 5.42 (PSW Power Alignment) in progress or complete. STANDARD: Determine that Encl. 5.42 is complete by referring to the cue sheet.

Continue to Step 3 COMMENTS: ___ SAT ___ UNSAT CRO-226 - d Page 6 of 12 STEP 4: Step 3 WHEN the Unit 1 PSW 4KV POWER AVAILABLE light is lit, THEN perform step 4

- 9. STANDARD: Determine that the PSW 4KV POWER AVAILABLE light is lit located on 1EF7. Continue to Step 4 COMMENTS: ___ SAT

___ UNSAT NOTE There is a 40 second time delay in the swap from Normal to PSW power on HPIPs.

STEP 5: Step 4 Verify 1A PSW SELECTED HPI PUMP white light lit.

STANDARD: Determine the 1A PSW SELECTED HPI PUMP white light lit located on 1EF7. Continue to Step 5 COMMENTS: ___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 6: Step 5 Perform the following:

Place 1A HPI PUMP POWER TRANSFER to PSW.

WHEN the 1A HPI PUMP POWER TRANSFER amber light is on, THEN GO TO Step 8. STANDARD: Rotate the 1A HPI PUMP POWER TRANSFER to PSW located on 1EF7. After 40 seconds, determine that the amber light illuminates and then continue. GO TO Step 8. COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT CRO-226 - d Page 7 of 12 STEP 7: Step 8 Verify one HPI pump aligned to PSW power.

STANDARD: Determine that 1A HPI PUMP is aligned to PSW power by observing the 1A HPI PUMP POWER TRANSFER switch in the PSW position.

Continue to Step 9 COMMENTS: ___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 8: Step 9 Place POWER TRANSFER switch to PSW on the following:

1HP-24 1HP-26 1RC-159/1RC-160 1RC-157/1RC-158 1RC-155/1RC-156 STANDARD: Place the above switches located on 1EF7 to the PSW position and verify that the associated amber lights illuminate

. Continue to Step 10 COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT ___ UNSAT CRO-226 - d Page 8 of 12 NOTE RCP seals from PSW should only be used if normal HPI and the SSF RCMU pump can NOT supply seals.

STEP 9: Step 10 WHEN it is determined that both, of the following are unable to supply RCP seals:

Normal HPI SSF RCMU THEN GO TO Step 16. STANDARD: Determine that both Normal HPI (no power) and SSF RCMU (cue sheet) are NOT available to supply RCP seals.

GO TO Step 16. COMMENTS: ___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 10: Step 16 Open 1 HP-24 STANDARD: Open 1HP-24 located on 1UB1 by placing the switch to open and verifying the red open light is lit and the green closed light goes out. Continue to Step 17 COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 1 1: Step 17 Close 1HP-139 STANDARD: Close 1HP-139 located on 1UB1 by placing the switch to close and verifying the red open light goes out and the green closed light is lit.

Continue to Step 18 COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT CRO-226 - d Page 9 of 12 NOTE ES may have actuated requiring manual control of HPI.

STEP 1 2: Step 18 Verify 1HP

-26 closed STANDARD: Determine that 1HP-26 is closed by observing that the 1HP

-26 green closed light is lit. The OAC may also be used to determine the position of 1HP-26. Continue to Step 19 COMMENTS: ___ SAT

___ UNSAT NOTE 1HP-120 may be operable and could supply makeup flow when the PSW HPIP is started.. STEP 1 3: Step 19 Ensure 1HP

-120 in manual with demand at zero.

STANDARD: Place 1HP-120 to manual and reduce demand to zero using the toggle switch. Continue to Step 20 COMMENTS: ___ SAT

___ UNSAT NOTE HPI pump ammeter will not respond when HPI pump is powered from PSW.

STEP 1 4: Step 20 Start an HPI Pump by positioning HPI PUMP START FROM PSW POWER to START.

STANDARD: Place the HPI PUMP START FROM PSW POWER switch to START.

Continue to Step 21 COMMENTS:

CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT CRO-226 - d Page 10 of 12 STEP 1 5: Step 21 Throttle 1HP

-140 to obtain 30

- 35 gpm RCP Seal flow.

STANDARD: Throttle 1HP

-140 to obtain 30

- 35 gpm RCP Seal flow on the gauge located on 1UB1

. Continue to Step 2 2 Cue: Inform candidate that another RO will continue with this procedure.

COMMENTS: END TASK CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STOP TIME: ____________

CRO-226 - d Page 11 of 12 CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS:

STEP # Explanation 6 Step is required to power the 1A HPIP from PSW.

8 Step is required to power the valves from PSW.

10 Step is required to supply the HPIP suction from the BWST.

11 Step is required to prevent shocking the RCP seals.

14 Step is required to supply the RCP with seal flow. 1 5 Step is required to supply the RCP with seal flow.

d CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK) INITIAL CONDITIONS:

SSF RCMU pump is OOS

Unit 1 tripped from 100% power due to a Switchyard Isolation

Blackout tab has been entered

Unit 2 EOP Encl. 5.42 (PSW Power Alignment) is complete

INITIATING CUE:

The CRS directs you to perform EOP Encl. 5.45 (PSW RCP Seals).

CRO-306 - b Page 1 of 13 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CRO-306 ALIGN HPI/LPI PIGGYBACK MODE CANDIDATE EXAMINER CRO-306 - b Page 2 of 13 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE Task:

Align HPI/LPI Piggyback Mode Alternate Path

Yes Facility JPM #

CRO-30 6 K/A Rating(s)

System: EPE 009 K/A: EK3.21 Rating:

4.2/4.5 Task Standard

Steps of EOP Enclosure 5.12 are properly completed by the candidate to align HPI/LPI piggyback mode and total HPI flow is throttled to less than 750 gpm.

Preferred Evaluation Location

Preferred Evaluation Method

Simulator __X__ In-Plant __ ___ Perform __X___ Simulate ____ References

EOP Enclosure 5.12, ECCS Suction Swap to RBES Validation Time:

20 minutes Time Critical:

NO ====================================================================================

Candidate:

_______________________________________

Time Start: __

_______ NAME Time Finish: ________

Performance Rating:

SAT ______ UNSAT ______

Performance Time

_________

Examiner: ______________________________

____________________________________/________

NAME SIGNATURE DATE

========================================================================

COMMENTS CRO-306 - b Page 3 of 13 SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS

1. RECALL Snap 21 7 2. IMPORT files for CRO-306 3. ENSURE SHO WDIG O1P1600 is on an OAC screen 4. ENSURE clean copy of Encl. 5.12 in notebook for candidate

5. When directed by the lead examiner, g o to RUN CRO-306 - b Page 4 of 13 Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed

EOP Enclosure 5.12, ECCS Suction Swap to RBES

READ TO OPERATOR DIRECTION TO TRAINEE

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS

A small break LOCA has occurred which is depleting the BWST.

The EOP is in progress.

IAAT Step 94 of the LOSCM tab directs the initiation of Enclosure 5.12, ECCS Suction Swap to RBES at 19' in BWST

.

INITIATING CUES

The Control Room SRO directs you to perform Enclosure 5.12, ECCS Suction Swap to RBES.

CRO-306 - b Page 5 of 13 START TIME: _______

STEP 1: Step 1 Start: __ 1A LPI PUMP

__ 1B LPI PUMP STANDARD: Candidate locates the controls for 1A and 1B LPI pumps on 1UB2 and determines that 1A and 1B LPI pumps are off by observing the white trip light illuminated and red close lights OFF

. *Candidate rotates control switch to the CLOSE position for 1A (Critical) and 1B (NOT Critical)

LPI pump s. The red CLOSE lights are observed to be on and the white TRIP light is observed to be off.

Candidate observes the 1A LPIP amps are . Candidate determines the 1B LPIP did not start by no amps and the white TRIP light is still illuminated.

Continues to Step 1 RNO COMMENTS:

• CR ITICAL STEP

___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 2: Step 1 RNO 1. IF NO LPI pumps are operating, THEN GO TO step 85. 2. IF 1C LPI PUMP is operating, THEN GO TO step 87 STANDARD: Candidate determines that neither of the above are satisfied and continues to step 2.

COMMENTS: ___ SAT

___ UNSAT CRO-306 - b Page 6 of 13 STEP 3: Step 2 Verify either: __ LPI FLOW TRAIN A plus __ Only one LPI header is operating, AND STANDARD: Candidate locates LPI Flow Train A and B flow meters on 1UB1. Observes flow in both headers to be 0 gpm.

Continues to Step 2 RNO. COMMENTS: ___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 4: Step 2 RNO GO TO Step 4. STANDARD: Candidate goes to Step 4.

COMMENTS:

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 5: Step 4 Verify three HPI pumps operating.

STANDARD: Candidate locate s HPI pump controls on 1UB1 and determine s that all three HPI pumps are operating by observing the red ON light s illuminated and HPIP motor amps are stable

. Continues to Step 5.

COMMENTS: ___ SAT ___ UNSAT CRO-306 - b Page 7 of 13 STEP 6: Step 5 Stop 1B HPI PUMP.

STANDARD: Candidate locate s the pump switch for the 1B HPI Pump on 1UB1 and stops the pump by rotating the switch to the OFF position.

Candidate verifies the red ON light goes out, the white OFF light is illuminated, and motor amps go to zero.

NOTE: Candidate may throttle HPI per rule 6 guidance (< 475 gpm) if flow in the 'A' HPI Header is > 475 gpm. Continues to Step 6.

COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 7: Step 6 Simultaneously open: __ 1LP-15 __ 1LP-16 STANDARD: Candidate locates 1LP

-15 and 1LP

-16 on 1UB2 and opens both valves simultaneously by taking each switch to the open position. Verify that the closed green light goes off and the red open light illuminates for each valve. Continues to Step 7.

COMMENTS: CR ITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT ALTERNATE PATH STEP 8: Step 7 Verify two LPI pumps operating.

STANDARD: Candidate determines that ONLY the 1A LPI pump is operating by observing that the 1A LPIP has amps and red light indicate the breaker is closed while the 1B LPIP has no amps and the white TRIPPED light is illuminated

.. Continues to Step 7 RNO which directs the candidate to Step 10.

COMMENTS: ___ SAT ___ UNSAT CRO-306 - b Page 8 of 13 STEP 9: Step 10 Maximize total LPI flow < 3100 gpm by throttling HPI flow

. STANDARD: Candidate determines that there is 0 gpm LPI flow and since RCS pressure is above the shutoff head for the LPI pumps, LPI cannot inject and is therefore maximized.

Continues to Step 11.

COMMENTS: ___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 1 0: Step 11 Limit total HPI flow to

< 750 gpm including seal injection STANDARD: Candidate sums HPI header flows and seal injection flow and determines that total HPI flow is > 750 gpm and throttles 1HP

-26 and/or 1HP

-27 to reduce total HPI flow to

< 750. Continues to Step 12.

As left flows: "A" header ________

Seal Inj. ________

"B" header ________

COMMENTS: CR ITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 1 1: Step 1 2 Place LDST LEVEL INTERLOCK switch in DISABLE. STANDARD: Candidate places LDST LEVEL INTERLOCK switch located on 1UB1 to DISABLE by taking the switch to the DISABLE position.

Continues to Step 13.

COMMENTS:

___ SAT ___ UNSAT CRO-306 - b Page 9 of 13 STEP 1 2: Step 1 3 Position valve switches to close until valve travel is initiated:

__ 1HP-23 __ 1HP-24 __ 1HP-25 STANDARD: Candidate position s the following valve switches located on 1UB1 to close until valve travel is initiated:

__ 1HP-23 __ 1HP-24 __ 1HP-25 Candidate recognizes valve travel has been initiated when the green close light illuminates.

Continues to Step 14 after valve travel has been initiated for all three valves.

COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 1 3: Step 1 4 Simultaneously position valve switches to open until valve travel is initiated:

__ 1HP-939 __ 1HP-940 STANDARD: Candidate simultaneously position s the following valve switches located on 1UB2 to open until valve travel is initiated:

__ 1HP-939 __ 1HP-940 Candidate recognizes valve travel has been initiated when the red open light illuminates.

Continues to Step 15 after valve travel has been initiated for both valves.

COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT CRO-306 - b Page 10 of 13 STEP 1 4: Step 1 5 Verify either fully open: __ 1LPSW-4 __ 1LPSW-5 STANDARD: Candidate locates 1LPSW

-4 and 1LPSW

-5 on 1VB2 and determines that they are fully open by observing the red open light illuminated and green closed light OFF.

Continues to Step 16.

COMMENTS: ___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 1 5: Step 1 6 Verify both open: __ 1LPSW-4 __ 1LPSW-5 STANDARD: Candidate locates 1LPSW

-4 and 1LPSW

-5 on 1VB2 and determines that they are both fully open by observing the red open light lit and green closed light OFF for both valves

. Continue to step 17.

COMMENTS: ___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 1 6: Step 1 7 GO TO Step 24 STANDARD: Candidate proceeds to step 24

COMMENTS:

___ SAT ___ UNSAT CRO-306 - b Page 11 of 13 STEP 1 7: Step 24 Verify both:

Step 8 RNO was used to secure an LPI pump due to low flow conditions.

LPSW is aligned to cooler associated with stopped LPI pump.

STANDARD: Candidate determines that both conditions are NOT met and goes to step 24 RNO which directs the candidate to Step

26. COMMENTS: ___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 18: Step 26 WHEN BWST level is

< 9', AND RB level is rising, THEN continue in this enclosure.

STANDARD: Candidate begins to monitor BWST level.

CUE: Another operator will continue with this procedure.

COMMENTS: END OF TASK ___ SAT

___ UNSAT STOP TIME: ____________

CRO-306 - b Page 12 of 13 CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS STEP # Explanation 1 Step is required to start an LPI pump so LPI can supply suction to the HPI pumps.

6 Step is required to reduce number of HPI pumps to two.

7 Step is required to align a flow path from LPI pump discharge to HPI pump suction.

1 0 Step is required to ensure proper HPI pump operation 1 2 Step is required to isolate the suction flow path to the LPI pumps from the BWST and the LDST. 1 3 Step is required to prevent over pressurizing the LDST.

b CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS

A small break LOCA has occurred which is depleting the BWST.

The EOP is in progress.

IAAT Step 94 of the LOSCM tab directs the initiation of Enclosure 5.12, ECCS Suction Swap to RBES at 19' in BWST

.

INITIATING CUES The Control Room SRO directs you to perform Enclosure 5.12, ECCS Suction Swap to RBES.

CRO-413 - f Page 1 of 14 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE

CRO-413 Initiate HPI Forced Cooling

CANDIDATE EXAMINER CRO-413 - f Page 2 of 14 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE Task:

Initiate HPI Forced Cooling Alternate Path:

Yes Facility JPM #:

CRO-019, CRO-020 K/A Rating(s):

System: EPE 0 74 K/A: EA1.08 Rating:

4.2/4.2 Task Standard:

Perform Rule 4 (Initiate HPI Forced Cooling

). Preferred Evaluation Location:

Preferred Evaluation Method: Simulator

__X___ In-Plant ___ __ Perform __X___ Simulate ____

References:

EOP Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW

) EOP Rule 4 (Initiate HPI Forced Cooling

) TCA #26, Initiate HPI Forced Cooling when required Validation Time

10 minutes Time Critical:

YES ====================================================================================

Candidate:

_______________________________________

Time Start: __

_______ NAME Time Finish: ________

Performance Rating:

SAT ______ UNSAT ______

Performance Time

_________ Examiner: ______________________________ ____________________________________/________

NAME SIGNATURE DATE

========================================================================

COMMENTS CRO-413 - f Page 3 of 14 SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

1. RECALL Snap 218 2. IMPORT simulator files for CRO

-413 3. ENSURE clean in-progress Rule 3 available for candidate

4. ENSURE clean Rule 4 in place on control board

5. Go t o RUN when directed by lead examiner

CRO-413 - f Page 4 of 14 Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:

EOP Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW

) EOP Rule 4 (Initiate HPI Forced Cooling

)

READ TO OPERATOR DIRECTION TO TRAINEE:

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure yo u

indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Unit 1 has tripped following a total loss of feedwater IMAs are complete The crew has been performing Rule # 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW

) to regain heat transfe r CBP feed could not be established and efforts to restore steam generator heat transfer per Rule # 3 have not been successful You are at the step 22 "WHEN" step in Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW

) INITIATING CUES:

The CRS directs you to review outstanding IAAT's

.

This JPM is Time Critical

CRO-413 - f Page 5 of 14 START TIME: _______ STEP 1: The candidate determines that it is necessary to perform Rule 4 based on IAAT in Rule 3 or in accordance with OMP 1-18 STANDARD: Candidate announces the initiation of Rule 4.

Examiner Cue: If requested, provide concurrence (as CRS) for initiation of Rule 4. EXAMINER NOTE: This starts the 5 minute "Time critical" time clock.

Time = ___________.

COMMENTS:

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 2: Step 1 Verify any HPI pump can be operated.

STANDARD: The candidate recognizes one HPI pump is in operation.

COMMENTS:

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 3: Step 2 OPEN the following:

1HP-24 1HP-25 STANDARD: The candidate:

Rotates 1HP-24 switch on 1UB1 to the OPEN position and observes that the red open light comes ON and the green closed light goes OFF. Rotates 1HP

-25 switch on 1UB1 to the OPEN position and observes that the red open light comes ON and the green closed light goes OFF. COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT CRO-413 - f Page 6 of 14 STEP 4: Step 3 Start all available HPI pumps STANDARD: The candidate:

Starts any non

-running HPI pump by the control switches located on 1UB1.

COMMENTS: ___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 5: Step 4 OPEN the following:

1HP-26 1HP-27 STANDARD: The candidate:

Rotates and holds 1HP

-26 switch on 1UB1 to the OPEN position Candidate notes that 1HP

-26 did not open by observing the green "CLOSED indication is still illuminated and the red "OPEN" light is extinguished

. Locates 1HP

-27 ('1B' HP Injection) on 1UB1 and verifies red 'OPEN' indication is illuminated, and the green 'CLOSED' indication is extinguished,. Examiner Note: 1HP

-26 is failed closed.

COMMENTS: ___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 6: Step 5 OPEN 1RC-4 STANDARD: The candidate locates 1RC

-4 control switch on 1UB1 and verifies that the red "OPEN" indication is illuminated and the green "CLOSED" indication is extinguished.

Examiner Note: This valve will already be open

COMMENTS:

___ SAT

___ UNSAT CRO-413 - f Page 7 of 14 STEP 7: Step 6 VERIFY flow exists in any HPI header.

STANDARD: The candidate locates HPI Flow Train A and B flow meters on 1UB1. Loop B flow is verified.

COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 8: Step 7 Perform the following:

A. Place 1RC-66 SETPOINT SELECTOR to OPEN B. Depress 1RC

-66 OPEN PERMIT pushbutton STANDARD: The candidate:

• Rotates 1RC

-66 SETPOINT SELECTOR switch on 1UB1 to the OPEN position

• Depresses 1RC

-66 OPEN PERMIT pushbutton on 1UB1 Verifies PORV is open by verifying that the red "OPEN" indication is illuminated and the PORV Flow Statalarm (1SA18/A1) is in alarm.

EXAMINER NOTE: This stops the 5 minute "Time Critical" time clock.

Time = _____________.

COMMENTS: *CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 9: Step 8 Verify at least two HPI pumps operating.

STANDARD: The candidate verifies that three HPI pumps are operating.

COMMENTS: ___ SAT ___ UNSAT CRO-413 - f Page 8 of 14 STEP 10: Step 9 Verify flow in both HPI headers is in the acceptable region of Figure 1 (Required HPI Flow Per Header).

STANDARD: The candidate verifies HPI flow in the B HPI header is in the acceptable region of Figure 1 below, but that there is no flow in HPI header A, so he proceeds to step 9 RNO. Examiner Note:

Since 1HP-26 failed closed earlier, there is no flow in HPI header A, so the candidate must go to the RNO to open 1HP

-410. COMMENTS:

___ SAT

___ UNSAT CRO-413 - f Page 9 of 14 ALTERNATE PATH:

STEP 11: Step 9 RNO 1. IF 1A HPI header flow is unacceptable, THEN open 1HP-410. 2. IF 1B HPI header flow is unacceptable, THEN open 1HP-409. STANDARD: The candidate determines that 1A HPI header flow is unacceptable and opens 1HP-410. COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 1 2: Step 10 Verify flow exists in any HPI header.

STANDARD: The candidate locates HPI Flow Train A and B flow meters on 1UB1. Loop A and Loop B flow is verified.

Examiner Note: This flow has already been verified in step 7 COMMENTS:

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 1 3: Step 11 Perform the following:

A. Place 1RC-66 SETPOINT SELECTOR to OPEN B. Depress 1RC-66 OPEN PERMIT pushbutton STANDARD: The candidate:

Rotates 1RC

-66 SETPOINT SELECTOR switch on 1UB1 to the OPEN position Depresses 1RC

-66 OPEN PERMIT pushbutton on 1UB1 Verifies PORV is open by verifying that the red "OPEN" indication is illuminated and the PORV Flow Statalarm (1SA18/A1) is in alarm.

Examiner Note: This flow has already been verified in step 8

COMMENTS:

___ SAT ___ UNSAT CRO-413 - f Page 10 of 14 STEP 1 4: Step 12 Verify > one RCP operating.

STANDARD: Candidate determines that two RCPs are operating.

COMMENTS: ___ SAT

___ UNSAT NOTE: 1A1 RCP provides the best Pzr spray and is preferred to be left running in case recovery from HPI forced cooling is performed and a Pzr bubble drawn.

STEP 1 5: Step 13 Stop all but one RCP. STANDARD: The candidate stops ALL but one RCP by rotating their control switches to "OFF" position.

COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 1 6: Step 1 4 IAAT the following limits are exceeded THEN throttle HPI to maximize flow flow limit.

STANDARD: The candidate verifies header flows less than the limits in the table above.

COMMENTS:

___ SAT

___ UNSAT CRO-413 - f Page 11 of 14 STEP 1 7: Step 15 De-energize all PZR heaters.

STANDARD: The candidate:

Rotates the PZR heater bank #1 on 1UB1 switch to the "OFF" position. Presses the OFF pushbutton controls for PZR heater banks 2, 3 and 4 on 1UB1 COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 1 8: Step 1 6 Close 1HP-5 (LETDOWN ISOLATION)

STANDARD: The candidate:

Rotates the switch for 1HP

-5 on 1UB1 to the closed position.

Observes the red OPEN light go off and the green CLOSED light come on. COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 1 9: Step 1 7 Close the following:

TBVs 1FDW-35 1FDW-44 STANDARD: Take the TBVs to HAND and reduce demand to zero using the toggle switch OR if the Turbine Master is in manual, verify TBVs are closed by observing the green closed light lit and the red open light off.

Take 1FDW-35 and 1FDW-44 to HAND and reduce demands to zero using the toggle switches.

COMMENTS: ___ SAT ___ UNSAT CRO-413 - f Page 12 of 14 STEP 20: Step 1 8 IAAT all HPI is lost, THEN: A. Stop all RCPs B. Position 1RC

-66 SETPOINT SELECTOR to HIGH STANDARD: The candidate verifies HPI is available and operating and the IAAT step does not apply at this time.

COMMENTS: ___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 2 1: Step 1 9 WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this rule.

STANDARD: The candidate announces that Rule 4 is complete with outstanding IAATs and returns the Cue sheet to the examiner indicating he has completed his JPM.

COMMENTS:

END TASK

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STOP TIME: ____________

CRO-413 - f Page 13 of 14 CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS:

STEP # Explanation 3 Step is required provide proper system alignment for HPI forced cooling flow 7 Step is required to verify HPI flow available for forced cooling.

8 Step is required to open the PORV to initiate HPI forced cooling through the core (TCA #26).

1 1 Step required to allow flow in both HPI headers 1 5 Step required to limit the heat input to the RCS 1 7 Step required to limit the heat input to the RCS 1 8 Step required to Reduce the amount of heat energy added to the RB Containment

f CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Unit 1 has tripped following a total loss of feedwater IMAs are complete The crew has been performing Rule # 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW) to regain heat transfe r CBP feed could not be established and efforts to restore steam generator heat transfer per Rule # 3 have not been successful You are at the step 22 "WHEN" step in Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW)

INITIATING CUES:

The CRS directs you to review outstanding IAAT's

.

This JPM is Time Critical

CRO-415 - e Page 1 of 13 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CRO-415 ALIGN MDEFDWP SUCTION TO THE HOTWELL AND FEED THE STEAM GENERATORS CANDIDATE EXAMINER CRO-415 - e Page 2 of 13 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE Task:

Align MDEFDWP Suction To The Hotwell And Feed The Steam Generators Alternate Path:

No Facility JPM #:

CRO-013 K/A Rating(s):

System: APE054 K/A: AA1.01 Rating:

4.5/4.4 Task Standard:

The MDEFDWPs are aligned to the Hotwell and providing flow to the SG's within limits prior to reaching a level of 1 foot in the UST.

Preferred Evaluation Location:

Preferred Evaluation Method:

Simulator __X__ In-Plant __ ___ Perform __X___ Simulate ____

References:

EP/1/A/1800/001 (Emergency Operating Procedure) Enclosure 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation) Validation Time:

15 minutes Time Critical:

NO ====================================================================================

Candidate:

_______________________________________

Time Start: __

_______ NAME Time Finish: ________

Performance Rating:

SAT ______ UNSAT ______

Performance Time

_________ Examiner: ______________________________ ____________________________________/________

NAME SIGNATURE DATE

========================================================================

COMMENTS CRO-415 - e Page 3 of 13 SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

1. RECALL Snap 222 2. IMPORT files for CRO-415 3. ENSURE clean copy of in

-progress procedure in notebook for candidate

4. Go to RUN CRO-415 - e Page 4 of 13 Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:

EP/1/A/1800/001 (Emergency Operating Procedure) Enclosure 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation)

READ TO OPERATOR DIRECTION TO TRAINEE:

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

The TDEFDWP is unavailable.

Actions of the EOP have been completed.

Enclosure 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation) has been initiated per Rule 3 and is completed up to Step 120. Main FDW is not expected back for several hours.

DW and CST makeup capability to the UST have been lost.

INITIATING CUES:

The CRS directs you to continue performance of Enclosure 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation

) beginning a t Step 120.

AO has already been dispatched to 1C

-573 with a radio to unlock and remove the chain in preparation for operation.

e START TIME: _______

STEP 1: Step 120 WHEN UST level is < 4' THEN dispatch two operators to perform Enclosure 5.24 (Operation of ADVs) in preparation for loss of vacuum.

STANDARD: Monitors UST level and determines that level is less than four feet.

Dispatches two operators to perform Enclosure 5.24 (Operation of ADVs) Continues to Step 121 COMMENTS: ___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 2: Step 121 Verify power available to 1V

-186 STANDARD: Determines that power is available to 1V

-186 by observing valve position indication is illuminated.

Continues to Step 122 Booth cue: Fire Timer 1 to Reduce UST level to < 3 feet (75,000) over 30 seconds.

COMMENTS: ___ SAT

___ UNSAT CRO-415-e Page 6 of 13 NOTE 1C-573 will be closed after vacuum is broken.

STEP 3: Step 122 Dispatch an operator with a safety harness to 1C

-573 (MD EFDWPs Suction From UST) (T

-1, SW of E

-24, 8' above floor) to:

Unlock and remove chain from 1C

-573. Establish communication with Control Room.

STANDARD: Dispatches AO to 1C-573 to take above actions.

Continues to Step 123 Booth cue: IF called as AO, inform student that an AO has been dispatched COMMENTS:

___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 4: Step 123 WHEN UST level is < 3 '

THEN continue. STANDARD: Monitors UST level and determines that level is les s than three feet. Continues to Step 124 COMMENTS:

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 5: Step 124 Open 1V-186 STANDARD: Locate valve switch and rotate to open position and verifies red open light illuminates.

Continues to Step 125 COMMENTS:

CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT ___ UNSAT CRO-415-e Page 7 of 13 STEP 6: Step 125 Stop all main vacuum pumps.

STANDARD: Verifies all three Main Vacuum Pumps are OFF Continues to Step 126 COMMENTS: ___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 7: Step 126 Stop all CBPs. STANDARD: Stops all Condensate Booster Pumps by rotating the switches to the OFF position.

Continues to Step 127 COMMENTS:

___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 8: Step 127 Stop all HWPs. STANDARD: Stops all Hotwell Pumps by rotating the switches to the OFF position.

Continues to Step 128 COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT ___ UNSAT CRO-415-e Page 8 of 13 STEP 9: Step 128 Close the following:

1MS-47 1AS-40 STANDARD: Rotates 1MS

-47 switch in the closed direction.

Verifies 1AS

-40 green closed light on and the red open light off.

Continues to Step 129 COMMENTS: ___ SAT ___ UNSAT NOTE -573 is open unless Step 135 has been completed.

only when directed by this enclosure or Rule 4 (Initiation of HPI Forced Cooling) conditions are met.

STEP 10: Step 129 IAAT UST level is < 1', AND 1C-573 (MD EFDWPs Suction From UST) is open, THEN perform Steps 130

- 131. STANDARD: Determine UST is above 1'. Perform RNO , GO TO Step 132 COMMENTS: ___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 1 1: Step 132 Reduce MD EFDWP flow to < 440 gpm per pump.

Notify crew of MDEFWP flow limit while aligned to hotwell. STANDARD: Verifies / Reduces MDEFWP flows to < 440 gpm Notifies crew of MDEFWP flow limit Continues to Step 133 COMMENTS:

___ SAT ___ UNSAT CRO-415-e Page 9 of 13 NOTE Vacuum gage or computer can be used. Vacuum is broken when either start to flat line. Do NOT change scale on computer trend once started.

STEP 1 2: Step 133 WHEN vacuum is broken

. THEN continue. STANDARD: Determine vacuum is broken.

Continues to Step 134 EXAMINER CUE: Approximately 2 minutes after 1V

-186 is opened , inform the student that for exam purposes (using time compression) vacuum is broken.

COMMENTS:

___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 13: Step 134 IAAT MD EFDWPs are operating, OR available to operate, THEN PERFORM Steps 135

- 137. STANDARD: Determines the MD EFDWPs are operating.

Continues to Step 135.

COMMENTS: ___ SAT

___ UNSAT CRO-415-e Page 10 of 13 STEP 14: Step 135 Locally close 1C

-573 (MD EFDWPs Suction From UST) (T

-1, SW of E

-24, 8' above floor).

STANDARD: Dispatch an AO to locally close 1C

-573. Continues to Step 136 Booth cue: Close using Manual Valves & inform student that (using time compression) 1C

-573 is closed.

COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 15: Step 136 Verify MD EFDWPs were stopped due to UST level < 1'.

STANDARD: Determine that the MD EFDWPs were NOT stopped. Perform the RNO , GO TO Step 138. COMMENTS:

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 16: Step 138 Verify 1 TD EFDW PUMP operating.

STANDARD: Determine the 1 TD EFDW PUMP is NOT operating.

Perform the RNO , GO TO Step 142.

COMMENTS: ___ SAT ___ UNSAT CRO-415-e Page 11 of 13 STEP 17: Step 142 Locally close 1C

-157 (TD EFDWP Suction From UST) (T

-1/C-20). STANDARD: Dispatch an AO to locally close 1C

-157. Continues to Step 143 Booth cue: Close using Manual Valves and inform student that (using time compression) 1C

-157 is closed.

COMMENTS: ___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 18: Step 143 Open 1C-391. STANDARD: Rotates the switch in the open direction and verifies red open light lit and green closed light off.

Cue: Inform candidate that another RO will continue in this procedure.

COMMENTS: END TASK ___ SAT ___ UNSAT STOP TIME: ____________

CRO-415-e Page 12 of 13 CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS:

STEP # Explanation 5 Condenser vacuum must be broken thus increasing the NPSH to the EFDWPs. This prevents EFDWP damage due to not meeting suction head requirements when Hotwell level is < 3 ft.

8 STOP all HWPs to prevent damage to the MDEFDWP by decreasing NPSH 1 4 Closing 1C

-573 prevents air introduction into the pumps suction, thus preventing pump cavitation and possible pump damage.

e CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

The TDEFDWP is unavailable.

Actions of the EOP have been completed.

Enclosure 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation) has been initiated per Rule 3 and is completed up to Step 120.

Main FDW is not expected back for several hours.

DW and CST makeup capability to the UST have been lost.

INITIATING CUES:

The CRS directs you to continue performance of Enclosure 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation) beginning at Step 120.

AO has already been dispatched to 1C

-573 with a radio to unlock and remove the chain in preparation for operation.

CRO-500 - h Page 1 of 11 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CRO-500 Restore RB Auxiliary Fan Coolers Following a Loss of LPSW CANDIDATE EXAMINER

CRO-500 - h Page 2 of 11 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE Task:

Restore RB Auxiliary Fan Coolers Following a Loss of LPSW Alternate Path:

No Facility JPM #:

CRO-500 K/A Rating(s):

System: 022 K/A: A 4.0 4 Rating:

3.1*/3.2 Task Standard:

Restore RB Auxiliary Fan Coolers Following a Loss of LPSW per OP/1/A/1104/010 (LPSW) Encl. 4.

16 (LPSW Shutdown and Return to Service RB Aux Coolers)

Preferred Evaluation Location:

Preferred Evaluation Method:

Simulator __X__ In-Plant __ ___ Perform __X___ Simulate ____

References:

OP/1/A/1104/010 (LPSW) Encl. 4.16 (LPSW Shutdown and Return to Service RB Aux Coolers)

Validation Time:

15 minutes Time Critical:

NO ====================================================================================

Candidate:

_______________________________________

Time Start: __

_______ NAME Time Finish: ________

Performance Rating:

SAT ______ UNSAT ______

Performance Time

_________ Examiner: ______________________________ ____________________________________/________

NAME SIGNATURE DATE

========================================================================

COMMENTS CRO-500 - h Page 3 of 11 SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

1. RECALL Snap 219 2. Go to RUN

3. ACKNOWLEDGE Alarms 4. ENSURE clean procedure in place for candidate

CRO-500 - h Page 4 of 11 Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:

AP/24 , Loss of LPSW OP/1/A/1104/010 (LPSW) Encl. 4.

16 (LPSW Shutdown and Return to Service RB Aux Coolers)

READ TO OPERATOR DIRECTION TO TRAINEE:

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

A Loss of LPSW has occurred

AP/24 (Loss of LPSW) is in progress

LPSW has been restored

The hydraulic restoration of this system has been performed.

Section 6 (Startup Alignment Of RB Aux Coolers) of OP/1/A/1104/010 Encl. 4.16 (LPSW Shutdown and Return to Service RB Aux Coolers) is not required to be performed.

INITIATING CUES:

The CRS directs you to OP/1/A/1104/010 Encl. 4.

16 (LPSW Shutdown and Return to Service RB Aux Coolers) to return the RB Aux Coolers to service beginning at step 5.1.

CRO-500 - h Page 5 of 11 START TIME: _______

STEP 1: Step 5.1 Perform the following:

Ensure 1LPSW

-1062 (RB AUX COOLERS RETURN CONTROL) Controller in Manual/Closed.

Position 1LPSW

-1062 (RB AUX COOLERS RETURN CONTROL)

Remote/Closed switch to Close.

Ensure 1LPSW

-1054 (RB AUX COOLERS SUPPLY CONTROL) Controller in Manual/Closed.

Position 1LPSW

-1054 (RB AUX COOLERS SUPPLY CONTROL) Remote/Closed switch to Close.

Ensure closed 1LPSW

-1061 (RB AUX COOLERS RETURN BLOCK). Ensure closed 1LPSW

-1055 (RB AUX COOLERS SUPPLY BLOCK).

STANDARD: Candidate perform s the following (valves located on 1VB2)

Determine 1LPSW-1062 (RB AUX COOLERS RETURN CONTROL) Controller in Manual/Closed.

Position 1LPSW-1062 (RB AUX COOLERS RETURN CONTROL)

Remote/Closed switch to Close.

Determine 1LPSW-1054 (RB AUX COOLERS SUPPLY CONTROL) Controller in Manual/Closed.

Position 1LPSW

-1054 (RB AUX COOLERS SUPPLY CONTROL) Remote/Closed switch to Close.

Determine 1LPSW-1061 (RB AUX COOLERS RETURN BLOCK) is closed by observing green closed light illuminated and red open light off. Determine 1LPSW-1055 (RB AUX COOLERS SUPPLY BLOCK) is closed by observing green closed light illuminated and red open light off. COMMENTS:

___ SAT ___ UNSAT CRO-500 - h Page 6 of 11 STEP 2: Step 5.2 IF required, perform the following:

IF required, ensure hydraulic restoration of system has been performed.

IF required, ensure Section 6 (Startup Alignment Of RB Aux Coolers) has been performed.

STANDARD: Determines that the hydraulic restoration of system has been performed and Section 6 (Startup Alignment Of RB Aux Coolers) is not required to be performed. (from cue sheet

) Cue: If asked, refer the candidate to the Initial Conditions

.

COMMENTS:

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 3: Step 5.3 Perform the following:

Depress LPSW LOW PRESS DIG CH1 RESET.

Depress LPSW LOW PRESS DIG CH2 RESET.

STANDARD: Depress the LPSW LOW PRESS DIG CH1 RESET and CH 2 RESET pushbuttons located on 1VB2.

COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT ___ UNSAT CRO-500 - h Page 7 of 11 STEP 4: Step 5.4 Perform the following:

Ensure open 1LPSW

-1061 (RB AUX COOLERS RETURN BLOCK).

Ensure open 1LPSW

-1055 (RB AUX COOLERS SUPPLY BLOCK).

STANDARD: Open 1LPSW-1061 located on 1VB 3 by taking the switch to the open position and verify the red open light illuminates and the green closed light goes off.

Open 1LPSW-1055 located on 1VB 3 by taking the switch to the open position and verify the red open light illuminates and the green closed light goes off.

COMMENTS:

CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT CRO-500 - h Page 8 of 11 NOTE: When placed in AUTO, 1LPSW

-1054 begins ramping open slowly. 1LPSW

-1054 will be full open in 16 minutes.

STEP 5: Step 5.5 Perform the following to fill/pressurize RB Aux Coolers:

5.5.1 Position

1LPSW

-1054 (RB AUX COOLERS SUPPLY CONTROL) Remote/Closed switch to Remote.

5.5.2 Ensure

1LPSW

-1054 (RB AUX COOLERS SUPPLY CONTROL) Controller setpoint at 100%.

5.5.3 Ensure

1LPSW-1054 (RB AUX COOLERS SUPPLY CONTROL) Controller in Automatic.

5.5.4 Verify

1LPSW-1054 (RB AUX COOLERS SUPPLY CONTROL) begins to ramp open

. STANDARD: Candidate will perform the following to fill/pressurize RB Aux Coolers (valves located on 1VB 3): *5.5.1 Position 1LPSW

-1054 (RB AUX COOLERS RETURN CONTROL) Remote/Closed switch to Remote.

5.5.2 Determine

1LPSW

-1054 (RB AUX COOLERS RETURN CONTROL) Controller setpoint at 100% by selecting "S" on controller and verifying readout is 100%.

• 5.5.3 Place 1LPS W-1054 (RB AUX COOLERS RETURN CONTROL) Controller in Automatic depressing "A" on the controller.

5.5.4 Determine

that 1LPSW-1054 (RB AUX COOLERS RETURN CONTROL) begins to ramp open by "ramping" flashing in display and selecting "V" on the controller and verifying that valve demand begins increasing towards 100%

. COMMENTS:

• CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT CRO-500 - h Page 9 of 11 NOTE: When placed in AUTO, 1LPSW

-1062 will have a two minute time delay then begin ramping open slowly. 1LPSW

-1062 will be full open in 18 minutes (including time delay).

STEP 6: Step 5.6 Perform the following to establish flow through RB Aux Coolers:

5.6.1 Position

1LPSW

-1062 (RB AUX COOLERS RETURN CONTROL) Remote/Closed switch to Remote.

5.6.2 Ensure

1LPSW

-1062 (RB AUX COOLERS RETURN CONTROL) Controller setpoint at 100%.

5.6.3 Ensure

1LPSW

-1062 (RB AUX COOLERS RETURN CONTROL) Controller in Automatic.

STANDARD: Candidate will perform the following to establish flow through RB Aux Coolers (valves located on 1VB2)

*5.6.1 Position 1LPSW

-1062 (RB AUX COOLERS RETURN CONTROL) Remote/Closed switch to Remote.

5.6.2 Determine

1LPSW

-1062 (RB AUX COOLERS RETURN CONTROL) Controller setpoint at 100% by selecting "S" on controller and verifying readout is 100%.

• 5.6.3 Place 1LPSW

-1062 (RB AUX COOLERS RETURN CONTROL) Controller in Automatic depressing "A" on the controller.

Cue: Inform candidate that another RO will complete Enclosure 4.16 and JPM is complete. COMMENTS: END TASK *CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STOP TIME: ____________

CRO-500 - h Page 10 of 11 CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS:

STEP # Explanation 3 This step is required to establish flow through the controller.

4 This step is required to complete the LPSW flow path. 5 This step is required to establish flow through the controller.

6 This step is required to establish flow through the controller.

h CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

A Loss of LPSW has occurred

AP/24 (Loss of LPSW) is in progress

LPSW has been restored

The hydraulic restoration of this system has been performed.

Section 6 (Startup Alignment Of RB Aux Coolers) of OP/1/A/1104/010 Encl. 4.

16 (LPSW Shutdown and Return to Service RB Aux Coolers) is not required to be performed.

INITIATING CUES:

The CRS directs you to OP/1/A/1104/010 Encl. 4.

16 (LPSW Shutdown and Return to Service RB Aux Coolers) to return the RB Aux Coolers to service beginning at step 5.1.

CRO-60 8 - c Page 1 of 12 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CRO-60 8 Synchronization With the Grid Following a Load Rejection CANDIDATE EXAMINER CRO-60 8 - c Page 2 of 12 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE Task: Synchronization With the Grid Following a Load Rejection Alternate Path:

No Facility JPM #:

CRO-601 K/A Rating(s):

System: 062 K/A: A4.07 Rating: 3.1*/3.1*

Task Standard:

The main generator is synchronized to the electrical grid using AP/1 (Unit Runback

) and manually tripped by direction from an IAAT or due to exceeding vibration limits per procedure when high vibration occurs Preferred Evaluation Location:

Preferred Evaluation Method:

Simulator __X___ In-Plant ______ Perform __X__ Simulate _____

References:

AP/1 (Unit Runback

) Validation Time

1 5 minutes Time Critical

No ====================================================================================

Candidate:

_______________________________________

Time Start: _________ NAME Time Finish: ________

Performance Rating:

SAT ______ UNSAT ______

Performance Time

_________

Examiner: ______________________________ ____________________________________/________

NAME SIGNATURE DATE

========================================================================

COMMENTS CRO-60 8 - c Page 3 of 12 SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

1. RECALL Snap 220 2. IMPORT files for CRO-608 3. ENSURE clean copy of in

-progress procedure in notebook for candidate

4. Place simulator in RUN CRO-60 8 - c Page 4 of 12 Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:

AP/001 (Unit Runback

)

READ TO OPERATOR DIRECTION TO TRAINEE:

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Unit 1 initially operating at 40% power when PCB

-20 (GENERATOR BREAKER) and PCB

-21 (GENERATOR BREAKER) trip open due to a faulty relay Unit is currently at 20% power The faulty relay that initiated the load rejection has been repaired

AP/1 (Unit Runback) in progress up to Section 4C step 14 INITIATING CUES:

The CRS directs you to continue with AP/1 (Unit Runback

) beginning at step 14 of Section 4C

.

IAAT steps 1, 6, and 10 are currently in effect.

Auto Speed match is desired.

CRO-608 - c Page 5 of 12 START TIME: _______

CAUTION Do NOT excite Generator > 19.95 KV. Generator winding damage may result.

STEP 1: Step 14 Ensure VOLTAGE REGULATOR MODE in AUTO.

STANDARD: Verify VOLTAGE REGULATOR MODE switch selected to AUTO on UB2. Continue to Step 15 COMMENTS:

___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 2: Step 15 Notify SOC that Turbine generator is ready to be paralleled to system and that Voltage Regulator Mode is in AUTO.

STANDARD: The CR phone is used to notify the SOC that Turbine generator is ready to be paralleled to system and that Voltage Regulator Mode is in AUTO.

Continue to Step 16 COMMENTS:

___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 3: Step 16 Place PCB-20 (GENERATOR BREAKER) synchronizing switch in ON.

STANDARD: PCB-20 (GENERATOR BREAKER) synchronizing switch located on 1UB2 is placed in ON.

Continue to Step 17 COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT ___ UNSAT CRO-608 - c Page 6 of 12 STEP 4: Step 17 Verify automatic SPEED MATCH is desired. STANDARD: Determine if automatic SPEED MATCH is desired. Continue to Step 18 Cue: If asked as the SRO, inform candidate that automatic SPEED MATCH is desired. COMMENTS:

___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 5: Step 18 Select SPEED MATCH on SELECT SPEED TARGET.

STANDARD: SPEED MATCH is selected on SELECT SPEED TARGET on the HMI Screen. Continue to Step 19 COMMENTS:

CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 6: Step 19 GO TO Step 22. STANDARD: Candidate goes to Step

22. Continue to Step 22 COMMENTS: ___ SAT ___ UNSAT CRO-608 - c Page 7 of 12 STEP 7: Step 22 Ensure slow clockwise rotation of the SYNCROSCOPE pointer.

STANDARD: Verify SYNCROSCOPE pointer is in a slow clockwise rotation.

Continue to Step 23 COMMENTS:

___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 8: Step 23 Using VOLTAGE ADJUST, adjust T1 OUTPUT VOLTS to match SWITCHYARD VOLTS when the SYNCHROSCOPE pointer is vertical.

STANDARD: The candidate uses the VOLTAGE ADJUST located on 1UB2 to adjust T1 (Main Transformer) OUTPUT VOLTS to match SWITCHYARD VOLTS when the synchroscope pointer is vertical.

Continue to Step 24 COMMENTS:

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 9: Step 24 WHEN synchroscope pointer is 5 before vertical, THEN close PCB-20 (GENERATOR BREAKER).

STANDARD: The synchroscope located on 1UB2 is monitored and when the pointer is 5 before vertical, PCB

-20 (GENERATOR BREAKER) is closed by rotating the switch to the close position. The red CLOSED light illuminates and the white OPEN light extinguishes.

Continue to Step 25 Note: Main Turbine vibration (Bearing 11) will increase after PCB-20 is closed

. Note: Candidate should go to IAAT Step 6 when they determine that a Main Turbine operating limit is approached.

COMMENTS:

CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT ___ UNSAT CRO-608 - c Page 8 of 12 STEP 10: Step 25 Place PCB-20 synchronizing switch in OFF.

STANDARD: PCB-20 synchronizing switch located on 1UB2 is placed in OFF.

Continue to Step 26 COMMENTS:

___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 11: Step 26 Calculate desired generator load as follows:

Current load + 35 MWe = Desired load STANDARD: Calculate desired load using formula above.

Continue to Step 27 COMMENTS:

___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 12: Step 27 Establish "desired load" calculated above by using one of the following:

LOAD REFERENCE DEMAND TURBINE MASTER TURBINE SPEED CHANGER STANDARD: The LOAD REFERENCE DEMAND (on HMI screen), the TURBINE MASTER (on 1UB1), or the TURBINE SPEED CHANGER (on 1UB2) is used to establish "desired load"

. GO TO Step 6. COMMENTS: ___ SAT ___ UNSAT CRO-608 - c Page 9 of 12 STEP 13: Step 6 IAAT Main Turbine approaches operating limits per Encl

. 5.3 (Main Turbine Operating Limits), THEN GO TO Step 7. STANDARD: Refer to per Encl. 5.3 (Main Turbine Operating Limits) and determine that Bearing 11 is approaching the operating limit of 8 mils.

COMMENTS:

___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 14: Step 7 Verify Step 36 complete.

STANDARD: Determine that Step 36 is NOT complete.

Continue to Step 7 RNO COMMENTS:

___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 1 5: Step 7 RNO Trip Rx. GO TO Unit 1 EOP.

STANDARD: Manual ly trip the Unit 1 reactor by depressing the Reactor Trip pushbutton.

Notify the CRS to GO TO Unit 1 EOP.

• It is critical that either the Reactor be tripped by the Step 7 RNO in this step or that the Main Turbine be directly tripped , within 15 minutes once 8 mils is exceeded

, per Enclosure 5.3 (Main Turbine Operating Limits).

Cue: If this step performed, inform candidate that this JPM is complete.

COMMENTS: *CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT

CRO-608 - c Page 10 of 12 STEP 16: Enclosure 5.3 Enclosure 5.3 (Main Turbine Operating Limits)of AP/1 contains Main Turbine Operating Limits. Step 8 directs that:

If Alterex Bearing vibration (bearings 11 or 12) exceeds 8 mils at any speed, the turbine should be tripped immediately.

STANDARD: IF Bearing 11 vibration exceeds 8 mils prior to tripping the Reactor in accordance with Step 7 RNO, the Main Turbine should be trippe d immediately (within 15 minutes of exceeding 8 mils

). *It is critical that if Bearing 11 vibration reaches 8 mils prior to completing step 7 RNO that the Main Turbine be tripped within 15 minutes. This step is NOT critical if the Reactor is tripped prior to bearing 11 reaching 8 mils Cue: If this step performed, inform candidate that this JPM is complete.

COMMENTS:

END TASK *CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STOP TIME: ____________

CRO-608 - c Page 11 of 12 CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS:

STEP # Explanation 3 Sync switch must be ON to satisfy the interlock close the PCB (generator output breaker) 5 This ensures that the generator picks up electrical load (MWs) when the generator output breaker is closed and prevents motoring the generator.

9 Required to tie generator to grid.

1 5 Either step 15 or step 16 are required to protect the Turbine Generator 1 6 Either step 15 or step 16 are required to protect the Turbine Generator

CRO-608 - c Page 12 of 12 CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Unit 1 initially operating at 40% power when PCB

-20 (GENERATOR BREAKER) and PCB

-21 (GENERATOR BREAKER) trip open due to a faulty relay Unit is currently at 20% power The faulty relay that initiated the load rejection has been repaired

AP/1 (Unit Runback) in progress up to Section 4C step 14

INITIATING CUES:

The CRS directs you to continue with AP/1 (Unit Runback

) beginning at step 14 of Section 4C.

IAAT steps 1, 6, and 10 are currently in effect.

Auto Speed match is desired.

CRO-804 - g Page 1 of 14 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CR O-804 Place Reactor Building Purge in Operation

CANDIDATE EXAMINER CRO-804 - g Page 2 of 14 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE Task: Place the Reactor Building Purge In Operation Alternate Path:

Yes Facility JPM #:

CRO-100 K/A Rating(s):

System: 029 K/A: A2.03 Rating: 2.7/3.1 Task Standard:

RB Purge is placed in operation in accordance with OP/1/A/1102/014 (RB Purge System) and the RB Purge Fan secured and valves closed following 1 RI A-45 HIGH alarm. Preferred Evaluation Location:

Preferred Evaluation Method:

Simulator

___X ___ In-Plant ____ ___ Perform __X___ Simulate __ __

References:

OP/1/A/1102/014 (RB Purge System) PT/0/A/0230/001 (Radiation Monitor Check

) AP/1/A/1700/0 18 (Abnormal Release of Radioactivity

) OP/1/A/6101/008 (Alarm Response Guide 1SA

-08) B-9 and D-9 Validation Time:

20 minutes Time Critical:

N O ====================================================================================

Candidate:

_______________________________________

Time Start: ____

___________ NAME Time Finish: ______________ Performance Rating:

SAT ______ UNSAT ______

Performance Time

_________

Examiner: ______________________________ ___________________________________/____

_____ NAME SIGNATURE DATE

========================================================================

Comments CRO-804 - g Page 3 of 14 SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS

1. RECALL Snap 221 2. IMPORT files for CRO-804

3. REMOVE T/O tags from 1A and 1B Aux Fan Switches

4. ENSURE clean in-progress procedure in place for candidate

5. ENSURE clean AP/18 in place for candidate

6. Go to RUN CRO-804 - g Page 4 of 14 Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed OP/1/A/1102/014 (RB Purge System

) Encl. 4.1 (RB Purge Release

) AP/1/A/1700/018 (Abnormal Release of Radioactivity)

READ TO OPERATOR DIRECTIONS TO STUDENT I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS RCS temperature = 1 14°F RCS pressure =

45 psig No Gaseous or Liquid releases are in progress RB Hatch is closed Continuous release is NOT in progress RB Purge startup is in progress using OP/1/A/1102/014 (RB Purge System), Encl.

4.1 (RB Purge Release)

INITIATING CUE The CRS directs you to place the RB Purge in operation at 1/3 Station Limit using OP/1/A/1102/014 (RB Purge System) Encl. 4.1 (RB Purge Release) starting at Step 3.

8.

CRO-804 - g Page 5 of 14 START TIME: _______

STEP 1: Step 3.8 Perform the following:

3.8.1. Ensure

one of the following:

1A RB AUX FAN is Off.

1B RB AUX FAN is Off.

3.8.2. Ensure

"T/O Sheet" Control Room Tag on 1A RB AUX FAN.

3.8.3. Ensure

"T/O Sheet" Control Room Tag on 1B RB AUX FAN.

3.8.4. Ensure

note on Turnover sheet: "If RB Purge Fan is operating, 1A RB Aux Fan or 1B RB Aux Fan should be off." STANDARD: *Secure the 1A or 1B RB AUX FAN and place a "T/O Sheet" Control Room Tag on the 1A and 1B RB AUX FAN control room switch es. Note: Placing tags on the RB Aux Fan switches in NOT critical.

Candidate should state they would place note on Turnover sheet: "If RB Purge Fan is operating, 1A RB Aux Fan or 1B RB Aux Fan should be off." Continue to Step 3.9 Examiner Cue s: If asked as the SRO, inform the candidate that the 1A RB Aux Fan should be secured.

When appropriate, inform candidate that note has been placed on Turnover sheet per 3.8.4.

COMMENTS: *CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT ___ UNSAT NOTE: Completion of Step 3.9 establishes an appropriate vent path during Fuel Movement Operations with any Transfer Tube open per the Shutdown Protection Plan. This prevents FTC and SFP level variations caused by differential pressures between RB and SFP.

STEP 2: Step 3.9 Perform the following:

3.9.1 - Open 1PR-1 (RB PURGE OUTLET (RB)).

STANDARD: Open 1PR-1 by rotating the switch located on 1AB3 to open and verifying that the red open light illuminates and the green closed light goes out. May verify 1PR

-1 open on the OAC.

Continue to Step 3.9.2 COMMENTS:

CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT CRO-804 - g Page 6 of 14 STEP 3: Step 3.9.2 Open 1PR-2 (RB PURGE OUTLET (PR)).

STANDARD: Open 1PR-2 by rotating the switch located on 1AB3 to open and verifying that the red open light illuminates and the green closed light goes out. May verify 1PR

-2 open on the OAC.

Continue to Step 3.9.3 COMMENTS:

CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 4: Step 3.9.3 Ensure closed 1PR

-3 (RB PURGE FLOW). (Bailey Controller)

STANDARD: Rotate 1PR

-3 controller knob until the position indication indicates zero.

Continue to Step 3.9.4 COMMENTS: ___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 5: Step 3.9.4 Verify 1PR

-3 closed using alternate indication.

STANDARD: Verify 1PR

-3 is closed by observing the closed light is lit on the ES Component Status Panel or switch on 1VB2 , or verifying 1PR

-3 position on the OAC.

Continue to Step 3.9.5 COMMENTS:

___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 6: Step 3.9.5 WHILE RB Purge operating, monitor unit vent RIAs

. STANDARD: Candidate monitors unit vent RIAs.

Continue to Step 3.9.6 COMMENTS:

___ SAT

___ UNSAT CRO-804 - g Page 7 of 14 STEP 7: Step 3.9.6 Perform the following:

NOTE: When 1PR-3 (RB PURGE OUTLET SWITCH) is positioned to open, 1PR

-3 will remain in the closed position since 1PR-3 Bailey Controller is closed.

A. Position 1PR

-3 (RB PURGE OUTLET SWITCH) to open.

B. Throttle > 60% open 1PR

-3 (RB PURGE FLOW). (Bailey Controller

) STANDARD: Position 1PR

-3 (RB PURGE OUTLET SWITCH) to open on 1VB2. Rotate knob on the Bailey Controller for 1PR-3 until it indicates > 60% open on 1AB3. Continue to Step 3.10 COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT ___ UNSAT CRO-804 - g Page 8 of 14 STEP 8: Step 3.10 IF required to operate the RB Purge Fan, perform the following:

3.10.1 Perform one of the following:

A. Perform the following:

• Open 1PR-4 (RB PURGE INLET)

• Open 1PR-5 (RB PURGE INLET (PR))

• Open 1PR-6 (RB PURGE INLET (RB))

B. Ensure the following:

(these steps will be N/Aed

) 1PR-4 (RB PURGE INLET) valve position interlock jumpered per IP/0/A/0161/004 (Outage Interlock Bypass For Purge Isolation Valves) 1PR-5 (RB PURGE INLET (PR)) valve position interlock jumpered per IP/0/A/0161/004 (Outage Interlock Bypass For Purge Isolation Valves) 1PR-6 (RB PURGE INLET (RB)) valve position interlock jumpered per IP/0/A/0161/004 (Outage Interlock Bypass For Purge Isolation Valves) Open RB Equipment Hatch Examiner Cue: If asked, inform the candidate that there is no information regarding the purge valves on the turnover sheet.

NOTE: Starting/Stopping RB Purge may cause SFP level changes. Entry into AP/1-2/A/1700/35 NOT required if SFP level changes are evaluated and stabilizes.

There is ~ 20 second time delay to open the dampers before the Purge starts. 3.10.2 *Start RB Purge Fan.

3.10.3 Ensure 1PR

-3 (RB PURGE FLOW) (Bailey Controller) adjusted to

< recommended release rate.

STANDARD: Open 1PR-4, 5, and 6 by rotating the switches located on 1AB3 to open and verifying that the red open lights are illuminated and the green closed lights go out.

May verify 1PR

-4, 5, and 6 open on the OAC.

Start RB Purge Fan by placing the switch located on 1AB3 to start and verifying that the red on light illuminates.

Adjust 1PR-3 (RB PURGE FLOW) (Bailey Controller) < recommended release rate as read on Chessell Misc. System Recorder 1 located on 1VB1.

Continue to Step 3.11 Note: After the RB Purge Fan is started, the HIGH alarm for 1RIA

-45 will actuate. The associated interlock will not occur

. COMMENTS:

• CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT CRO-804 - g Page 9 of 14 ATLERNATE PATH The following Statalarms will actuate:

1SA-08/D-9 (RM Reactor Building Purge Discharge Radiation Inhibit) 1SA-08/B-9 (Process Monitor Radiation High)

Examiners Note: The candidate may refer to one or both ARGs.

If 1SA-08/D-9 is selected, then STEP 9 will be performed and that will end the task. If 1SA08/B

-9 is selected, then STEPs 10 - 13 will be performed and that will end the task. Either step 9 or step 13 is Critical but not both. STEP 9: Refer to 1SA-08/D-9 (RM Reactor Building Purge Discharge Radiation Inhibit) 3.1 Ensure auto action has taken place.

3.2 Observe

Reactor Building RIAs and evacuate personnel as it becomes necessary.

3.3 Determine

cause of inhibit and correct.

STANDARD: Determine that the automatic actions have NOT taken place and using ARG guidance perform the following:

Stop the RB Purge Fan Close 1PR-2 Close 1PR-3 Close 1PR-4 Close 1PR-5 COMMENTS: END OF TASK CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT CRO-804 - g Page 10 of 14 STEP 10: Refer to 1SA-08/B-9 (Process Monitor Radiation High

3.1 Perform

one of the following:

3.1.1. Determine

radiation monitors in alarm.

3.1.2. IF Radiation Monitoring data from the PMC System is NOT in service, refer to OP/1/A/1103/026, (Loss of Sorrento Radiation Monitor). NOTE: Loss of power to a process monitor skid actuates the Process Monitor Fault alarm, causes the associated RIA to activate the High alarm, and actuates any associated interlocks from the High alarm. The actual RIA readout may indicate magenta with readings of negative values.

3.2 IF 1SA-08/B-10 (Process Monitor Fault) has occurred for the same monitor, Go To the ARG for 1SA

-08/B-10 (Process Monitor Fault). {3}

3.3 IF 1RIA-40 alarms, Go To the appropriate procedure:

< 25 gpm (36,000 gpd)

- AP/1/A/1700/031 (Primary To Secondary Leakage) - EP/1/A/1800/001 (Emergency Operating Procedure) 3.4 IF any of the following RIAs have valid alarms, Go To AP/1/A/1700/018 (Abnormal Release of Radioactivity).

RIA RIA-31 1RIA-35 1RIA-39 1RIA-41 1RIA-42 1RIA-45, 46 1RIA-49A 1RIA-50 1RIA-54 STANDARD: Determine 1RIA

-45 is in HIGH alarm Determine that Radiation Monitoring data from the PMC System is in service Determine 1SA-08/B-10 (Process Monitor Fault) is NOT in alarm Determine 1RIA

-40 is NOT is alarm Determine 1RIA

-45 is in alarm and Go To AP/1/A/1700/018 (Abnormal Release of Radioactivity).

COMMENTS: ___ SAT

___ UNSAT CRO-804 - g Page 11 of 14 STEP 1 1: AP/1/A/1700/018 (Abnormal Release of Radioactivity)

Step 4.1 - Perform the following:

At the discretion of the CRS, make a PA announcement of the event including any necessary precautions to be observed.

Notify SM to reference the following:

o RP/0/B/1000/001 (Emergency Classification).

o NSD-202 (Reportability) o OMP 1-14 (Notifications)

STANDARD: Candidate makes announcement and notifies SM Continue to Step 4.2

COMMENTS: ___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 1 2 Step 4.2 GO TO appropriate sections for any monitors in High or Alert alarm:

Section Monitor 4A RIA-31 4B 1RIA-32 4C 1RIA-35 4D 1RIA-39 4E 1RIA-41 4F 1RIA-42 4G 1RIA-45 or 46 4H 1RIA-47, 1RIA-48, 1RIA-49, or 1RIA

-49A 4I 1RIA-50 4J 1RIA-54 STANDARD: Candidate determines that 1RIA

-45 is the alarming monitor and that he must proceed to Section 4G Continue to Section 4G COMMENTS: ___ SAT ___ UNSAT CRO-804 - g Page 12 of 14 STEP 1 3: AP/1/A/1700/018 (Abnormal Release of Radioactivity)

Section 4G Step 1 IAAT 1RIA-45 or 1RIA

-46 reaches the High set point, THEN ensure automatic actions occurred:

A. RB PURGE FAN secured.

B. 1PR-2 closed. C. 1PR-3 closed. D. 1PR-4 closed. E. 1PR-5 closed. STANDARD: Determine 1RIA

-45 is in High alarm and perform the following:

Stop the RB Purge Fan Close 1PR-2 Close 1PR-3 Close 1PR-4 Close 1PR-5 Cue: Another operator will continue with this procedure.

COMMENTS:

END OF TASK CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT ___ UNSAT TIME STOP: ________

CRO-804 - g Page 13 of 14 CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS STEP # Explanation 1 This step is required to prevent tripping 1XR incoming feeder breaker.

2 This step is required to establish RB Purge flow.

3 This step is required to establish RB Purge flow.

7 This step is required to establish desired RB Purge flow.

8 This step is required to start the RB Purge fan.

9 or 13 One of these steps is required to stop the RB Purge fan and isolate the RB.

g CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS RCS temperature = 114°F RCS pressure = 45 psig No Gaseous or Liquid releases are in progress RB Hatch is closed Continuous release is NOT in progress RB Purge startup is in progress using OP/1/A/1102/014 (RB Purge System), Encl.

4.1 (RB Purge Release)

INITIATING CUE The CRS directs you to place the RB Purge in operation at 1/3 Station Limit using OP/1/A/1102/014 (RB Purge System) Encl. 4.1 (RB Purge Release) starting at Step 3.8.

AO-300 - j Page 1 of 12 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE

AO-300 Swapping In Service Seal Return Coolers

CANDIDATE EXAMINER AO-300 - j Page 2 of 12 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE Task:

Swap In Service Seal Return Coolers from 3A to 3B Alternate Path:

No Facility JPM #:

AO-300 K/A Rating(s):

System: 002 (SF2) K/A: A2.01 Rating: 4.3/4.4 Task Standard:

Seal Return Cooler 3B is in service and Seal Return Cooler 3A is isolated Preferred Evaluation Location:

Preferred Evaluation Method:

Simulator

_____ In-Plant __X __ Perform _____ Simulate __X__

References:

AP/3/A/1700/002 Excessive RCS Leakage AP/3/A/1700/018 Abnormal Release of Radioactivity Validation Time

1 9 minutes Time Critical:

NO ====================================================================================

Candidate:

_______________________________________

Time Start: __

_______ NAME Time Finish: ________

Performance Rating: SAT ______ UNSAT ______

Performance Time

_________

Examiner: ______________________________ ____________________________________/________

NAME SIGNATURE DATE

========================================================================

COMMENTS AO-300 - j Page 3 of 12 SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

None AO-300 - j Page 4 of 12 Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:

AP/3/A/1700/002 (Excessive RCS Leakage

)

READ TO OPERATOR DIRECTION TO TRAINEE:

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you

.

INITIAL CONDITIONS

Unit #3 is at 100% power The CR crew has noticed a small RCS leak and has entered AP/3/A/1700/002 (Excessive RCS Leakage).

The CR crew has determined the leak to be in the Aux building and believe it is coming from the in service Seal Return Cooler due to a High Radiation Alarm on 3RIA-42 (RCW).

INITIATING CUES

The Control Room Supervisor directs you to Swap Seal Return Coolers from 3A in service to

3B in service in accordance with AP/3/A/1700/0 02 (Excessive RCS Leakage) Enclosure 5.7. (Swapping In Service Seal Return Coolers).

AO-300 - j Page 5 of 12 START TIME: _______

STEP 1: Step 1 Verify it is desired to place the 3B Seal Return Cooler in service AND remove 3 A Seal Return Cooler from service, STANDARD: Candidate confirms direction to swap Seal Return Coolers from 3A in service to 3B in service COMMENTS: ___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 2: Step 2 Ensure 3RCW

-179 Controller (3HPI

-ML-0029) (3B Seal Return Temp Controller) set at 100°F. (A Col P91) STANDARD: Locates controller in hallway on west wall and ensures the temperature setpoint is set at 100°F.

COMMENTS: ___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 3: Step 3 Perform the following (A Waste Disposal Sample Hood Area

): Open 3RCW-177 (3B Seal Return Cooler Inlet).

Open 3RCW-180 (3B Seal Return Cooler Temp Cont Outlet)

STANDARD: Ensures both valves are open by rotating their handwheels fully counterclockwise Cue: After the hand wheels are rotated counter clockwise, indicate the valve s are at the hard stop.

COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT ___ UNSAT AO-300 - j Page 6 of 12 STEP 4: Step 4 Close 3RCW-181 (3B Seal Return Cooler Temp Cont Byp) (A-1-Waste Disposal Sample Hood Area

). STANDARD: Closes 3RCW

-181 by rotating its handwheel fully clockwise.

Cue: After the hand wheel is rotated clockwise, indicate the valve is at the hard stop. COMMENTS:

CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 5: Step 5 Perform the following (A N End LPI Clr Rm):

A. Close 3 HP-7 5 (3B Seal Return Clr Inlet).

B. Close 3 HP-7 7 (3B Seal Return Clr Outlet).

STANDARD: Closes 3 HP-75 and 3 HP-7 7 by rotating their handwheels fully clockwise.

Cue: After the hand wheels are rotated clockwise, indicate the valves are at the hard stop.

COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 6: Step 6 Perform the following to drain 3B Seal Return Cooler (A N End LPI Clr Rm): A. Open 3GWD-57 (3B Seal Return Cooler Vent).

B. Open 3LWD-228 (RCP Seal Return Cooler B Drain

). C. Open 3LWD-461 (RCP Seal Return Cooler Drain Block).

STANDARD: Opens 3GWD-57, 3LWD-22 8 , and 3LWD-461 by rotating their handwheels fully counterclockwise.

Cue: After the hand wheels are rotated counter clockwise, indicate the valves are at the hard stop.

COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT ___ UNSAT AO-300 - j Page 7 of 12 STEP 7: Step 7 WHEN 3B Seal Return Cooler is drained, THEN continue. STANDARD: Applicant continues to next step EXAMINER CUE: Inform the candidate that HAWT level has stopped increasing.

EXAMINER NOTE: Seal Return Coolers drain to the HAWT. To determine if when the cooler is drained, the candidate would either have to contact the control room to monitor for HAWT level or use the waste disposal panel indication of HAWT level which is located just north of the north exit of the room you are in.

COMMENTS:

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 8: Step 8 Perform the following (A N End LPI Clr Rm):

Close 3GWD

-57 (3 B Seal Return Cooler Vent).

Close 3LWD

-228 (RCP Seal Return Cooler B Drain).

Close 3LWD

-461 (RCP Seal Return Cooler Drain Block).

STANDARD: Closes 3GWD-5 7, 1LWD-228, and 3LWD-461 by rotating their handwheels fully clockwise.

Cue: After the hand wheels are rotated clockwise, indicate the valves are at the hard stop.

COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT NOTE 3B Seal Return Cooler volume is 43 gallons. STEP 9: Step 9 Notify CR to expect LDST to decrease 1.4" due to filling and venting the 3B Seal Return Cooler.

STANDARD: Applicant simulates contacting the CR CUE: Once the applicant has simulated making the communication with the CR, inform him/her that the CR has been notified to expect the LDST to decrease 1.4". COMMENTS:

___ SAT

___ UNSAT AO-300 - j Page 8 of 12 STEP 1 0: Step 10 Open 3 HP-75 (3B Seal Return Clr Inlet) (A N End LPI Clr Rm).

STANDARD: Opens 3 HP-7 5 by rotating its handwheel fully counterclockwise.

Cue: After the hand wheel is are rotated counter clockwise, indicate the valve is at the hard stop.

COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 1 1: Step 11 Vent 3B Seal Return Cooler using 3GWD-5 7 (3B Seal Return Cooler Vent) (A-1-N End LPI Clr Rm).

STANDARD: Cracks open 3GWD-5 7 (counterclockwise) until air is removed.

When venting complete, rotates 3GWD-5 7 fully clockwise to the closed position CUE: If asked, inform the applicant that the 3B Seal Return Cooler has been vented (if not already described, examiner may ask applicant how he/she would know the cooler was properly vented (HAWT level

)). COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 1 2: Step 12 Open 3 HP-77 (3B Seal Return Clr Outlet) (A N End LPI Clr Rm).

STANDARD: Opens 3 HP-7 7 by rotating its handwheel fully counterclockwise.

Cue: After the hand wheel is rotated counter clockwise, indicate the valve is at the hard stop.

COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT AO-300 - j Page 9 of 12 STEP 1 3: Step 13 Close 3 HP-72 (3A Seal Return Cooler Inlet) (A N End LPI Clr Rm).

STANDARD: Closes 3 HP-7 2 by rotating its handwheel fully clockwise.

Cue: After the hand wheel is rotated clockwise, indicate the valve is at the hard stop. COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 1 4: Step 14 Close 3 HP-74 (3A Seal Return Cooler Outlet) (A N End LPI Clr Rm).

STANDARD: Closes 3 HP-7 4 by rotating its handwheel fully clockwise.

Cue: After the hand wheel are rotated clockwise, indicate the valves is at the hard stop.

COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 1 5: Step 15 Notify Control Room of the following:

3A Seal Return Cooler is isolated.

Update Component Boron Concentration Log that 3B Seal Return Cooler placed in service.

STANDARD: Applicant simulates contacting the CR CUE: Once the applicant has simulated making the communication with the CR, inform them that the CR has been notified that the 3A Seal Return Cooler has been isolated and the 3B Seal Return Cooler is in service.

COMMENTS:

___ SAT

___ UNSAT AO-300 - j Page 10 of 12 STEP 1 6: Step 16 Verify it is desired to place the 3A Seal Return Cooler in service, AND remove the 3B Seal Return Cooler from service STANDARD: Candidate determines it is NOT desired and refers to RNO which says GO TO Step 31 COMMENTS: ___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 1 7: Step 31 WHEN directed by Control Room, THEN EXIT this enclosure

. STANDARD: Candidate exits enclosure and returns cue sheet to examiner.

COMMENTS:

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STOP TIME: ____________

AO-300 - j Page 11 of 12 CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS:

STEP # Explanation 3 Valves in cooling water supply to the 3B Seal Return Cooler.

4 Completes Valve lineup to valve in cooling water supply to the 3B Seal Return Cooler 5 Necessary to drain the 3B cooler 6 Drains the 3B cooler 8 Secures draining the 3B cooler. 1 0 Aligns seal return flow to the inlet of the 3B cooler in order to fill & vent the 3B cooler.. 1 1 Venting the 3B Seal Return Cooler 1 2 Completes alignment of seal return flow through the 3B Seal Return Cooler

. 1 3 Necessary to isolate the 3A Seal Return Cooler

. 1 4 Completes isolation of the 3A Seal Return Cooler.

j CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS

Unit #3 is at 100% power The CR crew has noticed a small RCS leak and has entered AP/3/A/1700/002 (Excessive RCS Leakage). The CR crew has determined the leak to be in the Aux building and believe it is coming from the in service Seal Return Cooler due to a High Radiation Alarm on 3RIA

-42 (RCW).

INITIATING CUES

The Control Room Supervisor directs you to Swap Seal Return Coolers from 3A in service to 3B in service in accordance with AP/3/A/1700/002 (Excessive RCS Leakage) Enclosure 5.7

. (Swapping In Service Seal Return Coolers).

AO-428 - i Page 1 of 11 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE AO-428 Unit 2 Plant Operator Actions for Extensive Damage Mitigation

CANDIDATE EXAMINER AO-428 - i Page 2 of 11 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE Task: Unit 2 Plant Operator Actions for Extensive Damage Mitigation Alternate Path:

No Facility JPM #:

New K/A Rating(s):

System: APE054 K/A: AA1.01 Rating: 4.5/4.4 Task Standard:

Complete Unit 2 Plant Operator Actions for Extensive Damage Mitigation in accordance with AP/46 Encl. 5.2 (Plant Operator Actions for Extensive Damage)

Preferred Evaluation Location:

Preferred Evaluation Method:

Simulator __X__ In-Plant __ ___ Perform __X___ Simulate ____

References:

AP/46 Encl. 5.2 (Plant Operator Actions for Extensive Damage)

Validation Time:

20 minutes Time Critical:

NO =====================================================================================

Candidate:

_______________________________________

Time Start: _______________

NAME Time Finish: ______________

Performance Rating:

SAT ______ UNSAT ______

Performance Time _________

Examiner: ______________________________ ____________________________________/________

NAME SIGNATURE DATE

=========================================================================

COMMENTS AO-428 - i Page 3 of 11 SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

None AO-428 - i Page 4 of 11 Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:

AP/46 Encl. 5.2 (Plant Operator Actions for Extensive Damage)

READ TO OPERATOR DIRECTION TO TRAINEE:

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Unit 2 operating a t 100% power A catastrophic event occurs

AP/46 (Extensive Damage Mitigation) is initiated

IMAs have been completed

SG level indication is not available

INITIATING CUE:

The procedure director directs you to perform AP/46 Encl. 5.2 (Unit 2 Plant Operator Actions for Extensive Damage Mitigation)

AO-428 - i Page 5 of 11 START TIME: _______

STEP 1: Step 1 Ensure Rx Trip by opening 600V CRD breakers on the following:

2X9-5C (U-2 CRD NORM FDR BKR) (U2 Equipment Rm) 1X1-5B (U-2 CRD ALTERNATE POWER SUPPLY) (T

-3/Dd-27) STANDARD: Locate the breakers above and determine that the breakers are open by observing the open light lit on each breaker.

Continue to Step 2 Cue: When each breaker is located indicate that it is open.

COMMENTS:

___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 2: Step 2 Locally verify TDEFWP running.

STANDARD: Determine that TDEFDW pump is operating by observing that 1MS

-93 is open and the pump has discharge pressure.

Continue to Step 3 Cue: When at the TDEFDW pump indicate that 1MS

-93 is open and discharge pressure is 900 psig. COMMENTS:

___ SAT ___ UNSAT AO-428 - i Page 6 of 11 STEP 3: Step 3 Throttle U2 TDEFWP spindle, as needed, to maintain 1180

-1220 psig TDEFWP discharge pressure (2PG

-54, 2TDEFDW PUMP DISCH. PRESS.) (T-1/D-35). STANDARD: The U2 TDEFWP spindle is turned counter

- clockwise until discharge pressure is between 1180 and 1220 psig.

Continue to Step 4 Cue: When the U2 TDEFWP spindle is turned counter

- clockwise indicate that discharge pressure has increased to approximately 1200 psig.

COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 4: Step 4 IAAT SG level indication becomes available, THEN throttle TDEFWP flow, using spindle on top of TDEFWP, to stabilize intact SG levels to:

STANDARD: Determine that SG level indication is not available and continue

. Continue to Step 5 Cue: If asked, inform candidate that SG level indication is not available.

COMMENTS:

___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 5: Step 5 IAAT trip of TDEFWP is directed by operator at SSF, THEN trip TDEFWP.

STANDARD: Determine step does NOT apply and continue.

Continue to Step 6 COMMENTS: ___ SAT ___ UNSAT AO-428 - i Page 7 of 11 STEP 6: Step 6 Locally open 2V

-186 (MAIN CONDENSER VACUUM BREAKER)

(T-3, catwalk at 2C2 waterbox).

STANDARD: Locate 2V-186 on the catwalk of 2C2 water box. Close the valve by engaging the handwheel with the lever and rotate the handwheel clockwise until it reaches a hard stop.

Continue to Step 7

Cue: After handwheel is rotated counter-clockwise indicate the valve is at the hard stop. COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 7: Step 7 Throttle U2 TDEFWP spindle, as needed, to maintain 1180

-1220 psig TDEFWP discharge pressure (2PG

-54, 2TDEFDW PUMP DISCH. PRESS.) (T-1/D-35). STANDARD: Determine that TDEFDWP discharge pressure is within the range and an adjustment is not required.

Continue to Step 8

Cue: Indicate that discharge pressure is approximately 1200 psig.

COMMENTS:

___ SAT ___ UNSAT AO-428 - i Page 8 of 11 STEP 8: Step 8 Locally open 2C

-391 (TD EFDWP SUCTION FROM HOTWELL)

(T-1/C-36). STANDARD: Locate , engage the clutch, and open 2C

-391. Continue to Step 9 Cue: After handwheel is rotated counter-clockwise indicate the valve is at the hard stop. COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 9: Step 9 Locally close 2C

-157 (TD EFDWP SUCTION FROM UST)

(T-1, N of C-36). STANDARD: Locate, engage the clutch, and close 2C-157. Continue to Step 10 Cue: After handwheel is rotated clockwise indicate the valve is at the hard stop.

COMMENTS:

CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT ___ UNSAT AO-428 - i Page 9 of 11 STEP 10: Step 10 Locally open the following:

2C-188 (Hotwell Emerg Makeup #1 Control Bypass)

(T-1, W of E-31). 2C-912 (UST Riser To HW Emerg Makeup #2 Auto Isol Bypass)

(T-1/G-32) STANDARD: Locate and open 2C

-188 and 2C

-912. Cue: After handwheel is rotated counter-clockwise indicate each valve is at the hard stop.

COMMENTS: END TASK CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STOP TIME: ____________

AO-428 - i Page 10 of 11 CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS:

STEP # Explanation 3 Step is required to ensure TDEFDWP discharge pressure in in the proper range.

6 Step is required to break vacuum and allow the TDEFDWP to take a suction on the Hotwell. 8 Step is required to allow the TDEFDWP to take a suction on the Hotwell.

9 Step is required to prevent damage to the TDEFDWP while taking a suction on the Hotwell. 10 Step is required to allow the TDEFDWP to take a suction on the Hotwell.

i CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Unit 2 operating a t 100% power A catastrophic event occurs

AP/46 (Extensive Damage Mitigation) is initiated

IMAs have been completed

SG level indication is not available

INITIATING CUE:

The procedure director directs you to perform AP/46 Encl. 5.2 (Unit 2 Plant Operator Actions for Extensive Damage Mitigation)

AO-801 - k Page 1 of 10 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE A O-801 HPSW AND LPSW AB FLOOD ISOLATION CANDIDATE EXAMINER

AO-801 - k Page 2 of 10 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE Task:

Isolate HPSW and LPSW during an AB Flood. Alternate Path:

Yes Facility JPM #:

Modified NLO-800 K/A Rating(s):

System: N/A K/A: BW/A07 AA2.2 Rating:

3.3/3.7 Task Standard:

AP/3/A/1700/030 Encl. 5.1 is used isolate HPSW during an AB flood.

AP/3/A/1700/030 Encl. 5.2 is used isolate LPSW during an AB flood.

Preferred Evaluation Location:

Preferred Evaluation Method:

Simulator

__ __ In-Plant __ X ___ Perform __ ___ Simulate __X__

References:

AP/3/A/1700/030 (Auxiliary Building Flood) Encl. 5.1 and Encl 5.2

. Validation Time:

1 6 minutes Time Critical:

NO ====================================================================================

Candidate:

_______________________________________

Time Start:

_________ NAME Time Finish: ________

Performance Rating:

SAT ______ UNSAT ______

Performance Time

_________

Examiner: ______________________________ ____________________________________/________

NAME SIGNATURE DATE

========================================================================

COMMENTS AO-801 - k Page 3 of 10 SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

None AO-801 - k Page 4 of 10 Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:

AP/3/A/1700/030 Encl. 5.1 and Encl. 5.2

READ TO OPERATOR DIRECTION TO TRAINEE:

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

All 3 unit s are at 1 00% power. Unit 3 Auxiliary Building flooding is occurring

. The source of flood water has not yet been determined

.

INITIATING CUES:

The Control Room Supervisor direct s you to perform AP/3/A/1700/030 Encl. 5.1 (HPSW AB Flood Isolation) AND Encl. 5.2 (LPSW AB Flood Isolation)

.

AO-801 - k Page 5 of 10 START TIME: _______

ENCLOSURE 5.1 STEP 1: Step 1 IAAT the source of flooding is isolated, THEN notify Control Room.

STANDARD: The candidate notes the source of flooding is not isolated and proceeds to step 2 CUE: If asked, flooding is still occurring.

COMMENTS: ___ SAT ___ UNSAT NOTE Keys for valve locks are available in any Emergency Equipment cabinet.

STEP 2: Step 2 Close HPSW

-959 (HPSW SUPPLY TO FLOW LIMITER BLOCK VALVE) (T-1/M-21 south, west of RCW Heat Exchangers).

STANDARD: The candidate locates and attempts to close HPSW

-959.

Examiner Note: Operators carry Keys to these locks.

Examiner Cue: When the candidate locates and attempts to close HPSW

-959, inform candidate that HPSW

-959 chain will not move. Candidate proceeds to RNO COMMENTS: ___ SAT

___ UNSAT AO-801 - k Page 6 of 10 STEP 3: Step 2 RNO Close HPSW

-962 (HPSW SUPPLY TO AUX BLDG BLOCK VALVE) (T

-1/M-21 south, west of RCW Heat Exchangers).

STANDARD: The candidate locates and closes HPSW

-962 rotating it in the clockwise direction until it stops

. Cue: When the candidate rotates the hand wheel in the clockwise direction, inform the candidate that HPSW

-962 is fully clockwise and on the hard stop.

COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 4: Step 3 Notify control Room HPSW isolation is complete.

STANDARD: The candidate notifies the control Room HPSW isolation is complete.

COMMENTS: ___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 5: Step 4 EXIT this enclosure.

STANDARD: Candidate EXITS enclosure 5.1 and proceeds to Enclosure 5.2

.

COMMENTS:

___ SAT ___ UNSAT AO-801 - k Page 7 of 10 ENCLOSURE 5.2 STEP 6: Step 1 IAAT the source of flooding is isolated, THEN notify Control Room.

STANDARD: The candidate notes the source of flooding is not isolated and proceeds to step 2 CUE: If asked, flooding is still occurring.

COMMENTS: ___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 7: Step 2 Close 3LPSW

-844 (AUX BLDG AHU SUPPLY) (T

-1/M-46, 6' SE).

STANDARD: The candidate locates and closes 3LPSW

-844 rotating it in the clockwise direction until it stops.

Cue: When the candidate rotates the hand wheel in the clockwise direction, inform the candidate that the valve is fully clockwise and on the hard stop.

COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 8: Step 3 Close 3LPSW

-770 (AUX BLDG AHU SUPPLY) (T

-1/M-46, 8' S).

STANDARD: The candidate locates and closes 3LPSW

-770 rotating it in the clockwise direction until it stops..

Cue: When the candidate rotates the hand wheel in the clockwise direction, inform the candidate that the valve is fully clockwise and on the hard stop.

COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT ___ UNSAT AO-801 - k Page 8 of 10 STEP 9: Step 4 Open 3LPSW

-501 (UNIT 3 AHU RETURN TO STORM DRAINS) (T

-1/L-47, W 12' up).

STANDARD: The candidate locates and opens 3LPSW

-501rotating it in the counter

-clockwise direction until it stops.

Cue: When the candidate rotates the hand wheel in the counter clockwise direction, inform the candidate that the valve is on the hard stop.

COMMENTS: ___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 10: Step 5 Close 3LPSW

-500 (UNIT 3 AHU RETURN TO CCW DISCHARGE) (T

-1/L-47, NW 12' up).

STANDARD: The candidate locates and closes 3LPSW-500 rotating it in the clockwise direction until it stops.

Cue: When the candidate rotates the hand wheel in the clockwise direction, inform the candidate that the valve is fully clockwise and on the hard stop.

COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 11: Step 6 Notify Unit 3 control Room LPSW isolation is complete.

STANDARD: The candidate notifies the control Room LPSW isolation is complete.

COMMENTS: ___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 12: Step 7 EXIT this enclosure.

STANDARD: Candidate EXITS enclosure 5.2 and returns CUE Sheet to examiner..

COMMENTS:

END TASK ___ SAT ___ UNSAT STOP TIME: ____________

AO-801 - k Page 9 of 10 CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS:

STEP # Explanation 3 Step ensures proper isolation of HPSW leak.

7 Step ensures proper isolation of LPSW leak. 8 Step ensures proper isolation of LPSW leak. 10 Step ensures proper isolation of LPSW leak.

k CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

All 3 unit s are at 1 00% power. Unit 3 Auxiliary Building flooding is occurring.

The source of flood water has not yet been determined.

INITIATING CUES:

The Control Room Supervisor directs you to perform AP/3/A/1700/030 Encl. 5.1 (HPSW AB Flood Isolation) AND Encl. 5.2 (LPSW AB Flood Isolation)

.

Admin-142 - 1.2B Page 1 of 9 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE

Admin-142 Determine Time for SFP to reach 180

ºF CANDIDATE EXAMINER Admin-142 - 1.2B Page 2 of 9 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE Task: Determine Time for SFP to reach 180ºF Alternate Path:

N/A Facility JPM #:

CRO-142 K/A Rating(s):

System: GEN K/A: 2.1.25 Rating: 3.9/4.2 Task Standard:

Tables in AP/1

-2/A/1700/035 (Loss of SF P Cooling And/Or Level) are used to determine total time required for SFP temperature to reach 180

ºF Preferred Evaluation Location:

Preferred Evaluation Method:

Simulator _____ In-Plant _____ Classroom

__ X ___ Perform __X___ Simulate ____

References:

AP/1-2/A/1700/035 (Loss of SF P Cooling And/Or Level)

Validation Time

15 minutes Time Critical

NO ====================================================================================

Candidate:

_______________________________________

Time Start: _____

____ NAME Time Finish: ________

Performance Rating:

SAT ______ UNSAT ______

Performance Time

_________

Examiner: ______________________________ ____________________________________/________

NAME SIGNATURE DATE ====================================================================================

COMMENTS Admin-142 - 1.2B Page 3 of 9 SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

NONE Admin-142 - 1.2B Page 4 of 9 Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:

AP/1-2/A/1700/035 (Loss of SFP Cooling And/Or Level)

READ TO OPERATOR DIRECTION TO TRAINEE:

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room

steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Unit 1 is at 100% stable Unit 1 EFPD = 278 Unit 2 EFPD = 47 Unit 2 was operating at 100% when it experienced a Unit blackout SSF has been activated for Unit 2 Unit 2 RCMUP is aligned and operating 2HP-426 is being cycled to maintain Pressurizer Level as directed by AP/25 AP/1-2/A/1700/035 (Loss of SFP Cooling And/Or Level) has been initiated Unit 1 & 2 SFP level = 0" stable Unit 1 & 2 SFP temperature = 102 ºF INITIATING CUES:

CRS has directed you to utilize AP/35 Enclosure 5.4 and determine the time for Unit 1&2 SFP to reach 180 ºF

Admin-142 - 1.2B Page 5 of 9 START TIME: _______

STEP 1: 1. Refer to tables A, B, and C below.

2. ONLY one row from one table below applies

3. Check the row in Table A, B, or C that applies to current conditions, and then use Tables listed on subsequent pages of Encl 5.4, as directed, to calculate SFP heat up times. STANDARD: Candidate selects Table B and then chooses to use Table 10 based on

1. SSF Event in progress for U1 or U2 with Unit letdown going to SFP AND 2. U1 and U2 each have 177 Fuel Assemblies in RB Candidate proceeds to Table 10 (page 33 of 63)

COMMENTS:

CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT Admin-142 - 1.2B Page 6 of 9 STEP 2: Determine the Time (in days) row based on direction from page 5 of 63 STANDARD: Candidate selects the lower EFPD unit and adds 20 which results in 67 days. Determine that 67 days is between 60 and 70 days on the far left column of Table 10 Based on guidance in Step 7 on Page 7 of 63, elects to use 60 days (the shorter time).

Note: Step 2 and Step 3 can be performed in any order

COMMENTS:

CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 3: Determine initial Spent Fuel Pool Temperature column based on directions from page 7 of 63 Step 6

. STANDARD: Actual SFP temp = 102

ºF Temperature columns available are 100 and 105 Based on directions in step 6, elects to use the 105 (higher) column Note: Step 2 and Step 3 can be performed in any order COMMENTS:

CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT Admin-142 - 1.2B Page 7 of 9 STEP 4: Find the Time in hours based on the intersection of the 60 day row and the 105 degree column.

STANDARD: Based on the intersection of the 60 day row and the 105 degree column, determine that 16.4 hours0.167 days <br />0.0238 weeks <br />0.00548 months <br /> is the time to reach 180ºF COMMENTS:

END TASK CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STOP TIME: ____________

Admin-142 - 1.2B Page 8 of 9 CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS:

STEP # Explanation 1 Required to determine the time to reach 180

ºF 2 Required to determine the time to reach 180

ºF 3 Required to determine the time to reach 180

ºF 4 Required to determine the time to reach 180

ºF

CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Unit 1 is at 100% stable Unit 1 EFPD = 278 Unit 2 EFPD = 47 Unit 2 was operating at 100% when it experienced a Unit blackout SSF has been activated for Unit 2 Unit 2 RCMUP is aligned and operating 2HP-426 is being cycled to maintain Pressurizer Level as directed by AP/25 AP/1-2/A/1700/035 (Loss of SFP Cooling And/Or Level) has been initiated Unit 1 & 2 SFP level = 0" stable Unit 1 & 2 SFP temperature = 102 ºF INITIATING CUES:

CRS has directed you to utilize AP/35 Enclosure 5.4 and determine the time for Unit 1&2 SFP to reach 180 ºF

ADMIN-146 - 1.1R Page 1 of 10 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE ADM IN-146 Manual ly Calculate Shutdown Margin

CANDIDATE EXAMINER ADMIN-146 - 1.1R Page 2 of 1 0 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE Task: Manually Calculate Shutdown Margin Alternate Path

No Facility JPM #

CRO-125 K/A Rating(s)

System: GENERIC K/A: 2.1.43 Rating: 4.1/4.3 Task Standard

Shutdown Margin agrees with attached example.

Preferred Evaluation Location

Preferred Evaluation Method

Simulator

____ In-Plant _____ Classroom __

X__ Perform __X___ Simulate ____ References

PT/2/A/1103/15, Reactivity Balance Procedure Validation Time:

2 5 minutes Time Critical:

NO ====================================================================================

Candidate:

_______________________________________

Time Start: __

_______ NAME Time Finish: ________

Performance Rating:

SAT ______ UNSAT ______

Performance Time

_________

Examiner: ______________________________ ____________________________________/________

NAME SIGNATURE DATE

========================================================================

COMMENTS ADMIN-146 - 1.1R Page 3 of 10 SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS N one ADMIN-146 - 1.1R Page 4 of 10 Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed

PT/2/A/1103/015, Reactivity Balance Procedure, o Enclosure 13.1, Shutdown Boron Concentration/Shutdown Margin Calculation o Enclosures 13.7 through 13.21 Calculator Straight edge ruler

READ TO OPERATOR DIRECTION TO TRAINEE

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS Unit 2 has been shutdown for 15 days for leak repair. The following conditions exist:

Cycle burnup

= 100 EFPD RCS temperature

= 300°F Control Rod Group 1 at 0% withdrawn Control Rod Group 8 at 35% withdrawn Assume 0% for Xenon and Samarium worth RCS Boron 1 4 25 ppm The RHOCALC program is NOT available INITIATING CUES

The Control Room Supervisor directs you to perform the Original manual calculation of SDM using PT/2/A/1103/0 15 , Reactivity Balance Procedure.

-The calculation is NOT being performed for a Control Rod Trip Time test.

-Determine Differential Boron Worth, if required, to five (5) decimal places for calculations.

-Determine Temperature Coefficient, if required, to five (5) decimal places for calculations.

-Express your final answer of SDM to three (3) decimal places.

1.1R START TIME: _______

STEP 1: Step 2.1 This enclosure must be performed twice

- the second is the separate verification. Indicate whether this is the original or the verification:

STANDARD: Candidate checks "Original"

. COMMENTS: ___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 2: Step 2.2 Enter the conditions for which this calculation is effective:

Core Burnup:_______EFPD RCS Temperature______°F CRD Grp1 Posn:_____%w/d CRD Grp8 Posn:_____%w/d NOTE: The Xe/Sm time interval is normally 12 hours0.5 days <br />0.0714 weeks <br />0.0164 months <br />. However, any time interval may be used.

This time interval is only required if credit is to be taken for Xenon/Samarium.

Xenon/Samarium time interval valid from date/time:__________________ to Date/time:___________________.

STANDARD: Candidate enters the values for the required parameters from the INITIAL/CURRENT CONDITION S. Core Burnup:___100____ EFPD RCS Temperature

__30 0__°F CRD Grp1 Posn:

__0___%w/d CRD Grp8 Posn:

__35___%w/d Candidate makes N/A for Xenon/Samarium date/time.

COMMENTS:

___ SAT

___ UNSAT 1.1R STEP 3: Step 2.3 Obtain reference Shutdown Boron Concentration using the effective Burnup and RCS Temp from step (2.2) by performing one of the following:

Enclosure 13.10, Shutdown Boron Concentration vs. Burnup (Group 1 @ 0% wd) if CRD Groups 1-7 are at 0%w/d Enclosure 13.11, Shutdown Boron Concentration vs. Burnup (Group 1 @ 50% wd) if CRD Grp1 is at 50% and Grp 2-7 are at 0%w/d

STANDARD: Reference Shutdown Boron Concentration is obtained from the point of intersection of the current cycle burnup and the 30 0°F value curve on Enclosure 13.10 (or table) and the value is recorded in Enclosure 13.1.

13 4 4 PPM (13 30 to 13 6 0) COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 4: Step 2.4 Adjust for non

-reference conditions as follows:

STANDARD: Candidate should determine from the INITIAL CONDITIONS that no adjustments are required.

All of step 2.4 is NOT applicable.

COMMENTS:

___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 5: Step 2.5 Determine required shutdown boron concentration as follows:

Step 2.5.1 Subtract 2.4.7 (IF 2.4.7 applicable) OR 2.4.6 (IF 2.4.7 NOT applicable) from margin (assumes worst rod stuck out):

_______ppmB - _______ppmB = _________ppmB step 2.3 steps 2.4.7 or 2.4.6 pos or zero STANDARD: Determine that required boron concentration is equal to reference shutdown boron concentration.

___(13 3 0-13 6 0)__ppmB - ___0___ppmB = (13 30 to 13 6 0) ppmB step 2.3 steps 2.4.7 or 2.4.6 pos or zero COMMENTS:

___ SAT

___ UNSAT 1.1R STEP 6: Step 2.5.2 Obtain minimum RCS Boron Concentration for SSF operability from Enclosure 13.

19, Minimum RCS Boron Concentration to Maintain SSF Operability, using the Minimum Xenon from the effective time period:

Minimum RCS Boron for SSF operability = _______ppmB STANDARD: The candidate should determine that the Minimum RCS Boron for SSF operability is 108 0 ppmB (+/-1 0). COMMENTS:

___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 7: Step 2.5.3 Determine the minimum RCS Boron Concentration by recording the GREATER of step 2.5.1 or 2.5.2: Minimum RCS Shutdown Boron Concentration = _______ppmB STANDARD: The candidate should determine that the greater of the boron concentrations is same as step 2.5.1 value. (13 30 to 13 6 0) COMMENTS: ___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 8: Step 2.6 IF desired, calculate actual shutdown margin as follows:

Step 2.6.1 Record actual RCS conditions:

RCS Boron Concentration:_____ppmB RCS Temperature____°F STANDARD: RCS Boron Concentration

_1 4 25__ ppmB RCS Temperature

__30 0___ °F COMMENTS: ___ SAT ___ UNSAT 1.1R STEP 9: Step 2.6.2 Calculate the B10 corrected boron concentration by subtracting the 100 ppmB B10 depletion penalty from the measured boron concentration in Step 2.6.1:

________ppmB

- 100 ppmB = ________ppmB step 2.6.1 (B10 Penalty)

STANDARD: The Candidate should subtract the B10 penalty (100) from the actual of 1 500 and obtain a net result of (1 400) ppmB (positive).

__1 4 25__ppmB - __100__ppmB = __1 3 25__ppmB step 2.6.1 (B10 Penalty)

COMMENTS:

CRITICAL ST EP

___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 10: Step 2.6.3 Subtract the required Boron concentration in Step 2.5.1 from the boron concentration in Step 2.6.2:

________ppmB

- ________ppmB = ________ppmB step 2.6.2 step 2.5.1 STANDARD: The Candidate should subtract the boron in step 2.5.1 (1415) from the boron in step 2.6.2 (1400) and obtain a net result of (-15) ppmB (negative). __1 3 25__ppmB - __(13 30 to 13 6 0)_ppmB = __-5 to -3 5__ppmB step 2.6.2 step 2.5.1 COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 1 1: Step 2.6.4 Calculate the actual shutdown margin by multiplying 2.6.

3 by the Differential Boron Worth from Enclosure 13.8, (Differential Boron Worth vs. Burnup) and subtracting - 1%k/k step 2.6.3 negative should be neg Encl 13.8 STANDARD: ( -5 to -3 5) ppmB x (-0.0 0 8 2 5 to -0.00 8 3 5) - 1%k/k= -0.708 to -0.959 step 2.6.3 negative should be neg Encl 13.8 Candidate determines SDM is less than and is between

-0.7 08 to -0.959% k/k. COMMENTS: END OF TASK CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STOP TIME: ____________

1.1R CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS STEP # Explanation 3 Step is required to produce an accurate SDM 9 Step is required to produce an accurate SDM 10 Step is required to produce an accurate SDM 11 Step is required to produce an accurate SDM

1.1R CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS Unit 2 has been shutdown for 15 days for leak repair. The following conditions exist:

Cycle burnup

= 100 EFPD RCS temperature

= 300°F Control Rod Group 1 at 0% withdrawn Control Rod Group 8 at 35% withdrawn Assume 0% for Xenon and Samarium worth RCS Boron 1 4 25 ppm The RHOCALC program is NOT available INITIATING CUES The Control Room Supervisor directs you to perform the Original manual calculation of SDM using PT/2/A/1103/0 15 , Reactivity Balance Procedure.

-The calculation is NOT being performed for a Control Rod Trip Time test.

-Determine Differential Boron Worth, if required, to five (5) decimal places for calculations.

-Determine Temperature Coefficient, if required, to five (5) decimal places for calculations. -Express your final answer of SDM to three (3) decimal places.

ADMIN-14 7 - 1.1 S Page 1 of 11 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE ADM IN-14 7 Manual ly Calculate Shutdown Margin and Determine Any Required Actions

CANDIDATE EXAMINER ADMIN-14 7 - 1.1 S Page 2 of 11 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE Task: Manually Calculate Shutdown Margin and Determine Any Required Actions Alternate Path

No Facility JPM #

CRO-125 K/A Rating(s)

System: GENERIC K/A: 2.1.43 Rating: 4.1/4.3 Task Standard

Shutdown Margin agrees with attache d example and determine that TS 3.1.1 CONDITION A must be entered.

Preferred Evaluation Location

Preferred Evaluation Method

Simulator

____ In-Plant _____ Classroom __

X__ Perform __X___ Simulate ____ References

PT/2/A/1103/015, Reactivity Balance Procedure Validation Time:

30 minutes Time Critical:

NO ====================================================================================

Candidate:

_______________________________________

Time Start: __

_______ NAME Time Finish: ________

Performance Rating:

SAT ______ UNSAT ______

Performance Time

_________

Examiner: ______________________________ ____________________________________/________

NAME SIGNATURE DATE

========================================================================

COMMENTS ADMIN-14 7 - 1.1 S Page 3 of 11 SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS None ADMIN-14 7 - 1.1 S Page 4 of 11 Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed

PT/2/A/1103/015, Reactivity Balance Procedure, o Enclosure 13.1, Shutdown Boron Concentration/Shutdown Margin Calculation o Enclosures 13.7 through 13.21 TS 3.1.1 (Shutdown Margin)

Calculator Straight edge ruler

READ TO OPERATOR DIRECTION TO TRAINEE

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS Unit 2 has been shutdown for 15 days for leak repair. The following conditions exist:

Cycle burnup

= 100 EFPD RCS temperature

= 300°F Control Rod Group 1 at 0% withdrawn Control Rod Group 8 at 35% withdrawn Assume 0% for Xenon and Samarium worth RCS Boron 1425 ppm The RHOCALC program is NOT available INITIATING CUES

1) The Control Room Supervisor directs you to perform the Original manual calculation of SDM using PT/2/A/1103/0 15 , Reactivity Balance Procedure.

2) Evaluate the calculated SDM and determine all Tech Specs and SLCs that apply, if any, including all/any REQUIRED ACTIONS and COMPLETION TIMES

.

-The calculation is NOT being performed for a Control Rod Trip Time test.

-Determine Differential Boron Worth, if required, to five (5) decimal places for calculations.

-Determine Temperature Coefficient, if required, to five (5) decimal places for calculations.

-Express your final answer of SDM to three (3) decimal places.

ADMIN-14 7 - 1.1 S Page 5 of 11 START TIME: _______

STEP 1: Step 2.1 This enclosure must be performed twice

- the second is the separate verification. Indicate whether this is the original or the verification:

STANDARD: Candidate checks "Original"

. COMMENTS: ___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 2: Step 2.2 Enter the conditions for which this calculation is effective:

Core Burnup:_______EFPD RCS Temperature______°F CRD Grp1 Posn:_____%w/d CRD Grp8 Posn:_____%w/d NOTE: The Xe/Sm time interval is normally 12 hours0.5 days <br />0.0714 weeks <br />0.0164 months <br />. However, any time interval may be used.

This time interval is only required if credit is to be taken for Xenon/Samarium.

Xenon/Samarium time interval valid from date/time:__________________ to Date/time:___________________. STANDARD: Candidate enters the values for the required parameters from the INITIAL/CURRENT CONDITIONS. Core Burnup:___100____ EFPD RCS Temperature

__300__°F CRD Grp1 Posn:

__0___%w/d CRD Grp8 Posn:

__35___%w/d Candidate makes N/A for Xenon/Samarium date/time.

COMMENTS:

___ SAT ___ UNSAT ADMIN-14 7 - 1.1 S Page 6 of 11 STEP 3: Step 2.3 Obtain reference Shutdown Boron Concentration using the effective Burnup and RCS Temp from step (2.2) by performing one of the following:

Enclosure 13.10, Shutdown Boron Concentration vs. Burnup (Group 1 @ 0% wd) if CRD Groups 1-7 are at 0%w/d Enclosure 13.11, Shutdown Boron Concentration vs. Burnup (Group 1 @ 50% wd) if CRD Grp1 is at 50% and Grp 2-7 are at 0%w/d STANDARD: Reference Shutdown Boron Concentration is obtained from the point of intersection of the current cycle burnup and the 300°F value curve on Enclosure 13.10 (or table) and the value is recorded in Enclosure 13.1.

1344 PPM (13 30 to 13 6 0) COMMENTS:

CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 4: Step 2.4 Adjust for non

-reference conditions as follows:

STANDARD: Candidate should determine from the INITIAL CONDITIONS that no adjustments are required.

All of step 2.4 is NOT applicable.

COMMENTS: ___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 5: Step 2.5 Determine required shutdown boron concentration as follows:

Step 2.5.1 Subtract 2.4.7 (IF 2.4.7 applicable) OR 2.4.6 (IF 2.4.7 NOT applicable) from margin (assumes worst rod stuck out):

_______ppmB - _______ppmB = _________ppmB step 2.3 steps 2.4.7 or 2.4.6 pos or zero STANDARD: Determine that required boron concentration is equal to reference shutdown boron concentration.

___(13 3 0-13 6 0)__ppmB - ___0___ppmB = (13 30 to 13 60) ppmB step 2.3 steps 2.4.7 or 2.4.6 pos or zero COMMENTS:

___ SAT ___ UNSAT ADMIN-14 7 - 1.1 S Page 7 of 11 STEP 6: Step 2.5.2 Obtain minimum RCS Boron Concentration for SSF operability from Enclosure 13.

19, Minimum RCS Boron Concentration to Maintain SSF Operability, using the Minimum Xenon from the effective time period:

Minimum RCS Boron for SSF operability = _______ppmB STANDARD: The candidate should determine that the Minimum RCS Boron for SSF operability is 1080 ppmB (+/-1 0). COMMENTS: ___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 7: Step 2.5.3 Determine the minimum RCS Boron Concentration by recording the GREATER of step 2.5.1 and 2.5.2:

Minimum RCS Shutdown Boron Concentration = _______ppmB STANDARD: The candidate should determine that the greater of the boron concentrations is same as step 2.5.1 value. (1330 to 13 6 0) COMMENTS:

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 8: Step 2.6 IF desired, calculate actual shutdown margin as follows:

Step 2.6.1 Record actual RCS conditions:

RCS Boron Concentration:_____ppmB RCS Temperature____°F STANDARD: RCS Boron Concentration

_1 4 25__ ppmB RCS Temperature

__300___ °F COMMENTS: ___ SAT ___ UNSAT ADMIN-14 7 - 1.1 S Page 8 of 1 1 STE P 9: Step 2.6.2 Calculate the B10 corrected boron concentration by subtracting the 100 ppmB B10 depletion penalty from the measured boron concentration in Step 2.6.1:

________ppmB

- 100 ppmB = ________ppmB step 2.6.1 (B10 Penalty)

STANDARD: The Candidate should subtract the B10 penalty (100) from the actual of 1500 and obtain a net result of (1400) ppmB (positive).

__1 4 25__ppmB - __100__ppmB = __1 3 25__ppmB step 2.6.1 (B10 Penalty)

COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP ___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 10: Step 2.6.3 Subtract the required Boron concentration in Step 2.5.1 from the boron concentration in Step 2.6.2:

________ppmB

- ________ppmB = ________ppmB step 2.6.2 step 2.5.1 STANDARD: The Candidate should subtract the boron in step 2.5.1 (1415) from the boron in step 2.6.2 (1400) and obtain a net result of (-15) ppmB (negative).

__1325__ppmB - __(13 30 to 13 6 0)_ppmB = __-5 to -3 5__ppmB step 2.6.2 step 2.5.1 COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP ___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 11: Step 2.6.4 Calculate the actual shutdown margin by multiplying 2.6.

3 by the Differential Boron Worth from Enclosure 13.8, (Differential Boron Worth vs. Burnup) and subtracting - 1%k/k step 2.6.3 negative should be neg Encl 13.8 STANDARD: ( -5 to -35) ppmB x (-0.008 25 to -0.008 35) - 1%k/k= -0.708 to -0.959 step 2.6.3 negative should be neg Encl 13.8 Candidate determines SDM is less than and is between

-0.7 08 to -0.959% k/k. COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT ADMIN-14 7 - 1.1 S Page 9 of 11 STEP 1 2: Evaluate the calculated SDM.

STANDARD: Determine that TS LCO 3.1.1 is NOT met because a SDM of

-0.791 to -0.876% is less than 1% as required by the COLR.

TS 3.1.1 must be met.

REQUIRED ACTION

- Initiate boration to restore SDM to within limit.

COMPLETION TIME

- 15 minutes COMMENTS:

END OF TASK CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT ___ UNSAT STOP TIME: ____________

ADMIN-14 7 - 1.1 S Page 10 of 11 CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS STEP # Explanation 3 Step is required to produce an accurate SDM 9 Step is required to produce an accurate SDM 10 Step is required to produce an accurate SDM 11 Step is required to produce an accurate SDM 12 Step is required because the SDM is below the TS allowable limit

1.1 S CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS Unit 2 has been shutdown for 15 days for leak repair. The following conditions exist:

Cycle burnup

= 100 EFPD RCS temperature

= 300°F Control Rod Group 1 at 0% withdrawn Control Rod Group 8 at 35% withdrawn Assume 0% for Xenon and Samarium worth RCS Boron 1425 ppm The RHOCALC program is NOT available INITIATING CUES

1) The Control Room Supervisor directs you to perform the Original manual calculation of SDM using PT/2/A/1103/0 15 , Reactivity Balance Procedure.

2) Evaluate the calculated SDM and determine all Tech Specs and SLCs that apply, if any, including all/any REQUIRED ACTIONS and COMPLETION TIMES.

-The calculation is NOT being performed for a Control Rod Trip Time test.

-Determine Differential Boron Worth, if required, to five (5) decimal places for calculations.

-Determine Temperature Coefficient, if required, to five (5) decimal places for calculations.

-Express your final answer of SDM to three (3) decimal places.

ADMIN-24 6 - 2 S Page 1 of 8 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE ADM-24 6 Determine ALL Tech Spec and SLC LCO's that are NOT met CANDIDATE EXAMINER

ADMIN-24 6 - 2 S Page 2 of 8 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE Task: Determine ALL Tech Spec and SLC LCO's that are NOT met Alternate Path

No Facility JPM #

New K/A Rating(s)

System: GENERIC K/A: 2.2.40 Rating:

3.4/4.7 Task Standard

Preferred Evaluation Location

Preferred Evaluation Method

Simulator

____ In-Plant _____ Classroom __

X__ Perform __X___ Simulate ____ References

SLC 16.9.12 TS 3.7.7 TS LCS 3.0.3 Validation Time:

20 minutes Time Critical:

NO ====================================================================================

Candidate:

_______________________________________

Time Start: __

_______ NAME Time Finish: ________

Performance Rating:

SAT ______ UNSAT ______

Performance Time

_________ Examiner: ______________________________ ____________________________________/________

NAME SIGNATURE DATE

========================================================================

COMMENTS ADMIN-24 6 - 2 S Page 3 of 8 SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS None ADMIN-24 6 - 2 S Page 4 of 8 Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed: SLC 16.9.12 TS 3.7.7 TS LCS 3.0.3

READ TO OPERATOR DIRECTION TO TRAINEE

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS All Oconee Units operating at 100% power Engineering reports that BOTH the A and B LPSW pump recirculation lines are inoperable

No other plant equipment is INOPERABLE at this time

INITIATING CUES

CRS directs you to determine ALL Tech Spec and SLC LCO's, if any, that are NOT met for Unit 1 including associated Required Actions and Completion times.

ADMIN-24 6 - 2 S Page 5 of 8 START TIME: _______

STEP 1: Refer to SLC 16.9.12 STANDARD: Refer to SLC 16.9.12 and determin e: SLC 16.9.12 Condition F must be entered Required Action

- Declare affected (A and B) LPSW Pumps inoperable Completion Time

- Immediately

• Critical element is to determine the A and B LPSW Pumps are inoperable.

COMMENTS:

• CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 2: Refer to TS 3.7.7 STANDARD: Refer to TS 3.7.7 and determine: TS 3.7.7 (LPSW System) Condition A must be entered Required Action

- Restore required LPSW pump to OPERABLE status Completion Time

- 72 hours3 days <br />0.429 weeks <br />0.0986 months <br /> Note: For current plant conditions, three LPSW pumps are required for Oconee Units 1 and 2.

COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP ___ SAT ___ UNSAT ADMIN-24 6 - 2 S Page 6 of 8 STEP 2: Refer to TS LCO 3.0.3 STANDARD: Determine:

Entry in TS 3..0.3 is required because TS 3.7.7 does not have a condition for two required LPSW pumps inoperable Required Action

- Action shall be initiated within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> to place the unit in: MODE 3 within 12 hours0.5 days <br />0.0714 weeks <br />0.0164 months <br /> MODE 4 within 18 hours0.75 days <br />0.107 weeks <br />0.0247 months <br /> MODE 5 within 37 hours1.542 days <br />0.22 weeks <br />0.0507 months <br /> COMMENTS:

END OF TASK CRITICAL STEP ___ SAT

___ UNSAT STOP TIME: ____________

ADMIN-24 6 - 2 S Page 7 of 8 CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS STEP # Explanation 1 Step is required to determine proper TS and SLC requirments.

2 Step is required to determine proper TS and SLC requirments.

3 Step is required to determine proper TS and SLC requirments.

2 S CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS All Oconee Units operating at 100% power Engineering reports that BOTH the A and B LPSW pump recirculation lines are inoperable No other plant equipment is INOPERABLE at this time

INITIATING CUES

CRS directs you to determine ALL Tech Spec and SLC LCO's, if any, that are NOT met for Unit 1 including associated Required Actions and Completion times.

Admin-249 2R Page 1 of 10 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE

Admin-249 Perform Manual RCS Leakage Calculation (RO Only)

CANDIDATE EXAMINER

Admin-249 2R Page 2 of 10 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE Task: Perform Manual RCS Leakage Calculation Alternate Path:

N/A Facility JPM #:

CRO-43 K/A Rating(s):

System: Gen K/A: 2.2.12 Rating: 3.7/4.1 Task Standard:

RCS Leakage is calculated per the attached key.

Preferred Evaluation Location:

Preferred Evaluation Method:

Simulator _____ In-Plant __ ___ Classroom __X___ Perform __X___ Simulate __ __

References:

PT/0/A/0600/001A (Loss Of Computer

) PT/1/A/0 600/010 (Reactor Coolant Leakage

) Validation Time:

20 minutes Time Critical: NO =====================================================================================

Candidate:

_______________________________________

Time Start: ____________

NAME Time Finish: ___________

Performance Rating:

SAT ______ UNSAT ______

Performance Time ___________

Examiner: ______________________________ ____________________________________/_________

NAME SIGNATURE DATE

=========================================================================

COMMENTS Admin-249 2R Page 3 of 10 SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS NONE Admin-249 2R Page 4 of 10 Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed PT/1/A/0600/0 10 (Reactor Coolant Leakage) Encl. 13.3 (Manual RCS Leakage Calculation Data Sheet)

READ TO OPERATOR DIRECTION TO TRAINEE

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS

Oconee Unit 1 computer repairs are expected to be extended through turnover for hardware replacement. The Loss of Computer procedure PT/

0/A/0600/001A, Loss of Computer, is in progress, however an RCS Leakage Calculation has not been performed during this shift.

INITIATING CUES

The CRS directs you to perform a manual RCS leakage calculation per PT/1

/A/0600/010 (Reactor Coolant Leakage)

Encl. 13.3 (Manual RCS Leakage Calculation Data Sheet) using the data collected below.

Round calculations to three (3) decimal places.

Manual RCS Leakage Data Parameter Initial Final Time 0015 0115 Pzr level 219.0 inches 219.5 inches Tave Indication 579.0°F 579.1°F Quench Tank Level 8 6.5 inches 8 6.5 inches LDST Level 76.7 inches 74.0 inches Power Range NI 100.0% 100.1% RCS NR Pressure 2150 psig 2150 psig Group 7 Control Rod Position 9 2.7% 9 2.7%

Admin-249 2R Page 5 of 10 START TIME: _______

STEP 1: Step 2.1 Record Initial Data in "Table #1".

____Sat ____Unsat Value Initial Data Minus Final Data Equals Change PZR Level 219.0 inches

- = RCS Temp 579.0°F - = QT Level 86.5 inches

- = LDST Level 76.7 inches

- = Rx Power 100.0% - = RCS Press 2150 psig - = CR Pos 92.7% - = STANDARD: Student enters initial set of data into "Table #1" of Enclosure 13.3 (Manual Leakage Calculation Data Sheet) from the initiating cue.

COMMENTS STEP 2: Step 2.2 Record time Initial Data recorded: ____________

STANDARD: Student enters 0015 (from initiating cue)

COMMENTS ____Sat ____Unsat Admin-249 2R Page 6 of 10 STEP 3: Step 2.3 After 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />, record Final Data in "Table #1".

____Sat ____Unsat Value Initial Data Minus Final Data Equal Change PZR Level 219.0 inches

- 219.5 inches

= RCS Temp 579.0°F - 579.1°F = QT Level 86.5 inches - 86.5 inches = LDST Level 76.7 inches

- 74.0 inches

= Rx Power 100.0% - 100.1% = RCS Press 2150 psig - 2150 psig = CR Pos 92.7% - 92.7% = STANDARD: Student enters final set of data into "Table #1" of Enclosure 13.3 (Manual Leakage Calculation Data Sheet) (from initiating cue)

COMMENTS STEP 4: Step 2.4 Record time Final Data recorded: ____________

STANDARD: Student enters 0115 COMMENTS ____Sat ____Unsat STEP 5: Step 2.5 Record time elapsed time: ____________ minutes STANDARD: Student enters 60 minutes COMMENTS ____Sat

____Unsat Admin-249 2R Page 7 of 10 STEP 6: Step 2.6 Calculate and record "Change" values in "Table # 1"..

CRITICAL STEP

____Sat ____Unsat Value Initial Data Minus Final Data Equal Change PZR Level 219.0 inches

- 219.5 inches

= -.5 inches RCS Temp 579.0°F - 579.1°F = -.1°F QT Level 86.5 inches - 86.5 inches = 0 inches LDST Level 76.7 inches

- 74.0 inches

= +2.7 inches Rx Power 100.0% - 100.1% = -.1% RCS Press 2150 psig - 2150 psig = 0 psig CR Pos 92.7% - 92.7% = 0 % STANDARD: Student calculates the change in data and fills in Table 1 change column.

COMMENTS STEP :7 Step 2.7 Calculate Corrected Pzr Level Change:

STANDARD: -0.5 inches - (6.831 inches/°F X

-.1°F) = +.183 inches

(+.18 to +.2)

COMMENTS CRITICAL STEP

____Sat

____Unsat STEP :8 Step 2.8 Convert Corrected Pzr Level Change to gallons STANDARD: +.183 inches X 14.364 gallons / inch = +2.628 gallons (+.18 to +.2)

( 2.585 to 2.873)

COMMENTS CRITICAL STEP

____Sat ____Unsat Admin-249 2R Page 8 of 10 STEP :9 Step 2.9 Convert QT Level Change to gallons:

STANDARD: No change COMMENTS CRITICAL STEP

____Sat

____Unsat STEP :10 Step 2.10 Convert LDST Level Change to gallons STANDARD: +2.7 inches X 30.956 gallons / inch = +83.581 gallons

(+83.5 to +83.6)

COMMENTS CRITICAL STEP

____Sat

____Unsat STEP :11 Step 2.11 Calculate Total Volume Change STANDARD: 2.628 gallons + 0 gallons + 83.581 gallons =

8 6.209 gallons (2.585 to 2.873)

(+83.5 to +83.6)

(86.08 to 86.47)

COMMENTS CRITICAL STEP

____Sat

____Unsat STEP :12 Step 2.12 Calculate "RCS Unidentified Leakage Rate" STANDARD: 86.209 gallons / 60 minutes =

1.437 gpm (86.08 to 86.47)

(1.434 to 1.441)

COMMENTS END TASK CRITICAL STEP

____Sat

____Unsat STOP TIME: ____________

Admin-249 2R Page 9 of 10 CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS:

STEP # Explanation 6 Necessary data calculation to properly determine manual RCS leakage rate.

7 Necessary data calculation to properly determine manual RCS leakage rate.

8 Necessary data calculation to properly determine manual RCS leakage rate.

9 Necessary data calculation to properly determine manual RCS leakage rate.

10 Necessary data calculation to properly determine manual RCS leakage rate.

11 Necessary data calculation to properly determine manual RCS leakage rate.

12 Necessary data calculation to properly determine manual RCS leakage rate.

2R CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK) INITIAL CONDITIONS Oconee Unit 1 computer repairs are expected to be extended through turnover for hardware replacement. The Loss of Computer procedure PT/

0/A/0600/001A, Loss of Computer, is in progress, however an RCS Leakage Calculation has not been performed during this shift.

INITIATING CUES

The C RS directs you to perform a manual RCS leakage calculation per PT/1

/A/0600/010 (Reactor Coolant Leakage)

Encl. 13.3 (Manual RCS Leakage Calculation Data Sheet) using the data collected below.

Round calculations to three (3) decimal places.

Manual RCS Leakage Data Parameter Initial Final Time 0015 0115 Pzr level 219.0 inches 219.5 inches Tave Indication 579.0°F 579.1°F Quench Tank Level 8 6.5 inches 8 6.5 inches LDST Level 76.7 inches 74.0 inches Power Range NI 100.0% 100.1% RCS NR Pressure 2150 psig 2150 psig Group 7 Control Rod Position 9 2.7% 9 2.7%

Admin-30 6 - 3B Page 1 of 8 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE

Admin-30 6 Determine the Maximum Permissible Stay Time Within Emergency Dose Limits (EDL)

CANDIDATE EXAMINER Admin-30 6 - 3B Page 2 of 8 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE Task:

Determine the Maximum Permissible Stay Time Within the Emergency Dose Limits. Alternate Path

N/A Facility JPM #

Admin 305 K/A Rating(s)

System: Gen K/A: 2.3.4 Rating: 3.2/3.7 Task Standard

Determine the Maximum Permissible Stay Time Within the Emergency Dose Limits.

Preferred Evaluation Location

Preferred Evaluation Method

Simulator _____ In-Plant ______ Classroom _ _X_ Perform __X__ Simulate _____ References

PD-RP-ALL-0001 Radiation Worker Responsibilities OMP 1-18 (Implementation Standard During Abnormal And Emergency Events

) Validation Time

20 min. Time Critical

N o =====================================================================================

Candidate: _______________________________________

Time Start: _____

____ NAME Time Finish: ________

Performance Rating

SAT ______ UNSAT ______

Performance Time __

_______ Examiner: ______________________________ ____________________________________/___

______ NAME SIGNATURE DATE

=========================================================================

COMMENTS Admin-30 6 - 3B Page 3 of 8 SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS NONE Admin-30 6 - 3B Page 4 of 8 Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed

Calculator Note tablet READ TO OPERATOR DIRECTIONS TO STUDENT I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS Steam Generator Tube Rupture has occurred on Unit 3 Emergency Dose Limits are in effect Before assuming today's shift, AO "A" has received 1.26 R em TEDE this year, and AO "A" has not received any dose for this event except as specified below.

The following tasks are required to be performed:

1. TASK TIME REQUIRED DOSE RATE 1 Close 3C-573 11 min 6.15 R/hr 2 Open 3FDW-313 6 min 18.25 R/hr 3 Open all Unit 3's ADVs 4.65 R/hr Note: Assume no dose is received while traveling between tasks.

Tasks 1, 2, 3 are not for lifesaving or protecting valuable property.

INITIATING CUE

Refer to the above information.

AO "A" has completed tasks 1 and 2 in the time required.

Determine how long, to the nearest minute, that A O "A" has to complete task 3 without exceeding Emergency Dose Limits.

Round all calculations to two (2) decimal places.

Admin-30 6 3B Page 5 of 8 START TIME: _______

Examiner Note: Candidate may perform these steps in a different order

however , the calculated stay time must be correct. EDL is 5 R em per event (LOCA or SGTR).

Current exposure for the year is not counted toward the Emergency Dose Limit s (EDL). STEP 1: Determine dose received while performing task 1.

STANDARD: Determine dose received while performing task 1.

6.15 R/hr X 1hr/60 min X 11 min = 1.1275 R (1.12 to 1.13 R)

COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 2: Determine dose received while performing task 2.

STANDARD: Determine dose received while performing task 2.

18.2 5 R/hr X 1hr/60 min X 6 min = 1.8 25 R (1.82 to 1.83 R)

COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 3: Determine dose remaining from EDLs.

STANDARD: Determine dose remaining from EDLs.

5R - 1.1275 R - 1.8 25R = 2.04 75 R (2.04 to 2.0 6 R) COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT ___ UNSAT Admin-30 6 3B Page 6 of 8 STEP 4: Determine time available for the A O to complete task 3 without exceeding EDL

. STANDARD: Stay time is calculated to be:

Available Dose

= 2.04 75 R = .44 hr X 60 min = 26.4 2 min Dose Rate 4.65 R/hr 1hr (26 to 27 Minutes

) COMMENTS: END OF TASK CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STOP TIME: ________

Admin-30 6 3B Page 7 of 8 CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS STEP # Explanation 1 Required to calculate stay time.

2 Required to calculate stay time.

3 Required to calculate stay time.

4 Required to calculate stay time.

3B CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS Steam Generator Tube Rupture has occurred on Unit 3 Emergency Dose Limits are in effect Before assuming today's shift, AO "A" has received 1.26 R em TEDE this year, and AO "A" has not received any dose for this event except as specified below.

The following tasks are required to be performed:

1. TASK TIME REQUIRED DOSE RATE 1 Close 3C-573 11 min 6.15 R/hr 2 Open 3FDW-313 6 min 18.25 R/hr 3 Open all Unit 3's ADVs 4.65 R/hr Note: Assume no dose is received while traveling between tasks.

Tasks 1, 2, 3 are not for lifesaving or protecting valuable property.

INITIATING CUE Refer to the above information.

AO "A" has completed tasks 1 and 2 in the time required.

Determine how long, to the nearest minute, that A O "A" has to complete task 3 without exceeding Emergency Dose Limits.

Round all calculations to two (2) decimal places.

Admin-4 3 1 - 4 S Page 1 of 10 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE

ADMIN-43 1 Determine Emergency Classification and Protective Action Recommendations

CANDIDATE EXAMINER Admin-4 3 1 - 4 S Page 2 of 10 REGION II INITIAL LICENSE EXAMINATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE Task: Determine Emergency Classification and Protective Action Recommendations Alternate Path:

NO Facility JPM #:

CRO-407 K/A Rating(s):

System: G en K/A: 2.4.38 Rating:

2.4/4.4 Task Standard:

Appropriate classification is determined and associated Emergency Notification Form is completed.

Preferred Evaluation Location:

Preferred Evaluation Method:

Simulator

__ ___ In-Plant ___ ___ Classroom ___X___ Perform __X___ Simulate __ __

References:

RP/0/A/1000/01, Emergency Classification RP/0/A/1000/02, Control Room Emergency Coordinator Procedure RP/0/A/1000/015A, Offsite Communications From The Control Room BASIS Document (Volume "A", Section "D" of the Emergency Plan)

Validation Time:

25 min. Time Critical:

Yes ====================================================================================

Candidate:

_______________________________________

Time Start: ____

___________ NAME Time Finish: ______________ Performance Rating:

SAT ______ UNSAT ______

Performance Time

_________ Examiner: ______________________________ ___________________________________/____

_____ NAME SIGNATURE DATE

========================================================================

Comments Admin-4 3 1 - 4 S Page 3 of 10 SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS NONE Admin-4 3 1 - 4 S Page 4 of 10 Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:

RP/0/A/1000/01 RP/0/A/1000/02 READ TO OPERATOR DIRECTIONS TO STUDENT

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you. INITIAL CONDITIONS Time: 3 hours0.125 days <br />0.0179 weeks <br />0.00411 months <br /> ago:

The Oconee County Sheriff report ed that a large group of "anti-nukes" had assembled at the Visitor Center CURRENT CONDITIONS ALL three Unit's at 100%

power Oconee County Sheriff reports that an explosion has occurred at the Keowee Hydro Dam , however the dam shows only minor damage with no breach Keowee personnel report no visible damage to the KHUs Security Shift Supervisor notifies the SM that security is responding to armed adversaries in the vicinity of the Unit 1 Main Transformer INITIATING CUE

You are to perform the required actions of the Emergency Coordinator by referring to RP/0/A/1000/01, Emergency Classification:

1. Determine Emergency Classification at present time.

2. Complete appropriate Emergency Notification Form for the current conditions.

Inform the examiner when you have made the classification.

THIS IS A TIME CRITICAL JPM

Note: Do not use Emergency Coordinator's judgment as the basis for classifying the event. When required, an operator will maintain the Emergency Coordinator's Log and assume the duties of the Control Room Offsite Communicator.

Admin-4 3 1 - 4 S Page 5 of 10 START TIME: _______

STEP 1: Classify the Event STANDARD: Refer to RP/0/

A/1000/01 (Emergency Classification) Enclosure 4.

6 (Fire/Explosions and Security Actions

). Classify the event as a "Site Area Emergency" due to the following:

A HOSTILE ACTION is occurring or has occurred within the PROTECTED AREA as reported by Security Shift Supervision Time for Classification __________

COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STEP 2: Commence the Off

-Site Notification Form.

STANDARD: Go to RP/0/A/1000/002 (Control Room Emergency Coordinator Procedure) and initiate procedure by determining symptoms for entry exist and check Step 1.1 COMMENTS: ___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 3: Step 2.1. IF No EAL exists, AND ERO activation is desired, THEN GO TO Enclosure 4.

1, (ERO Pager Activation)

STANDARD: Determine step 2.1 does not apply COMMENTS: ___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 4: Step 2.2 Declare the appropriate Emergency Classification level.

Classification

__SA E_____ (UE, ALERT, SAE, GE)

Time Declared: _________ STANDARD: Declare a SAE due to: 4.6.S.1 STOP TIME #

1: Time SA E Declared __________

(Actual time) (SAT is < Start Time + 15 minutes)

COMMENTS: TIME CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT Admin-4 3 1 - 4 S Page 6 of 10 STEP 5: Step 2.3 IF a Security event is in progress THEN GO TO Step 2.5 STANDARD: Determine Step 2.3 do es apply and GO TO Step 2.5

COMMENTS: ___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 6: Step 2.5 Appoint Control Room Offsite Communicator(s) and notify him to be prepared to transmit messages.

STANDARD: Any name (real or imaginary) is acceptable.

COMMENTS: ___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 7: Step 2.6 IAAT Changing plant conditions require an emergency classification upgrade, STANDARD: An Upgrade is not expected.

COMMENTS:

___ SAT ___ UNSAT Admin-4 3 1 - 4 S Page 7 of 10 STEP 8: Step 2.7 Obtain the appropriate Offsite Notification form from the Emergency Plan cart. STANDARD: Initial Site Area Emergency form # 4.6.S.1 isselected and candidate continues to fill

-out form per substeps of Step 2.7. COMMENTS:

CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 9: Step 2.7 Ensure EAL # as determined by RP/0/A/1000/001 matches Line 4.

(4.6.S.1) Line 1 Mark appropriate box "Drill" or "Actual Event" (DRILL) *Line 1 Enter Message #

(#1) *Line 2 Mark Initial (INITIAL marked)

Line 6 A. Mark "Is Occurring" if any of the following are true:

RIAs 40,45,or 46 are increasing or in alarm If containment is breached Containment pressure > 1 psig B. Mark "None" if none of the above is applicable.

(None) Line 7 If Line 6 Box B or C is marked, mark Box D. Otherwise mark Box A.

(A) *Line 8 Mark "Stable" unless an upgrade or additional PARs are anticipated within an hour. (A condition marked is CRITICAL; stable, improving or degrading- does not matter

) 10 , (Event Prognosis Definitions)

• Line 10 Military time and date of declaration (Refer to date/time in Step 2.2)

(Inserts time from STEP 1 and today's date, military time is not critical as long as time is specific and accurate

) Line 11 If more than one unit affected, mark "All" (ALL) *Line 12 Mark affected unit(s) (reference Line 11) AND enter power level of affected unit(s) or time/date of shutdown {14}

(Unit 1, 2 and 3 100% power. Line 13 If the OSM has no remarks, write "None" STANDARD: Correctly fills out Emergency Notification Form in accordance with Key. COMMENTS: *CRITICAL STEP ___ SAT

___ UNSAT Admin-4 3 1 - 4 S Page 8 of 10 STEP 1 0: Step 2.7 Continued Line 17 - OSM signature, CURRENT Time/Date (MUST SIGN)

STANDARD: Correctly fills out Emergency Notification Form within 15 minutes of classification time recorded in step 1.

STOP TIME #

2: Time for Notification

__________

(Actual time)

(SAT is < Stop Time #1 + 15 minutes)

COMMENTS:

END OF TASK TIME CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT ___ UNSAT TIME STOP: ________

Admin-4 3 1 - 4 S Page 9 of 10 CRITICAL STEP EXPLANATIONS STEP # Explanation 1 The candidate needs to be able to utilize the procedure and determine the conditions meet a Site Area Emergency classification

. 4 This is a time critical step. The candidate needs to declare the SA E within 15 minutes of beginning the JPM.

(The start of the JPM is the beginning of the assessment period) 8 The correct form that matches the EAL # is selected. 9 The emergency notification form is accurately filled

-out; identified steps from the KEY are critical items. 1 0 This is a time critical step. The Candidate needs to complete the notification form within 15 minutes from the time the EAL was declared.

(Declaration time is the time recorded in JPM step 4)

4 S CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS Time: 3 hours0.125 days <br />0.0179 weeks <br />0.00411 months <br /> ago:

The Oconee County Sheriff reported that a large group of "anti

-nukes" had assembled at the Visitor Center CURRENT CONDITIONS ALL three Unit's at 100%

power Oconee County Sheriff reports that an explosion has occurred at the Keowee Hydro Dam, however the dam shows only minor damage with no breach Keowee personnel report no visible damage to the KHUs Security Shift Supervisor notifies the SM that security is responding to armed adversaries in the vicinity of the Unit 1 Main Transformer INITIATING CUE

You are to perform the required actions of the Emergency Coordinator by referring to RP/0/A/1000/01, Emergency Classification:

1. Determine Emergency Classification at present time. 2. Complete appropriate Emergency Notification Form for the current conditions.

Inform the examiner when you have made the classification.

THIS IS A TIME CRITICAL JPM

Note: Do not use Emergency Coordinator's judgment as the basis for classifying the event. When required, an operator will maintain the Emergency Coordinator's Log and assume the duties of the Control Room Offsite Communicator.

Emergency Declaration

________________________

Time: ________________

Examiner Initials: ___________

__